He Aniani — Combined Hawaiian Dictionary Mirror

updated: 5/27/2020

ʻŌlelo Noʻeau - Concordance

ka

ka
1. definite singular article replaced by ke before words beginning with a, e, o, and k, and before some words beginning with the glottal stop and p (ka ʻaka, the laugh, ke ʻala, the fragrance; ka pā, the yard, ke pā, the dish). In documents in the State Archives dating from the 1850s, ke was used also before words beginning with other letters. Ka is sometimes used before nouns that are obviously plural and instead of possessives (see ex., mae). Ka is usually translated ‘the’ except that it is not translated before English mass nouns and status titles, as ka hanohano, glory, and ke Akua, God.
2. art. The definite article, the. Before nouns beginning with the letter k, it is changed into ke instead of ka. see ke. see Gram. § 59, 60, 61. Ka as an article often represents not only the article but the noun supposed to belong to it, or it may have mea or some other word understood (like, in another sense, the English what, as an antecedent and a relative); as, o ka aila ka (mea) iloko o kona lima, the oil the (thing) which, that which was in his hand. Oihk. 17:11. O ke koko ka (mea) i hana i kalahala, the blood the (thing) it makes atonement; that is, the thing which makes; o ka pono wale no ka i oi mamua o ka hewa, righteousness only is the thing (that which) excels wickedness. Ka also as an article stands for ka mea, and ka mea nana, the person who, or the thing which. see the following passages: John 12:2, 49; Mat. 18:23; Mar. 9:7. see also Grammar, Syntax, Rule 6, Note 3.
3. the one who, the person in question (usually followed by i, completed aspect, and a verb, a shortening of ka mea).
4. To strike; to dash; to overthrow. Puk. 15:4.
5. To strike, as to strike fire with flint and steel; ka ahi. see kaka. To block or split off a piece of hard stone for the purpose of making a stone adze in ancient times; o ka poe ka koi ka poe i manao nui ia; hele no ka poe ka koi e imi i na pohaku paa e pono ai ke hana i koi; ka makau, to fabricate a bone into a fish-hook.
6. A striking against; a collision.
7. v. To bail water, as from a canoe; e ka oe i ka liu.
8. s. A dish to bail water with.
9. A vine, the branches of which spread and run.
10. int. An exclamation of surprise, wonder, disappointment or disgust; also, similar to hark, hush; often repeated. see kahaha.
11. in different parts of a sentence, contains something like an assertion with disapprobation; used also on the discovery of a mistake. 1 Sam. 28:12. It is used on expressing opposition of sentiment. Puk. 32:17. After a verb it implies oblique absurdity, something unaccountable. Luke 23:35. When the contrary takes place from what was expected or attempted. Isa. 14:14, 15. He kau malie ka la, o ka honua ka ke kaa nei! it is the sun is it that stands still, the earth forsooth, that rolls! Ka contains the idea of some supposed error, or something wrongly done or thought. Oih. 11:3.
12. prep. Having the general sense, of; belonging to; it marks the relation of possession and is used before nouns and pronouns; it is similar in meaning to the preposition a, but used in a different part of the sentence. see Grammar § 105, 4. Ka (also ko) before nouns is similar in meaning to the apostrophic s in English, and signifies the thing or the things belonging to those nouns; as, ka ke alii, belonging to the chief; ka laua, that of them two. see Grammar § 105, 4.
13. in the beginning of a speech is used to call attention;
14. To finish or end a thing; to rest; to escape from pursuit; to flee away; ua ka ilaila kuu po auhee;
15. To radiate; to go out from the center, as light from the sun; as cinders from a red hot iron; to braid or knit, as a fish net (o ka poe ka upena) from a center point;
16. To go out every way, as from a center. Kin. 3:24. see kaa;
17. To curse; to express anger at one by wishing evil from God; a low kind of swearing;
18. To doom; to pass sentence; ka ola, ka make, to doom to life, to doom to death (according to the pleasure of the gods.);
19. To catch birds in a snare.
20. Hoo. To destroy; cause to perish;
21. To be disappointed; put to confusion; to be made ashamed;
22. A nolaila e aho hoi ke ka i ka nele lua. Laieik. 197;

(2,492)

2	ʻAʻa i ka hula, waiho ka hilahila i ka hale.	When one wants to dance the hula, bashfulness should be left at home.
	[Also expressed Aʻo i ka hula,....]
3	A ʻai ka manu i luna.	The birds feed above.
	[An attractive person is compared to a flower-laden tree that attracts birds.]
6	ʻĀhaʻi akula i ka welowelo.	Took off into the breeze.
	[Rose in triumph, as a kite rises into the sky; hastened away with great speed.]
7	ʻĀhaʻi lā i ka pupuhi.	Away like a gust [of wind].
	[Travel with the speed of wind.]
8	Ahē nō ka manu o Kaʻula, he lā ʻino.	When the birds of Kaʻula appear wild, it denotes a stormy day.
	[Signs of trouble keep people away.]
9	A hewa no he hale kanaka, ʻaʻohe hewa o ka hale kanaka ʻole.	Fault can he found in an inhabited house and none in an uninhabited one.
	[Mistakes and weakness are always found in humanity.]
11	A hua a pane; a pane ka waha, he hoʻolono ko neʻi.	A word in reply; open the mouth and speak, for a listener is here.
	[A command to speak up and tell what one has come for. Used in hoʻopāpā riddling.]
13	Ahu ka ʻalaʻala palu.	A heap of relish made of octopus liver.
	[Nothing worth troubling about. Octopus liver (ʻalaʻala) was not a choice food. It was mashed and used as bait.]
14	Ahu ka hoka i Kapākai.	A heap of disappointment at Kapākai.
	[Fooled and left stranded. In ancient times, two fishermen sailed from Kapākai, a small canoe landing between ʻUpolu Point and the heiau of Moʻokini in Kohala. As they were about to leave for Maui, a stranger asked permission to accompany them, and it was granted. Late that night one of the fishermen signaled to the other to toss the passenger overboard because he was doing nothing to help with the canoe. The passenger guessed what they were up to and cried, “Oh! I forgot my cowry sinkers at the canoe landing.” Cowry sinkers were valuable, so they turned about and retumed to Kapākai. Upon landing, the passenger leaped ashore. When asked where the sinkers were, he pointed to two half-buried rocks nearby. The fishermen were disappointed (hoka) in not obtaining the coveted cowry sinkers. In another version the saying originated at the birth of Kamehameha I on a canoe. At the landing at Kapākai his mother pretended illness, whieh drew attention to herself and gave Naeʻole the opportunity to seize the newborn baby and flee with him into hiding.]
15	Ahu ka pala naio.	A heap of excretal residue where pinworms are found.
	[A rude remark. Said of something unworthy of attention or to show disbelief in a statement.]
16	Ahu kāpeku i ka nalu o Puhili.	Much thrashing about in the surf of Puhili.
	[Signifying an abundance of food. Thrashing about in the water drives fish into the nets.]
18	Ahu kupanaha ka lā i Mānā.	Peculiar is the action of the sun in Mānā.
	[Said of a delusion. Mānā, Kauaʻi, is a place where mirages were once seen.]
19	Ahulau ka Piʻipiʻi i Kakanilua.	A slaughter of the Piʻipiʻi at Kakanilua.
	[In the battle between Kahekili of Maui and Kalaniʻōpuʻu of Hawaiʻi, on the sand dunes of Wailuku, Maui, there was a great slaughter of Hawaiʻi warriors who were called the Piʻipiʻi. Any great slaughter might be compared to the slaughter of the Piʻipiʻi.]
20	Ahuwale ka nane hūnā.	The hidden answer to the riddle is seen.
	[That which was a secret is no longer hidden.]
23	Aia a kau ka iʻa i ka waʻa, manaʻo ke ola.	One can think of life after the fish is in the canoe.
	[Before one feels elated and makes plans he should first secure his “fish.”]
27	Aia akula paha i Waikīkī i ka ʻimi ʻahuʻawa.	Perhaps gone to Waikīkī to seek the ʻahuʻawa sedge.
	[Gone where disappointment is met. A play on ahu (heap) and ʻawa (sour).]
29	Aia anei ka maka i ke kua o ʻike ʻole iho?	Are the eyes on the back that one cannot see what is being done?
	[Said of one who declares that he doesn’t know how to do a certain thing and perhaps will not be able to learn.]
31	Aia a paʻi ʻia ka maka, haʻi ʻia kupuna nāna ʻoe.	Only when your face is slapped should you tell who your ancestors are.
	[Hawaiians were taught never to boast of illustrious ancestors. But when one is slandered and called an offspring of worthless people, he should mention his ancestors to prove that the statement is wrong.]
32	Aia a pohā ka leo o ka ʻaʻo, kāpule ke momona o ka ʻuwaʻu i ka puapua.	When the ʻaʻo birds’ voices are distinctly heard, the ʻuwaʻu birds are fat even to the very tails.
	[The ʻao bird was not heard during the nesting season. When the fledglings emerged and their cries were heard, the season had come when young ʻuwaʻu were best for eating, and the people went to snare them.]
33	Aia a wela ke poʻo o ke keiki i ka lā.	When the head of the child is warmed by the sun.
	[When he is old enough to toddle or creep by himself into the sunlight.]
34	Aia a wini kākala, a ʻula ka lepe o ka moa, a laila kau i ka haka.	When the spur is sharp and the comb red, then shall the cock rest on a perch.
	[When a boy becomes a man, then shall he take a mate.]
38	Aia i ka huki nehu, ka iʻa kaulana o ka ʻāina.	Gone to haul in the nehu, the well-known fish of the land.
	[Gone to get nehu for bait. Gone to get her man; that is, gone to get the bait that will get him.]
39	Aia i ka huki ulua.	Gone to haul ulua fish.
	[Gone to get her man. The ulua fish signifies a man.]
40	Aia i ka mole kamaliʻi, ʻaʻohe i oʻo ka iwi.	Still rooted in childhood when the bones have not matured.
	[Said of a person who is still a child, either physically or mentally.]
41	Aia i ka mole o Lehua.	At the taproot of Lehua.
	[Said of one who is out of sight for a long time, neither seen nor heard of. Lehua is an island beyond Niʻihau.]
42	Aia i ka ʻōpua ke ola: he ola nui, he ola laulā, he ola hohonu, he ola kiʻekiʻe.	Life is in the clouds: great life, broad life, deep life, elevated Iife.
	[The reader of omens knows by their shape and color whether clouds promise rain and prosperity, or warn of disaster.]
45	Aia i ke au a ka hewahewa.	Gone on a crazy current.
	[Gone on his own wandering way.]
49	Aia i kula i ka ʻalaʻalapūloa.	Gone on the plain to gather ʻalaʻalapūloa.
	[Gone on a wild goose chase. A play on ʻalaʻala (octopus liver), meaning nothing worthwhile. ʻAlaʻalapūloa is another name for the weed commonly known as ʻuhaloa.]
51	Aia i Pāʻula ka waha o nei kauwā; aia i Alanaio ka waha o nei kauwā; aia i Paukū-nui ka waha o nei kauā.	The mouth of this slave is at Pāʻula; the mouth of this slave is at Alanaio; the mouth of this slave is at Paukū-nui.
	[An insulting saying. It began when Keawe, ruler of Hawaiʻi, went on a visit to Kauaʻi and while in a crowd of chiefs silently broke wind. None knew the source, but it was Keawe’s servant who made this insulting remark. Pāʻula (Red Dish) signifies that the rectal opening shows red; Alanaio (Way-of-the-pinworm) also refers to the anus; and Paukū-nui (Large Segments) refers to large stools. Hence, a red, worm-infested anus that produces large stools. It was not until Keawe returned to Hawaiʻi that his servant learned that his own chief had been the culprit. Pāʻula, Paukū-nui, and Alanaio are place names in Hilo.]
52	Aia ka ʻike iā Polihua a lei i ka mānewanewa.	One proves a visit to Polihua by wearing a lei of mānewanewa.
	[A person proves his visit to a place by bringing back something native to the area. Refers to Polihua, Lānaʻi.]
53	Aia ka ʻoʻoleʻa o ka pāpaʻi i ka niho.	The strength of the crab is in the claw.
	[All noise but no action. Said of one who makes threats but doesn’t carry them out.]
54	Aia ka puʻu nui i ke alo.	A big hill stands right before him.
	[He has a problem.]
55	Aia ka wai i ka maka o ka ʻōpua.	Water is in the face of the ʻōpua clouds.
	[In Kona, when the ʻōpua clouds appear in the morning, it’s a sign that rain is to be expected.]
56	Aia kēkē nā hulu o ka umauma hoʻi ke kōlea i Kahiki e hānau ai.	When the feathers on the breast darken [because of fatness] the plover goes back to Kahiki to breed.
	[A person comes here, grows prosperous, and goes away without a thought to the source of his prosperity.]
57	Aia ke ola i ka hana.	Life is in labor.
	[Labor produces what is needed.]
59	Aia ke ola i ka ihu o ka lio.	Life is where the horse’s nose points.
	[The scent of food leads one toward sustenance.]
60	Aia ke ola i ka waha; aia ka make i ka waha.	Life is in the mouth; death is in ihe mouth.
	[Spoken words can enliven; spoken words can destroy.]
62	Aia ko kāne i ka lawaiʻa, hoʻi mai he ʻōpeʻa ka iʻa.	Your husband has gone fishing and returns with bats for meat.
	[This saying comes from a children’s chant of amusement for coaxing a sea animal to crawl from its shell.]
67	Aia nō i ka mea e mele ana.	Let the singer select the song.
	[Let him think for himself.]
68	Aia nō i ke au a ka wāwae.	Whichever current the feet go in.
	[It was felt that discussing any business such as fishing or birdcatching before-hand results in failure.]
71	Aia nō ka pono — o ka hoʻohuli i ka lima i lalo, ʻaʻole o ka hoʻohuli i luna.	That is what it should be — to turn the hands palms down, not palms up.
	[No one can work with the palms of his hands turned up. When a person is always busy, he is said to keep his palms down.]
72	Aia nō ka pua i luna.	The flower is still on the tree.
	[A compliment to an elderly woman. Her beauty still remains.]
73	Aia nō ke ea i ka puka ihu.	The breath is still in the nostrils.
	[A facetious reply when someone asks how a friend or relative is.]
75	ʻAi a puʻu ka nuku.	Eat till the lips protrude.
	[Eat until one can take no more.]
79	ʻĀina i ka houpo o Kāne.	Land on the bosom of Kāne.
	[Puna, Hawaiʻi. It is said that before Pele migrated there from Kahiki, no place in the islands was more beautiful than Puna.]
80	ʻĀina koi ʻula i ka lepo.	Land reddened by the rising dust.
	[Said of ʻEwa, Oʻahu.]
81	ʻAina kō kiola wale ʻia i ka nahele.	Sugar-cane trash thrown in the wilderness.
	[A derogatory expression applied to a person of no consequence.]
82	ʻAi nō i ka ʻape he maneʻo no ko ka nuku.	He who eats ʻape is bound to have his mouth itch.
	[He who indulges in something harmful will surely reap the result.]
84	ʻAi nō ka ʻīlio i kona luaʻi.	A dog eats his own vomit.
	[Said of one who says nasty things of others and then has those very things happen to himself.]
85	ʻAi nō ka ʻiole a haʻalele i kona kūkae.	A rat eats, then leaves its droppings.
	[Said of an ungrateful person.]
90	ʻAkahi a komo ke anu iaʻu, ua nahā ka hale e malu ai.	Cold now penetrates me, for the house that shelters is broken.
	[Fear enters when protection is gone. Said by ʻAikanaka of Kauaʻi when two of his war leaders were destroyed by Kawelo.]
91	ʻAkahi au a ʻike i ka ʻino o Hilo.	It is the first time I have seen a Hilo storm.
	[For the first time I have met with evil people who wish to harm me.]
92	ʻAkahi hoʻi kuʻu ʻono i ka uhu kāʻalo i kuʻu maka.	Now I long for the uhu fish that passes before my eyes.
	[How I would like that handsome fellow for a sweetheart. The uhu is a bright-colored fish, beautiful to look at, and tasty.]
93	ʻAkahi ka hoʻi ka paoa, ke kau nei ka mākole pua heʻo.	Here is a sign of ill luck, for the red-eyed bright-hued one rests above.
	[Said when a rainbow appears before the path of one who was on a business journey. Such a rainbow is regarded the same as meeting a red-eyed person — a sign of bad luck. Better to turn about and go home.]
94	ʻAkahi ka neo.	Now a barrenness.
	[Said by one who encounters bad luck. He makes no gain, or he loses all.]
97	A ka lae o Kalaʻau, pau ka pono o Kakina.	After Kalaʻau Point is passed, the virtues taught by Thurston end.
	[So sang a girl after leaving Thurston’s missionary school. After sailing past Molokaʻi on her way home to Honolulu, she resolved to forget his teachings and have her fling. Used today to refer to anything that will not work or cannot be used.]
98	A Keaʻau holo ka ʻōlohelohe.	At Keaʻau ran the naked one.
	[Said of a state of destitution; to have nothing. A play on ʻau (swim) and ʻōlohelohe (naked).]
100	Ako ʻē ka hale a paʻa, a i ke komo ʻana mai o ka hoʻoilo, ʻaʻole e kulu i ka ua o Hilinehu.	Thatch the house beforehand so when winter comes it will not leak in the shower of Hilinehu.
	[Do not procrastinate; make preparations for the future now.]
101	ʻĀko Nuʻuanu i ka hālau loa a ka makani; ʻāko Mānoa i ka hale a ke ʻehu.	Gathered in Nuuanu is the longhouse of the wind; gathered in Mānoa is the house of rainy sprays.
104	ʻAlaʻalawa ka maka o ka ʻaihue.	The eyes of a thief glance about.
	[An expression of suspicion toward a shifty-eyed person.]
109	ʻAle mai ke aloha kau i ka maka.	Love comes like a billow and rests before the eyes.
	[Said of an overwhelming love that leaves a constant yearning, with the image of one’s affections ever before one.]
110	Alia e ʻoki ka ʻāina o Kahewahewa, he ua.	Wait to cut the land of Kahewahewa, for it is raining.
	[Let us not rush. Said by Kaweloleimakua as he wrestled with an opponent at Waikīkī.]
113	Aloha mai nō, aloha aku; ʻo ka huhiā ka mea e ola ʻole ai.	When love is given, love should he returned; anger is the thing that gives no life.
114	ʻĀluka ka ʻina i kai o Kamaʻole.	Thick with sea urchins in the sea of Kamaʻole.
	[Applied to a person laden with somebody else’s work. A chief was once traveling along the beach at Kamaʻole, Kula, Maui. A woman, not recognizing him as a chief, asked him to carry her bundle of sea urchins, which he did. Other women came along and did likewise until the chief was loaded with them.]
115	Alu ka pule i Hakalau.	Concentrate your prayers on Hakalau.
	[Whenever concentration and united effort are required, this saying is used. A sorcerer at Hakalau once created havoc in his own and other neighborhoods. Many attempts to counter-pray him failed until a visiting kahuna suggested that all of the others band together to concentrate on the common enemy. This time they succeeded.]
120	Anu hewa i ka pō, he kuʻuna iʻa ʻole.	Feeling the cold air of the night was all in vain; no fish was caught in the net.
	[A wasted effort.]
122	Anu koʻū ka hale, ua hala ka makamaka.	Cold and damp is the house, for the host is gone.
	[A house becomes sad and forlorn when it is no longer occupied by the host whose welcome was always warm.]
123	Anu ʻo ʻEwa i ka iʻa hāmau leo e. E hāmau!	ʻEwa is made cold by the fish that silences the voice. Hush!
	[A warning to keep still. First uttered by Hiʻiaka to her friend Wahineʻomaʻo to warn her not to speak to Lohiʻau while they were in a canoe near ʻEwa.]
124	ʻAʻohe ʻai pani ʻia o ka ʻamo.	No particular food blocks the anus.
	[All food is good; there is none that hinders evacuation. A rude remark to a very finicky person.]
125	ʻAʻohe ʻai waiwai ke hiki mai ka makahiki.	No food is of any value when the Makahiki festival comes.
	[Enjoy what you have now lest it not be of much use later. Gifts were given to the priests who came in the Makahiki procession of the god Lono. Then all trading and giving ceased. The farmers and fishermen received no personal gain until it was over.]
126	ʻAʻohe ʻalae nāna e keʻu ka ʻaha.	No mudhens cry to disturb the council meeting.
	[There is no one to create a disturbance. The cry of a mudhen at night is an omen of death in the neighborhood.]
129	ʻAʻohe ʻauwaʻa paʻa i ka hālau i ka mālie.	No canoes remain in the sheds in calm weather.
	[Everybody goes fishing in good weather. Also used when people turn out in great numbers to share in work or play.]
130	ʻAʻohe e hōʻike ana ka mea hewa ua hewa ia.	The wrongdoer does not tell on himself.
135	ʻAʻohe e nalo ka iwi o ke aliʻi ʻino, o ko ke aliʻi maikaʻi ke nalo.	The bones of an evil chief will not be concealed, but the bones of a good chief will.
	[When an evil chief died, the people did not take the trouble to conceal his bones.]
137	ʻAʻohe hala ʻula i ka pō.	No hala fruit shows its color in the darkness of night.
	[Beauty must be seen to be enjoyed.]
138	ʻAʻohe hale i piha i ka hoihoi; hāʻawi mai a lawe aku nō.	No house has a perpetual welcome; it is given and it is taken away.
	[A warning not to wear out one’s welcome.]
139	ʻAʻohe hana a Kauhikoa; ua kau ka waʻa i ke ʻaki.	Kauhikoa has nothing more to do; his canoe is resting on the block.
	[His work is all done.]
140	ʻAʻohe hana a Kauhikoa, ua kau ke poʻo i ka uluna.	Kauhikoa has nothing more to do but rest his head on the pillow.
	[Everything is done and one can take his ease. Kauhikoa, a native of Kohala, was a clever person who could quickly accomplish what others would take months to do.]
141	ʻAʻohe hana i nele i ka uku.	No deed lacks a reward.
	[Every deed, good or bad, receives its just reward.]
143	ʻAʻohe hua o ka maiʻa i ka lā hoʻokahi.	Bananas do not fruit in a single day.
	[A retort to an impatient person.]
145	ʻAʻohe ia e loaʻa aku, he ulua kāpapa no ka moana.	He cannot be caught for he is an ulua fish of the deep ocean.
	[Said in admiration of a hero or warrior who will not give up without a struggle.]
147	ʻAʻohe ʻike o ka puaʻa nona ka imu e hōʻā ʻia nei.	The pig does not know that the imu is being lighted for it.
	[Said of a person who is unaware that he is being victimized.]
148	ʻAʻohe ʻike wale iho iā Maliʻo, i ka huhuki laweau a Uwēkahuna.	Malio is not recognized because Uwēkahuna is drawing her away.
	[Said of one who refuses to recognize old friends and associates or is snubbed by friends because they have interests elsewhere. Maliʻo was a mythical woman of Puna whom Pele once snubbed. Uwēkahuna is the bluff overlooking the crater of Kīlauea.]
149	ʻAʻohe ʻike wale iho i ke kinikini o Kolokini, i ka wawalo o ke kai o Kahalahala.	[He] does not deign to recognize the multitude of Kolokini, nor the roaring of the sea of Kahalahala.
	[Said of a person who deliberately refuses to recognize kith or kin and goes about with a haughty air.]
151	ʻAʻohe ʻīnaʻi komo ʻole o ka ʻai.	There is no meat that doesnt taste good with poi.
	[Let it go at that. Used especially with regard to genealogy to mean: Even if one claims kinship with me, it doesn’t matter whether the connection is genuine. My life will continue; I can still eat poi.]
152	ʻAʻohe i nalo ka ʻulaʻula o ka lepo, loaʻa hou nō ka wahine.	The redness of the earth hasnt even vanished when a new wife is obtained.
	[Said in scorn of a person who takes a new mate shortly after the death of the old one.]
153	ʻAʻohe inoa komo ʻole o ka ʻai.	No name prevents food from entering the mouth.
	[Similar to the saying, “Sticks and stones may break my bones but names will never hurt me.”]
155	ʻAʻohe ipu ʻōpio e ʻole ka mimino i ka lā.	No immature gourd can withstand withering in the sun [without care].
	[No child can get along without adult supervision.]
157	ʻAʻohe kahe o ka hou i ka ʻōʻō kōhi paʻōʻō a kamaliʻi.	With the digging implement used by children to dig up leftover potatoes, no perspiration is shed.
	[Said of a task requiring little effort.]
161	ʻAʻohe kanaka o kauhale, aia i Mānā, ua haohia i ka iʻa iki.	No one is at home, for all have gone to Mānā, attracted there by small fishes.
	[Said of one who is distracted by an insignificant matter or goes away on any excuse.]
162	ʻAʻohe kana mai o ka holo o ka lio ia Hanalē; pākahi a ka lio, pālua a ka lio.	How Henry made the horses run; one on a horse or two on a horse.
	[How hunger (Henry) made the fingers work in conveying poi to the mouth — with one fmger and with two.]
166	ʻAʻohe komo o kā haʻi puaʻa ke paʻa i ka pā.	Other people’s pigs would not come in if the fence were kept in good repair.
	[Be prepared always, and you’ll find yourself free of trouble. Also, evil influence cannot enter when one keeps his own mental realm fortified from within.]
169	ʻAʻohe lele ka nalo i kamaliʻi.	A fly isn’t made to depart by children.
	[Said in derision of a person who has no more sense than a child.]
170	ʻAʻohe lihi i ka pāpaʻa.	Absolutely burned to a crust.
	[Completely destroyed.]
171	ʻAʻohe lihi ʻike aku i ka nani o Punahoa.	Hasn’t known the beauty of Punahoa.
	[Used when the charms of a person or place are unknown. Punahoa is an unusually attractive place.]
172	ʻAʻohe like o ka ʻili.	The skin is not alike.
	[Some Hawaiians have an aversion to wearing someone else’s clothing, not knowing whether they are equals in bloodline, rank, or background. This saying does not express that they are of a different race, only of different family backgrounds.]
173	ʻAʻohe loaʻa i ka noho wale.	Nothing is gained by idleness.
174	ʻAʻohe loa i ka hana a ke aloha.	Distance is ignored by love.
175	ʻAʻohe loa i ka leo.	A command [of a chief] disregards distance.
	[Distance means nothing when the chief gives his command. First said by Hiʻiaka to her sister Kapo in a chant.]
176	ʻAʻohe loea i ka wai ʻōpae.	It is no feat to catch shrimps in a freshet.
	[You don’t need experience to do that job. Shrimps were often taken in great numbers by means of wicker platforms placed across mountain streams. In time of freshets they would be swept onto these platforms and gathered.]
177	ʻAʻohe lokomaikaʻi i nele i ka pānaʻi.	No kind deed has ever lacked its reward.
178	ʻAʻohe lolena i ka wai ʻōpae.	There must he no slackness when one gathers shrimp in time of a freshet.
	[Let there be no slackers when there is work to be done. Lazy people don’t get anywhere.]
180	ʻAʻohe mālama pau i ka ʻiole.	No one who takes care of his possessions has ever found them eaten by rats.
	[When one takes care of his goods he will not suffer losses.]
181	ʻAʻohe ma mua, ʻaʻohe ma hope, ʻaʻohe i ka ʻākau, ʻaʻohe i ka hema.	Nothing before, nothing behind, nothing at the right, nothing at the left.
	[Utter, absolute poverty.]
182	ʻAʻohe māna ʻai loaʻa i ka mea make.	Not even a mouthful of food can be obtained from the dead.
	[Consider the living, who may be kindly host or friend.]
183	ʻAʻohe manu noho i ka lipo e pakele i ke kāpiʻo.	No bird of the deep forest can escape his snare.
	[Said of a person who can win the love of anyone he chooses.]
185	ʻAʻohe mea ʻimi a ka maka.	Nothing more for the eyes to search for.
	[Everything one desires is in his presence.]
186	ʻAʻohe mea koe aku iā Makaliʻi; pau nō ka liko me ka lāʻele.	Makaliʻi left nothing, taking [everything] from buds to old leaves.
	[Said of one who selfishly takes all, or of a lecherous person who takes those of the opposite sex of all ages. From a legend surrounding a chief, Makaliʻi, who took from his people until they faced starvation.]
188	ʻAʻohe mea make i ka hewa; make nō i ka mihi ʻole.	No one has ever died for the mistakes he has made; only because he didn’t repent.
	[Urges repentance to one’s aumākua. Later came to include the idea of repentance before the Christian God.]
189	ʻAʻohe mea nāna e hoʻopuhili, he moho no ka lā makani.	There is no one to interfere, for he is a messenger of a windy day.
	[Said in admiration of a person who lets nothing stop him from carrying out the task entrusted to him.]
192	ʻAʻohe nānā; he holoholona ia he mea ʻuhane ʻole; o ke kanaka nō ka nānā, he mea ʻuhane.	Never mind; it is an animal, a soulless creature; take heed of man, for he is a creature with a soul.
194	ʻAʻohe nao ʻai i ka pāpaʻa.	Nothing at all but burnt food to eat.
	[A terrible situation.]
197	ʻAʻohe o kahi nānā o luna o ka pali; iho mai a lalo nei; ʻike i ke au nui ke au iki, he alo a he alo.	The top of the cliff isnt the place to look at us; come down here and learn of the big and little current, face to face.
	[Learn the details. Also, an invitation to discuss something. Said by Pele to Pāʻoa when he came to seek the lava-encased remains of his friend Lohiʻau.]
198	ʻAʻohe ola o ka ʻāina i ke aliʻi haipule ʻole.	The land cannot live under an irreligious chief.
201	ʻAʻohe pahuna ihe hala a ka Maluakele.	The Maluakele wind never misses with its spear-like thrusts.
	[Said in praise of one who always gets what he is after.]
203	ʻAʻohe pau ka ʻike i ka hālau hoʻokahi.	All knowledge is not taught in the same school.
	[One can learn from many sources.]
204	ʻAʻohe pilipili ʻāina wale mai, aia ka iʻa i ke kai.	The fish remain at sea and come nowhere near the shore.
	[Said of a person who avoids his friends or relatives.]
213	ʻAʻohe ʻulu e loaʻa i ka pōkole o ka lou.	No breadfruit can be reached when the picking stick is too short.
	[There is no success without preparation.]
214	ʻAʻohe ulu ka hoi.	The hoi vine does not grow.
	[There is no interest in that. Said by one who lacks interest, or is bored with what is being said or done. A play on hoi (bitter yam) and hoihoi (interest).]
215	ʻAʻohe umu moʻa i ka makani.	No umu can be made to cook anything by the wind.
	[Talk will not get the umu lighted and the food cooked. This saying originated in Olowalu, Maui, where it was very windy and hard to light an umu.]
216	ʻAʻohe waʻa hoʻohoa o ka lā ʻino.	No canoe is defiant on a stormy day.
	[It doesn’t pay to venture into the face of danger.]
217	ʻAʻohe wāwae o ka iʻa; ʻo ʻoe ka mea wāwae, kiʻi mai.	Fish have no feet; you who have feet must come and get it.
	[Said of one who asks for, but doesn’t come to get, what he wants. Any footless creature might be used as an example.]
218	Aʻo i ka hoʻopunipuni, aʻo aku nō i ka ʻaihue.	Learn to lie and the next thing will be to steal.
219	Aʻo i ke koa, e aʻo nō i ka holo.	When one learns to be a warrior, one must also learn to run.
	[It is no disgrace to run when there is danger of being destroyed; perhaps there may be another day when one can fight and win.]
222	ʻAʻole e ʻike ʻia ke kākala o ka moa ma kāna ʻoʻō ʻana.	One cannot tell by his crowing what the cock’s spur can do.
	[One cannot judge by his bragging what a person can really do.]
223	ʻAʻole e kū ka ikaika i kēia pākela nui; ke pōʻai mai nei ka ʻohu ma uka, ma kai, ma ʻō a ma ʻaneʻi.	One cannot show his strength against such odds; the rain clouds are circling from the upland, the lowland, and from all sides.
	[Said by Maheleana, a warrior of Kualiʻi, when he saw his small company surrounded by the enemy.]
226	ʻAʻole hiki i ka iʻa liʻiliʻi ke ale i ka iʻa nui.	A small fish cannot swallow a big one.
	[A commoner cannot do anything to a chief.]
227	ʻAʻole i ʻenaʻena ka imu i ka māmane me ka ʻūlei, i ʻenaʻena i ka laʻolaʻo.	The imu is not heated by māmane and ʻūlei wood alone, but also by the kindling.
	[To be powerful, a ruler must have the loyalty of the common people as well as the chiefs.]
229	ʻAʻole make ka waʻa i ka ʻale o waho, aia no i ka ʻale o loko.	A canoe is not swamped by the billows of the ocean, but by the billows near the land.
	[Trouble often comes from one’s own people rather than from outsiders.]
234	ʻAu ana ka Lae o Maunauna i ka ʻino.	Point Maunauna swims in the storm.
	[Said of a courageous person who withstands the storm of life. Point Maunauna (Battered) is at Waimea, Oʻahu, where high seas are common.]
238	ʻAukuʻu hāpapa i ka haʻi loko.	Heron groping in somebody else’s fishpond.
	[A man groping for somebody else’s woman.]
242	ʻAu umauma o Hilo i ka wai.	Hilo has breasted the water.
	[To weather the storm. The district of Hilo had many gulches and streams and was difficult to cross.]
244	A waho au o ka poe pele, pau kou palena e ka hoa.	After I’ve passed the bell buoy, your limit is reached, my dear.
	[A sailor’s saying used in an old hula song. When the ship passes the bell buoy on its way out to sea, the girl on the shore is forgotten.]
248	E aha ʻia ana o Hakipuʻu i ka palaoa lāwalu ʻono a Kaʻehu?	What is happening to Hakipuu, with dough cooked in ti leaves, of which Kaehu is so fond?
	[This is a line of a chant composed by Kaʻehu, a poet and hula instructor from Kauaʻi. It refers to a part-white woman with whom he flirted. Used in humor when referring to Hakipuʻu, a place on the windward side of Oʻahu.]
249	E aho ka make i ke kaua, he nui nā moepuʻu.	Better to die in battle where one will have companions in death.
	[Uttered by Kaʻeokulani, a chief of Maui.]
250	E ʻai ana ʻoe i ka poi paua o Keaiwa.	Now you are eating poi made from the paua taro of Keaiwa.
	[A boast from the district of Kaʻū: “Now you are seeing the very best that we have.” Also used to say, “Now you will find out how fine a girl (or boy) can be in making love.” The paua was the best taro in Kaʻū and the only variety that grew on the plains.]
251	E ʻai i ka mea i loaʻa.	What you have, eat.
	[Be satisfied with what you have.]
253	E akahele i ka mamo a ʻĪ, o kolo mai ka mole uaua.	Beware the descendant of ʻĪ, lest the tough roots crawl forth.
	[A warning uttered by Palena, a chief of Kohala, who saw Kuaʻana-a-ʻĪ cruelly treated by the chiefs of Kona. Kuaʻana later went to see the people of his mother, Hoʻoleialiʻi, in Hāna, and to help the chiefs of Hilo in fighting those of Kona.]
254	E akahele ka mea ʻakahi akahi.	Let the person who is inexperienced watch his step.
255	E ake ana e inu i ka wai hū o Koʻolihilihi.	Eager to drink of the gushing spring of Koʻolihilihi.
	[Eager to make love. Koʻolihilihi (Prop-eyelashes) is a spring in Puna. When royal visitors were expected, the people attached lehua blossoms to the makaloa sedge that grew around the spring so that when their guests stooped to drink, the lehua fringes touched their cheeks and eyelashes. The last person for whom the spring was bedecked was Keohokalole, mother of Liliʻuokalani.]
257	E ʻaki maka o ka lauhue.	Nip off the bud of the poison gourd.
	[Uttered by some chiefs of the court of Alapaʻi, ruler of Hawaiʻi, who wanted Kamehameha destroyed at birth.]
259	E ala, e hoa i ka malo.	Get up and gird your loincloth.
	[A call to rise and get to work.]
262	E aʻo i ka hana o pā i ka leo o ka makua hūnōai.	Learn to work lest you be struck by the voice of the parent-in-law.
	[Advice to a son or daughter before marriage.]
264	E ao, o kā i ka waha.	Watch out lest it smite the mouth.
	[A warning not to be too free in using rude and insulting words toward others lest someday one must take them back. Also, things said of others may happen to the person who says them.]
267	E ʻau mālie i ke kai pāpaʻu, o pakī ka wai a pula ka maka.	Swim quietly in shallow water lest it splash into the eyes.
	[A cautioning to go carefully where one isn’t sure of conditions.]
270	ʻEha ana ʻoe lā i ka makani kuʻi o ka Ulumano.	You will he hurt by the pounding of the Ulumano breeze.
	[One is hurt by the sharp words spoken. This is a line from an old chant.]
271	E hahai ana nō ke kolekole i kahi nui a ka wahie, a e hahai ana no ke ʻino i kahi nui o ka paʻakai.	Underdone meat follows along even where wood is plentiful, and decomposition follows along even where much salt is found.
	[Even where good is found, evil creeps in.]
272	ʻEha i ka ʻeha lima ʻole a ke aloha.	He is smitten by love, with a pain administered without hands.
	[He is deeply in love.]
275	E hānai ʻawa a ikaika ka makani.	Feed with ʻawa that the spirit may gain strength.
	[One offers ʻawa and prayers to the dead so that their spirits may grow strong and be a source of help to the family.]
277	E hea i ke kanaka e komo ma loko e hānai ai a hewa ka waha.	Call to the person to enter; feed him until he can take no more.
	[Originally a reply to a password into a hula school. Used later in songs and in speech to extend hospitality.]
278	E hele aku ana i ka māla a Kamehameha, o Kuahewa.	The proportion is reaching the size of Kuahewa, Kamehameha’s food patch.
	[The project is becoming too big. Kamehameha’s food patch was so huge that one border could not be seen from the other.]
279	E hele ana i ka ʻauwaeʻāina o lākou nei.	Going with them to look over the best in their land.
	[Hawaiians didn’t like to be questioned as to where they were going and would sometimes give this answer. Paʻe was a moʻo woman who often assumed the form of a dog and went wherever she willed. One day, while disguised as a dog, she was caught by some men who didn’t know of her supernatural powers, and they roasted her. This roasted dog was to be a gift to their chief’s wife and was put in a calabash, covered with a carrying net, and carried up the pali. Just below the Nuʻuanu Pali, the men saw a pretty woman sitting at the edge of a pool. She called, “Oh Paʻe, where are you going?” From out of the calabash leaped the dog, well and whole, who answered, “I am going with them to look over the best in their land.” The men fled in terror, leaving Paʻe behind with the other woman, who was a moʻo relative.]
280	E hele ka ʻelemakule, ka luahine, a me nā kamaliʻi a moe i ke ala ʻaʻohe mea nāna e hoʻopilikia.	Let the old men, the old women, and the children go and sleep on the wayside; let them not be molested.
	[Said by Kamehameha I.]
282	E hiolo ana nā kapu kahiko; e hina ana nā heiau me nā lele; e hui ana nā moku; he iho mai ana ka lani a e piʻi ana ka honua.	The ancient kapu will be abolished; the heiau and altars willfall; the islands will be united; the heavens will descend and the earth ascend.
	[A prophecy uttered by Kapihe, a kahuna in Kamehameha’s time. The last part of the saying means that chiefs will come down to humble positions and commoners rise to positions of honor.]
284	E hoʻi e peʻe i ke ōpū weuweu me he moho lā. E ao o haʻi ka pua o ka mauʻu iā ʻoe.	Go back and hide among the clumps of grass like the wingless rail. Be careful not to break even a blade of grass.
	[Retum to the country to live a humble life and leave no trace to be noticed and followed. So said the chief Keliʻiwahamana to his daughter when he was dying. Later used as advice to a young person not to be aggressive or show off.]
285	E hoʻi ka uʻi o Mānoa, ua ahiahi.	Let the youth of Mānoa go home, for it is evening.
	[Refers to the youth of Mānoa who used to ride the surf at Kalehuawehe in Waikīkī. The surfboards were shared among several people who would take turns using them. Those who finished first often suggested going home early, even though it might not be evening, to avoid carrying the boards to the hālau where they were stored. Later the expression was used for anyone who went off to avoid work.]
286	E hoʻi ka waʻa; mai hoʻopaʻa aku i ka ʻino.	Make the canoe go back; do not insist on heading into a storm.
	[A plea not to do something or associate with someone that will lead to serious trouble.]
287	E hōʻike mai ana ka lāʻau a ke kia manu.	The stick of the birdcatcher will tell.
	[We will know how successful one is by what he produces. One knew whether a birdcatcher was successful by counting the birds on his gummed stick.]
291	E hoʻōki i ka hoʻina wale o hōʻino ʻia mai ke kumu.	One should never go home without [some knowledge] lest his teacher be criticized.
292	E hoʻomanaʻo i ka lua o ka ʻōhiki.	Remember the hole dug by the sand crab.
	[A vulgar expression. A woman may be petite but she can be sexually “deep.”]
293	E hoʻopiha i ka lua o ka inaina.	Fill the pit of wrath.
	[Fill the stomach.]
294	E hoʻopiha i ka mākālua i hakahaka.	Fill the hole from which the plant has been removed.
	[Find someone to replace one who has gone away or died.]
296	Ehuehu kai, noho ka moi.	Where the sea broils, there the moi fish dwell.
297	Ehuehu kai piʻi ka ʻaʻama.	When the sea is rough, the ʻaʻama crabs climb up [on the rocks].
	[People gather out of curiosity when trouble arises.]
299	E hume i ka malo, e hoʻokala i ka ihe.	Gird the loincloth, sharpen the spear.
	[A call to prepare for war or to prepare for the project at hand.]
300	Eia aʻe ka makani Kona.	Here comes the Kona wind.
	[An angry person approaches.]
302	Eia ʻiʻo nō, ke kolo mai nei ke aʻa o ka wauke.	Truly now, the root of the wauke creeps.
	[It was not destroyed while it was small; now it’s too big to cope with. Said by Keaweamaʻuhili’s warriors of Kamehameha. They were at the court of Alapaʻi when the order was given to “Nip off the leaf bud of the wauke plant while it is tender” [E ʻōʻū i ka maka o ka wauke oi ʻōpiopio). This attempt to kill the baby didn’t succeed, and the child grew into a powerful warrior who quelled all of his foes.]
303	Eia ka iki nowelo a ka mikioi.	Here is the clever and dainty little one.
	[A boast, meaning “I may be little, but....”]
304	Eia ka lua hūnā o nā aliʻi: ʻo ka waha.	Here is the secret cave of the chiefs: the mouth.
	[We refuse to discuss our chiefs too freely.]
305	Eia ke kānaenae a ka mea hele: he leo, he leo wale nō.	Here is an offering from a traveler: a voice in greeting, simply a voice.
	[Said in affection by a passerby who, seeing a friend, greets him but doesn’t stop to visit.]
306	Eia nō kahi koe o ka moamoa.	Here is the only space left, the moamoa.
	[Said when offering a small space or seat to a friend when every other place is occupied. As Paʻao was leaving from Kahiki with a canoe filled to capacity, a priest, Makuakaumana, called out, asking to come along. He was offered the only available space — the sharp point at the stem of the canoe, the moamoa.]
307	Eia ʻo Kuʻiʻaki me Huanu ke hana nei i ka lāua hana o ka ʻohi ʻiʻo pūpū.	Here are Kuʻiʻaki and Huanu doing their work gathering shellfish.
	[An intense cold. A play on Kuʻi-ʻaki (Gritting-the-molars) and Hu-anu (Overflowing-cold). Huanu is Hawaiian for Juan.]
308	Eia ua lani a Hāloa i pili ai ka hanu i ke kapu.	Here is a chief descended from Hāloa, whose kapu makes one hold his breath in dread.
	[A compliment to a chief. To be able to trace descent from Hāloa, an ancient chief, was to be of very high rank from remote antiquity.]
310	E ʻike i ka hoa kanaka, o kipa hewa ke aloha i ka ʻīlio.	Recognize your fellow man lest your love be wasted on a dog.
	[Love man above animals.]
312	E ʻimi wale nō i ka lua o ka ʻuwaʻu ʻaʻole e loaʻa.	Seek as you will the burrow of the ʻuwaʻu, it cannot be found.
	[A boast of one’s skill in lua fighting, of the depth of one’s knowledge, or of a skill that isn’t easily acquired. A play on lua, a burrow, a pit, or an art of fighting. The burrow of the ʻuwaʻu bird is often deep. Birdcatchers inserted a piece of aerial root of the ʻieʻie, gummed at one end, to catch the fledglings.]
313	E kā i ka pōhuehue.	Smite with the pōhuehue.
	[Do harm to another in order to destroy him.]
314	E kalani e, kiʻi mai i ka iʻa, ua komo i ka mākāhā!	O heavenly one, come and get the fish for it has entered the sluice gate!
	[Used by one who has his hands full and needs help quickly. In a battle, Ahia caught Kameʻeiamoku and lifted him with the intention of dashing him to the ground. Kameʻeiamoku twisted himself about, grasped Ahia by the calf of the leg and held fast so that it was impossible for him to run. Seeing Kamehameha a short distance away, Kameʻeiamoku called to him to come and take the fish. Thus was Ahia killed.]
315	E kāmau iho i ka hoe a pae aku i ke kula.	Dip in the paddle till you reach the shore.
	[Keep dipping your finger into the poi until you’ve had your fill.]
316	E kanu i ka huli ʻoi hāʻule ka ua.	Plant the taro stalks while there is rain.
	[Do your work when opportunity affords.]
317	E kanu mea ʻai o nānā keiki i ka haʻi.	Plant edible food plants lest your children look with longing at someone else’s.
319	E kaupē aku nō i ka hoe a kō mai.	Put forward the paddle and draw it back.
	[Go on with the task that is started and finish it.]
323	E kuahui like i ka hana.	Let everybody pitch in and work together.
325	E kuhikuhi pono i nā au iki a me nā au nui o ka ʻike.	Instruct well in the little and the large currents of knowledge.
	[In teaching, do it well; the small details are as important as the large ones.]
326	E kuʻi ka māmā a loaʻa ʻo Kaʻohele.	Let your fastest runners run in relay to catch Kaʻohele.
	[Let us make every effort to attain our goal. Kaʻohele was a chief and warrior and in his day there was none swifter than he. It was only by running after him in relay that he was caught and killed.]
327	E lauhoe mai nā waʻa; i ke kā, i ka hoe; i ka hoe, i ke kā; pae aku i ka ʻāina.	Everybody paddle the canoes together; bail and paddle, paddle and bail, and the shore is reached.
	[Pitch in with a will, everybody, and the work is quickly done.]
328	E lawe i ke aʻo a mālama, a e ʻoi mau ka naʻauao.	He who takes his teachings and applies them increases his knowledge.
329	E lawe i ke ō, he hinana ka iʻa kuhi lima.	Take vegetable food; the hinana is a fish that can be caught in the hand.
	[A suggestion to take taro, poi, potato, or breadfruit along on the journey and not worry about meats, which can be found along the way. First uttered by Pele in a chant about the winds of Kauaʻi.]
330	ʻEleʻele Hilo, panopano i ka ua.	Dark is Hilo, clouded with the rain.
	[Hilo is always rainy.]
331	ʻEleʻelepī ka waha o kānaka.	The mouths of people make noises like mud crabs.
	[Said of one who talks too much — all noise and no sense. The ʻelepī is a small black crab that makes a loud noise resembling a smacking sound made by the mouth.]
340	E! Loaʻa akula ke kalo, ʻo ka ʻapowale.	Say! You’ll obtain a taro, the ʻapowale.
	[You are wasting your time. A play on ʻapo-wale (grasp-at-nothing), a variety of taro.]
341	E loaʻa ana iā ʻoe ka mea a Paʻahao.	Youll get what Paʻahao has.
	[Paʻahao, a native of Kaʻiā, was often teased by his neighbors because when annoyed he would snap, “Naio!” (“Pinworms!”) This amused his tormentors. When annoyed, one might say, “You’ll get what Paʻahao has.” Paʻahao lived in Waiōhinu, Kaʻū, during the late 1800s and early 1900s.]
342	ʻEloʻelo i ka wai o Kulanihākoʻi.	Drenched by the water of Kulanihākoʻi.
	[Said of a heavy downpour. Kulanihākoʻi is the name of a mythical pond in the sky.]
343	ʻElo ke kuāua o Ualoa; puaʻi i ka lani, kū kele ke one.	Drenching is the shower of Ualoa; the heavens overflow to soak the sands.
	[Very wet weather. A play on ua (rain) and loa (very much). Ualoa is a place name.]
344	E mālama i ka iki kanaka, i ka nuʻa kanaka. O kākou nō kēia hoʻākua.	Take care of the insignificant and the great man. That is the duty of us gods.
	[Said by Hiʻiaka to Pele in a chant before she departed for Kauaʻi to seek Lohiʻau.]
345	E mālama i ka leo o ke aliʻi, o hāʻule wale i ka weuweu.	Take care of the chief’s voice, lest it drop among the grass.
	[Heed the chief’s voice; do not ignore his commands.]
346	E mālama i ka mākua, he mea laha ʻole; ʻo ke kāne he loaʻa i ka lā hoʻokahi.	Take care of parents for they are choice; a husband can he found in a day.
	[Parents should be cared for, for when they are gone, there are none to replace them. One can marry again and again.]
347	E mālama i ka mākua, o hoʻomakua auaneʻi i ka haʻi.	Take care of [your] parents lest [the day come when] you will be caring for someone else’s.
	[Mākua includes all relatives of the parents’ generation, including their siblings and cousins.]
348	E mālama i ka ʻōlelo, i kuleana e kipa mai ai.	Remember the invitation, for it gives you the privilege of coming here.
	[A person feels welcome when accepting an invitation and friendly promises.]
349	E mālama o loaʻa i ka niho.	Be careful or you’ll be caught by the teeth.
	[A warning to watch out lest one become a victim of sorcery. A person who practices sorcery is said to have teeth; that is, his sorcery “bites.”]
350	E mālama o pā i ka leo.	Be careful lest you he struck by the voice.
	[Be careful not to do something that will lead to a scolding.]
351	E mānalo ka hala o ke kanaka i ka imu o ka puaʻa.	The wrongs done by man are atoned for by a pig in the imu.
	[When a person has committed a wrong against others or against the gods, he makes an offering of a hog with prayers of forgiveness.]
352	E manaʻo aʻe ana e lei i ka lehua o Mokaulele.	A wish to wear the lehua of Mokaulele in a lei.
	[A wish to win the maiden. Lei symbolizes sweetheart, and lehua, a pretty girl.]
353	E moni i ke koko o ka inaina, ʻumi ka hanu o ka hoʻomanawanui.	Swallow the blood of wrath and hold the breath of patience.
356	E nānā ana i ka ʻopua o ka ʻāina.	Observing the horizon clouds of the land.
	[Seeking to discover future events by observing the cloud omens.]
357	E nānā mai a uhi kapa ʻeleʻele ia Maui, a kau ka puaʻa i ka nuku, kiʻi mai i ka ʻāina a lawe aku.	Watch until the black tapa cloth covers Maui and the sacrificial hog is offered, then come and take the land.
	[Said by Kahekili, ruler of Maui, to a messenger sent by Kamehameha I with a question whether to have war or peace. Kahekili sent back this answer — “Wait until I am dead and all the rites performed, then invade and take the island of Maui.”]
359	E niʻaupiʻo ka lani.	May the chief remain of highest rank.
	[A blessing on a high chief: may he and his descendants live on in purity of rank.]
360	E nihi ka helena i ka uka o Puna; mai pūlale i ka ʻike a ka maka.	Go quietly in the upland of Puna; do not let anything you see excite you.
	[Watch your step and don’t let the things you see lead you into trouble. There is an abundance of flowers and berries in the uplands of Puna and it is thought that picking any on the trip up to the volcano will result in being caught in heavy rains; the picking is left until the return trip. Also said to loved ones to imply, “Go carefully and be mindful.”]
362	E noho ma lalo o ka lāʻau maka, iho mai ka huihui, māʻona ka ʻōpū.	Sit under a green tree. When the cluster comes down, the stomach is filled.
	[Serve a worthy person. When your reward comes you will never be hungry.]
363	E nui ke aho, e kuʻu keiki, a moe i ke kai, no ke kai lā hoʻi ka ʻāina.	Take a deep breath, my son, and lay yourself in the sea, for then the land shall belong to the sea.
	[Uttered by the priest Kaʻopulupulu at Waiʻanae. Weary with the cruelty and injustice of Kahāhana, chief of Oʻahu, Kaʻopulupulu walked with his son to Waiʻanae, where he told his son to throw himself into the sea. The boy obeyed, and there died. Kaʻopulupulu was later slain and taken to Waikīkī where he was laid on the sacrificial altar at Helumoa.]
366	E, ʻolohaka! I ke ʻehu nō o ka lāʻau pālau, kulana; hākālia nō a pāpā lāʻau aku o ka make nō ia.	Say! The person is hollow. With just the passing breeze of a brandished club, he falls. As soon as a spear touches him, he dies.
	[Said by Pupukea, a chief of Kaʻū, of Makakuikalani, chief of Maui, in an exchange of insults. Later commonly used to refer to weaklings.]
367	E ʻoluʻolu i ka mea i loaʻa.	Be contented with what one has.
368	ʻEono moku a Kamehameha ua noa iā ʻoukou, akā ʻo ka hiku o ka moku ua kapu ia naʻu.	Six of Kamehameha’s islands are free to you, but the seventh is kapu, and is for me alone.
	[This was uttered by Kamehameha after Oʻahu was conquered. The islands from Hawaiʻi to Oʻahu, which included Maui, Molokaʻi, Lānaʻi, and Kahoʻolawe, belonged to his people. But the seventh “island,” Kaʻahumanu, was his alone. Anyone who attempted to take her from him would be put to death.]
371	E paneʻe ka waʻa ʻoi moe ka ʻale.	Set the canoes moving while the billows are at rest.
	[Said by Holowae, a kahuna, to suggest that Kalaniʻōpuʻu retum to Hawaiʻi while there was peace. Later used to stir one to action.]
374	E pule wale nō i ka lā o ka make, ʻaʻole e ola.	Prayers uttered on the day of death will not save one.
	[Said by Lohiʻau to Hiʻiaka.]
375	E pū paʻakai aku a paʻa ka houpo.	Take a bit of salt till the diaphragm is solid.
	[Said by one whose fare is humble, consisting mostly of poi with salt or kukui relish. “Eat till you are satisfied of this humble fare.”]
377	E puʻu auaneʻi ka lae i ka ua o Kawaupuʻu, i ka hoʻopaʻa a ka hōʻakamai.	The forehead is likely to be lumped by the rain of Kawaupuu if one insists on being a smarty.
	[A warning not to get cocky or smart lest one be hurt. A play on puʻu (lump).]
378	E uhaʻi i ka maka o ka ihe.	Break off the point of the spear.
	[Cease warfare and resume friendly relations.]
379	E uhi ana ka wā i hala i nā mea i hala.	Passing time obscures the past.
382	E uku ʻia ke kanaka kiʻi lāʻau, he luhi kona i ka hele ʻana.	The man who goes to fetch medicinal herbs is to be paid — the trip he makes is labor.
	[The person sent by the kahuna to gather herbs for a patient’s medicine was always paid by the patient’s family. If they faiied to pay, and the gatherer grumbled, the medicine would do no good. A person who was paid couldn’t grumble without hurting himself.]
383	ʻEu nō ka ilo, make!	The maggot creeps, it dies!
384	E waikahi ka pono i mānalo.	It is well to be united in thought that all may have peace.
387	Ēwe hānau o ka ʻāina.	Natives of the land.
	[People who were born and dwelt on the land.]
388	E wehe i ka umauma i ākea.	Open out the chest that it may be spacious.
	[Be generous and kind to all.]
389	Haʻahaʻa haka, pau i ka ʻīlio.	The contents of a low shelf can he stolen by dogs.
	[Things carelessly left about can be stolen. First said by Kamalalawalu to Lonoikamakahiki in making fun of the short stature of the latter’s half-brother and chief steward, Pupukea.]
390	Haʻa hoʻi ka papa; ke kāhuli nei.	Unstable is the foundation; it is turning over.
	[Said of an unstable person or situation. First used by Hiʻiaka in a chant while playing kilu at the residence of Peleʻula.]
391	Haʻa ka wai o Kemamo i ka mālie.	The water of Kemamo dances in calm weather.
	[Said humorously of the swish of ladies’ dresses as they walk along.]
392	Hāʻaleʻale i ka puʻuwai.	A heart full to the brim [with love].
393	Hāʻale i ka wai a ka manu.	The rippling water where birds gather.
	[A beautiful person. The rippling water denotes a quiet, peaceful nature which attracts others.]
395	Haʻalele i ka lā ka mea mahana.	Has left the warmth of the sun.
	[Has died.]
396	Haʻalele i ka ʻulaʻula waiwai a koho i ka ʻulaʻula waiwai ʻole.	Leaves the valuable red and chooses the worthless red.
	[Said of one who rejects a suitor of rank in favor of one of lesser station.]
402	Hāʻawi ka ʻākau, lū ka hema.	The right hand gives, the left hand scatters.
	[Said of an extravagant person.]
404	Haehae ka manu, ke ʻale nei ka wai.	Tear up the birds, the water is surging.
	[Let us hurry, as there is no time for niceties. Kaneʻalohi and his son lived near the lake of Halulu at Waiʻaleʻale, Kauaʻi. They were catchers of ʻuwaʻu birds. Someone falsely accused them of poaching on land belonging to the chief of Hanalei, who sent a large company of warriors to destroy them. The son noticed agitation in the water of Halulu and cried out a warning to his father, who tore the birds to hasten cooking.]
405	Hahai nō ka ua i ka ululāʻau.	Rains always follow the forest.
	[The rains are attracted to forest trees. Knowing this, Hawaiians hewed only the trees that were needed.]
406	Hahana ka wela.	The heat was intense.
	[He or she was very angry.]
407	Hāhā pōʻele ka pāpaʻi o Kou.	The crabs of Kou are groped for in the dark.
	[Applied to one who goes groping in the dark. The chiefs held kōnane and other games at the shore of Kou (now central Honolulu), and people came from everywhere to watch. Very often they remained until it was too dark to see and had to grope for their companions.]
408	Haiamū ka manu i ka pua o ka māmane.	The birds gather ahout the māmane blossom.
	[Said of one who is very popular with the opposite sex.]
411	Hāiki Kaʻula i ka hoʻokē a nā manu.	There isn’t room enough on the island of Kaʻula, for the birds are crowding.
	[It is overcrowded. Kaʻula is a bird-inhabited island beyond Niʻihau.]
413	Haka kau a ka manu.	Perch on which birds rest.
	[A promiscuous woman.]
416	Hakē ka paʻi ʻai o ka Malulani.	The Malulani is overloaded with bundles of hard poi.
	[An impolite reference to a pregnant woman. The Malulani was an inter-island ship.]
418	Hākoʻi wai a ka neki.	Water agitated among the rushes.
	[The throbbing of the heart of one in love at the sight of the object of his affection.]
423	Hala ka hoʻoilo; ua pau ka ua.	Winter is gone, the rain has ceased.
	[Hard times are over; weeping has stopped.]
424	Hala ka Puʻulena aia i Hilo ua ʻimi akula iā Papalauahi.	The Puʻulena breeze is gone to Hilo in search of Papalauahi.
	[Said of one who has gone away or of one who finds himself too late to do anything.]
425	Hala ka ua, ka mea makaʻu.	The rain we feared is gone.
	[The person we are afraid of is absent; we have nothing to worry about.]
426	Halakau ka inanu i ka lāʻau.	The bird perches way up high in the tree.
	[Said of a man or woman who is not easily ensnared.]
427	Hala nā lā ʻino o ka hoʻoilo.	Gone are the stormy days of winter.
	[Troublesome days are over.]
428	Hala nō ia lā o ka pōloli.	A hungry day passes.
	[An expression of thankfulness that there was food for another day.]
429	Hālau ka hale; ʻohā ka ʻai.	A big house; small taro to eat.
	[A large house brings so many visitors that to feed them all, even immature taro must be used.]
430	Hālau Lahaina, malu i ka ʻulu.	Lahaina is like a large house shaded by breadfruit trees.
431	Hālāwai ke kila me ka paea.	Steel and flint meet.
	[When steel and flint come together, sparks result; so it is with two persons who cannot get along.]
435	Haluku ka ʻai a ke aku.	The aku rush to eat.
	[Said of those who boisterously rush to eat.]
436	Halulu me he kapuaʻi kanaka lā ka ua o Hilo.	The rain of Hilo makes a rumbling sound like the treading of feet.
437	Hamahamau ka leo o ka Waikoloa.	Hush the voice of the Waikoloa wind.
	[Be silent if you don’t want to be rebuked. The Waikoloa is a cold wind.]
439	Hāmākua i ka wakawaka.	Irregular and rough Hāmākua.
	[Praise of Hāmākua, a district of gulches and valleys.]
442	Hāmama ka waha he pō iʻa ʻole.	When the mouth yawns, it is a night on which no fish are caught.
	[A sleepy, yawning person isn’t likely to be out catching fish.]
446	Hana a lau a lau ke aho, a laila loaʻa ka iʻa kāpapa o ka moana.	Make four hundred times four hundred fish lines before planning to go after the fighting fish of the sea.
	[Be well prepared for a big project.]
448	Hana Hilo i ka poʻi a ka ua.	Hilo works on the lid of the rain.
	[Refers to the constant showers typical of Hilo district on Hawaiʻi. This is the first line of a chant.]
449	Hānai ʻia i ka ʻiao.	Fed with ʻiao fish.
	[One is given small gifts to interest him until, like the deep-sea fish, he takes the hook and is landed. The ʻiao is a small fish used as a bait for large, deep-sea fish.]
450	Hānai ʻia i ka poli o ka lima.	Fed in the palm of the hand.
	[Said of a child reared with constant attention.]
451	Hāna i ka iʻa iki.	Hāna of the little fish.
	[Believing slanderous tales about Kuʻula and his wife, Hinahele, the ruling chief of Hāna ordered them destroyed. Having mana over the fish of the sea, the two caused a scarcity until their son ʻAiʻai brought them back to life. Kuʻula and Hinahele were worshipped as deities by fishermen.]
452	Hānai holoholona, ʻaʻohe lohe i ka ʻohumu.	Feed animals and no complaints are heard.
	[A retort by one who is criticized for raising animals instead of children.]
454	Hana ʻino i ka ke kino ʻelemakule a hoʻomakua aku i ka haʻi.	Mistreat your own oldsters and the day may come when youll be caringfor someone else’s.
	[Said to a rude or ungrateful child. You should think of your own elder first, while he is alive, lest after his death you must take care of someone who had no part in rearing you.]
455	Hana ʻiʻo ka haole!	The white man does it in earnest!
	[Hawaiians were generally easygoing and didn’t order people off their lands or regard them as trespassers. When the whites began to own lands, people began to be arrested for trespassing and the lands were fenced in to keep the Hawaiians out.]
456	Hānai puaʻa wahine, ma loko ka uku.	Raise a sow, for her reward is inside of her.
	[A sow will bear young.]
457	Hana ka iwi a kanaka makua, hoʻohoa.	First get some maturity into the bones before challenging.
458	Hana kāpulu ka lima, ʻai ʻino ka waha.	Careless work with the hands puts dirty food in the mouth.
459	Hana ka uluna i ka paka ua.	Prepare the pillow when the raindrops appear.
	[Get ready for a period of rest. When a storm came, farming and fishing were suspended and the worker remained at home, either resting or doing little chores.]
461	Hana mai nō a kā mai nō i ka ʻino.	He does for us, then he strikes us with evil.
	[Said of a kahuna who helps to heal and then, annoyed with the patient or patient’s family, asks the ʻaumakua to return the sickness.]
462	Hana mao ʻole ka ua o Hilo.	Endlessly pours the rain of Hilo.
	[Said of anything that goes on and on, as the pouring rain, or of havoc such as that produced by a torrent. Names of other places are sometimes substituted for Hilo.]
464	Hānau ʻia i ka pō Lāʻau, lāʻau nā iwi, he koa.	Born was he on a Lāʻau night for his bones are hard and he is fearless.
	[Said of a bold, fearless person. Lāʻau nights are a group of nights in the lunar month. The days following each of these nights are believed to be good for planting trees.]
466	Hānau ka ʻāina, hānau ke aliʻi, hānau ke kanaka.	Born was the land, born were the chiefs, born were the common people.
	[The land, the chiefs, and the commoners belong together.]
469	Hanini ka wai o Kulanihākoʻi.	The water of Kulanihākoʻi spills.
	[It’s raining.]
471	Hanohano Paliuli i ka ua noe.	Majestic is Paliuli in the misty rain.
	[An expression of admiration for a person. Paliuli is a mythical place in the mountain region back of the Panaʻewa forest, Hawaiʻi.]
472	Hanopilo ka leo o ka ʻalae.	Hoarse is the voice of the muelhen.
	[Said of a person who talks himself hoarse.]
474	Haoʻe nā ʻale o Hōpoe i ka ʻino.	The billows of Hōpoe rise in the storm.
	[His anger is mounting. Hōpoe, Puna, has notoriously high seas.]
475	Hao ka Inuwai, maloʻo ka lau lāʻau.	The Inuwai breeze blew, withering the leaves of the trees.
	[Along he came and nothing was left. The Inuwai (Drink-water) breeze is very drying.]
476	Hao kōʻala ka makani lā, pau loa.	With one great sweep of wind, all is gone.
478	Hao mai ka makani kuakea ka moana; hao mai ke kai kū ke koʻa i uka.	When the gales blow, the sea is white-backed; when the sea rises, corals are washed ashore.
	[Said of the rise of temper.]
481	Hāpai ke kuko, hānau ka hewa.	When covetousness is conceived, sin is born.
483	Hāpala ʻia aʻela i ka hāwena.	Daubed with lime.
	[His hair may be gray, as one whose hair is bleached with lime, but he has no more wisdom than an inexperienced youth.]
484	Hāpapa hewa ka malihini makamaka ʻole.	A stranger without a friend feels lost.
	[This was first uttered in a chant by Hiʻiaka, who, upon arriving at Kauaʻi to seek Lohiʻau, found no friendliness from his sister Kahuanui and her people.]
486	Hauhili ka ʻai a ke kaweleʻā.	The kaweleʻā fish takes the hook in such a way as to tangle the lines.
	[Said of a tangled situation.]
487	Haʻu ka makani, hāʻule ke onaona, pili i ka mauʻu.	When the wind puffs, the fragrant blossoms fall upon the grass.
	[When there is an explosion of wrath, people quail before it.]
488	Haʻu ka waha i ka makani.	The mouth puffs at the wind.
	[Loud talk. Like the braying of an ass.]
489	Hāʻule i ka hope waʻa.	Left in the aft of the canoe.
	[Said of one who comes last or is tardy.]
492	Haumanumanu ka ipu ʻinoʻino.	A misshapen gourd makes an ugly container.
	[Said of an ugly person. Also said in warning to a mother to be careful with the body of her baby — to mold it lest it be imperfect and ugly.]
493	Haunaele ʻEwa i ka Moaʻe.	ʻEwa is disturbed by the Moaʻe wind.
	[Used about something disturbing, like a violent argument. When the people of ʻEwa went to gather the pipi (pearl oyster), they did so in silence, for if they spoke, a Moaʻe breeze would suddenly blow across the water, rippling it, and the oysters would disappear.]
494	Hauna ke kai o ka moa liʻiliʻi.	Unsavory is the soup made of little chickens.
	[Said of or to a boy or girl who desires to make love when too young to know anything about it.]
495	Hauna ke kai o ka palani.	The palani makes a strong-smelling soup.
	[A person of unsavory reputation imparts it to all he does.]
496	Hāʻupu mauna kilohana i ka laʻi.	Hāʻupu, a mountain outstanding in the calm.
	[Said of a person of outstanding achievement. Also used in praise of Hāʻupu, Kauaʻi.]
497	Hau wawā ka nahele.	A din in the forest.
	[Rumors and gossip abroad.]
499	Hawahawa ka lima.	The hand is smeared with filth.
	[From a children’s game in which one made a number of sand piles and buried filth in one of them. When a child dug into the sand and drew out a hand smeared with filth, the others shouted this. Also used to imply that one is taking part in a shady deal.]
500	Hawahawa ka lima i ka haʻi kūkae.	The hand is only soiled by the excreta of others.
	[Sometimes said when an adopted child proves ungrateful or is taken away by its own parents. All one gets are soiled hands.]
504	Hāwāwā ka heʻe nalu haki ka papa.	When the surf rider is unskilled, the board is broken.
	[An unskilled worker bungles instead of being a help. There is also a sexual connotation: When the man is unskilled, the woman is dissatisfied.]
505	Hāwele kīlau i ka lemu, ʻāhaʻi ka puaʻa i ka waha; ke hele nei ʻo Poʻokea.	Draw the fine loincloth under the buttocks; the pork finds its way into the mouth; Poʻokea now departs.
	[Poʻokea was a very clever thief during the reign of Kahekili of Maui. Whenever he eluded his pursuers, this was his favorite boast. Any reference to one as being a descendant or relative of Poʻokea implies that he is a thief who steals and runs.]
509	He aha ka hala i kapuhia ai ka leo, i hoʻokuli mai ai?	What was the wrong that forbade the voice, that caused the deafness?
	[What causes you to refuse to speak or listen to me?]
510	He aha ka puana o ka moe?	What is the answer to the dream?
	[What will the result of this be?]
511	He aha kāu o ka lapa manu ʻole?	What are you doing on a ridge where no birds are found?
	[That is a wild goose chase.]
513	He āhole ka iʻa, hole ke aloha.	Āhole is the fish, love is restless.
	[Said of the āhole fish when used in hana aloha sorcery to arouse love.]
515	He ʻai e kāhela ai ka uha.	An eating that spreads the intestines.
	[The enjoyment of a good meal when labor is finished and all is at peace.]
519	He ʻai make ka uhi.	The yam is the food of death.
	[The yam grows downward in the ground, instead of upward like the taro. When a person digs for yams, he has to be on the watch lest while digging with head down low an enemy strike him on the back of the neck and kill him.]
520	He akua ʻai kahu ka lawena ʻōlelo.	Gossip is a god that destroys its keeper.
529	He ʻalamihi no ka lae ʻiliʻili.	A mud crab on a rocky point.
	[Just a noisemaker.]
530	He ʻale kua loloa no ka moana.	A long-backed wave of the ocean.
	[The boast of a strong man who likens his back to the waves of the sea.]
531	He aliʻi ka ʻāina; he kauā ke kanaka.	The land is a chief; man is its servant.
	[Land has no need for man, but man needs the land and works it for a livelihood.]
532	He aliʻi ka laʻi, he haku na ke aloha.	Peace is a chief the lord of love.
	[Where peace is, there love abides also.]
533	He aliʻi ka maʻi, he aliʻi ke kahuna.	The patient is a chief; the kahuna is a chief.
	[The medical kahuna usually had a servant to do the work of fetching and preparing the herbs he prescribed for his patient. Thus the servant served both kahuna and patient. Often the person who gathered the herbs was an apprentice learning the art from the kahuna.]
534	He aliʻi ka manu.	A bird is a chief.
	[A bird flies and perches higher than any human.]
535	He aliʻi ka moa.	The rooster is a chief.
	[His feathers are used in kāhili, which are the symbols of chiefs.]
539	He aliʻi no ka malu kukui.	A chief of the kukui shade.
	[A chief who has something shady in his genealogy that he doesn’t care to discuss.]
540	He aliʻi nō mai ka paʻa a ke aliʻi; he kanaka nō mai ka paʻa a ke kanaka.	A chief from the foundation of chiefs; a commoner from the foundation of commoners.
	[A chief is a chief because his ancestors were; a commoner is a commoner because his ancestors were. Often said to a young person of chiefly lineage to warn that if he wishes to preserve the rank of his descendants, he should see that his mate is of chiefly rank and not a commoner.]
542	He ʻāloʻiloʻi, ka iʻa waha iki o ke kai.	An ʻāloʻiloʻi, a fish of the sea that has a small mouth.
	[Said of one who always has little to say.]
543	He ana ka manaʻo o ke kanaka, ʻaʻole ʻoe e ʻike iā loko.	The thoughts of man are like caves whose interiors one cannot see.
545	He ʻaʻo ka manu noho i ka lua, ʻaʻole e loaʻa i ka lima ke nao aku.	It is an ʻaʻo, a bird that lives in a burrow and cannot he caught even when the arm is thrust into the hole.
	[Said of a person who is too smart to be caught.]
548	He ʻauhau kōʻele na ka Hawaiʻi.	A taxing of small fields by the Hawaii chiefs.
	[After Kamehameha united the islands, even the smallest food patch was taxed.]
549	He au holo a ka ʻōlohelohe.	A running place for the naked one.
	[Used when one is disappointed in an undertaking. To dream of nakedness is an omen of bad luck.]
554	He ʻauwai ka manaʻo o nā aliʻi, ʻaʻohe maopopo kahi e kahe ai.	The minds of chiefs are like a ditch — no one knows whither they flow.
	[No one knows whom or what the chiefs will favor.]
558	He ʻelele ka moe na ke kanaka.	A dream is a bearer of messages to man.
560	He hālau a hālau ko ka niu, hoʻokahi nō hālau o ka niuniu.	The coconut tree has many shelters to go to; but the person who merely aspires has but one.
	[Said in scom to or of a person of low rank who assumes the air of a chief. A true chief (niu) is welcome every-where he goes; a pretender is only welcome in his own circle.]
562	He hale kanaka, ke ʻalalā ala no keiki, ke hae ala no ka ʻīlio.	It is an inhabited house, for the wail of children and the bark of a dog are heard.
	[The signs of living about a home are the voices of humanity and animals. Used in answer to someone’s apology over their children crying or dogs barking.]
563	He hale ke kino no ka manaʻo.	The body is a house for the thoughts.
568	He hāpuʻu ka ʻai he ʻai make.	If the hāpuʻu is the food, it is the food of death.
	[When famine came many depended on hāpuʻu to sustain life, but it required much work to prepare. There was the cutting, the preparation of the imu, and three whole days during which the hāpuʻu cooked. If the food was done then, hunger was stayed; if not, there was another long delay, and by that time someone may have starved to death.]
569	He hauʻoli ka ukali o ka lanakila.	Gladness follows in the wake of victory.
572	He heʻe ka iʻa, he iʻa kino palupalu.	It is an octopus, a soft-bodied creature.
	[Said of a weakling.]
575	He hiʻi alo ua milimili ʻia i ke alo, ua hāʻawe ʻia ma ke kua, ua lei ʻia ma ka ʻāʻī.	A beloved one, fondled in the arms, carried on the back, whose arms have gone ahout the neck as a lei. Said of a beloved child.
576	Hehi i ka pili.	Trample on the relationship.
	[To abolish or disown the relationship.]
579	He hina na ka ʻaʻaliʻi kūmakani, he ʻulaʻa pū me ka lepo.	When the wind-resisting ʻaʻaliʻi falls, it lifts the sod up with its roots.
	[A boast: When I, a powerful man, fall, others will fall with me.]
582	He hoa ka ua no Alakaʻi.	The rain is a companion to Alakaʻi.
	[Alaka’i, Kauaʻi, does not lack rain.]
584	He hoa manu nēnē, he hoʻi nō a paumāʻele i ka hale.	A goose mate returns to pollute the house.
	[Said to a mate whose relative disgraces the family by committing fornication or adultery with another member.]
587	He hōʻike na ka pō.	A revelation of the night.
	[A revelation from the gods in dreams, visions, and omens.]
588	He hoʻīlina ka make no ke kino.	Death is an inheritance for the hody.
589	He honu ka ʻāina he mea paneʻe wale.	Land is like a turtle: it moves on.
	[Land passes slowly but inexorably from owner to heir.]
591	He hoʻokahi no wai o ka like.	All dyed with the same color.
	[Identical.]
592	He hoʻokele waʻa no ka lā ʻino.	A canoe steersman for a stormy day.
	[A courageous person.]
597	He huakaʻi paoa, he pili i ka iwi.	An unlucky journey in which the body was wagered.
	[Suffering.]
600	He huluhulu kau i ka puka ihu.	Hair growing inside of the nostril.
	[Said in envy of a person who is regarded as a favorite by a superior — he is so closely allied to the person that he is likened to a hair in the other’s nostril. Also said in criticism of one who is made too much of.]
602	He hupo no ka waʻa pae.	A stupid one belonging to the canoe landing.
	[Little skill is required to get a canoe out of the water at a landing. Said of one whose knowledge is very shallow and whose skill is practically nil.]
604	He iʻa i pā i ka makau.	A fish that had once taken a hook.
	[Said of a person made wary by an unpleasant experience.]
605	He iʻa kokoke kā ka lawaiʻa.	A fisherman always finds fish nearby.
	[Said of one who can get what he wants because he is smart.]
606	Hei akula i ka ʻupena kuʻu a ka Lawakua.	Caught in the drawnet of the Lawakua breeze.
	[Ensnarled by beguiling words.]
607	He iʻa laka ka loli kaʻe, he loaʻa wale i kāheka.	The loli kaʻe is easy enough to gather, for it is found in sea pools.
	[Said of a cross, dissatisfied person who becomes grumpy. A play on kaʻe (grumpy) in loli kaʻe (sea cucumber).]
608	He iʻa laka nō lā hoʻi ka ʻina.	The ʻina is easily gathered.
	[A retort to a person who frequently says, “If I had this” or “If I had that.” A play on ʻina (sea egg) and inā (if).]
609	He iʻa loaʻa wale nō hoʻi ka poʻopaʻa.	A poʻopaʻa is a fish easy to catch.
	[Hard-headed people are fairly common. A play on poʻopaʻa (hard-headed).]
610	He iʻa make ka ʻopihi.	The ʻopihi is a fish of death.
	[The ʻopihi is usually found on rocks where the sea is rough. There is always danger of being washed away by the waves when gathering ʻopihi.]
612	He iʻa no ka moana, he aho loa kū i ke koʻa.	A fish of the deep sea requires a long line that reaches the sea floor.
	[In order to obtain a good position, one must prepare.]
613	He iʻa no ka pāpaʻu, he loaʻa wale i ka hopu lima; he iʻa no ka hohonu, noho i kaʻeaʻea.	Fish of the shallows are easy to catch with the hands; but fish of the depths keep the fisherman wet with sea sprays.
	[Ordinary folks are easy to find but an outstanding one is not.]
616	He iʻa ua nipoa i ka ʻauhuhu.	A fish stunned by ʻauhuhu juice.
	[Said of one under the influence of sorcery or other evils.]
618	He ikaika ke kanaka kaena i ka wā pilikia ʻole, akā he hōhē wale i ka lā o ka pilikia.	A braggart is strong when there is no trouble, but flees when there is.
619	He ikaika nō nā ʻehu kakahiaka no nā ʻōpio, a piʻi aʻe ka lā heha mai a holo.	The morning is full of strength for youth, but when the sun is high they become tired and run.
	[Said of the young who do not work as persistently as their parents — they start well but soon quit.]
620	He ʻike ʻana ia i ka pono.	It is a recognizing of the right thing.
	[One has seen the right thing to do and has done it.]
625	He iki huna lepo mai kēia e pula ai ka maka.	This is a small speck of dust that causes a roughness in the eye.
	[One may be small but he can still cause distress. This was the retort of Kaʻehuiki, a shark-god of Puna, when he was taunted for his small size by Kaiʻanuilalawalu, shark-god of Kīpahulu, Maui.]
633	He imu pale ʻole; huikau ka nohona.	An uncovered oven; abiding in confusion.
	[Like an imu in which each kind of food is not set apart in its own place, but piled in helter skelter, so is a promiscuous and careless family.]
634	He imu puhi na ka lā o Kalaʻe.	Kalaʻe is made a steaming oven by the sun.
	[At Kalaʻe, Molokaʻi, stood an imu that was said to have baked the rain, making it a dry place.]
635	He ʻīnaʻi na ka wela a ka lā.	Meat consumed by the heat of the sun.
	[Said of one who has a severe case of sunburn.]
636	He ʻiniki me ka wawalu ka ʻeha a kamaliʻi.	All the hurt that a child can infict is by pinching and scratching.
	[An expression of ridicule said to or of one considered to be no stronger than a child.]
639	He ʻio au, he manu i ka lewa lani.	I am an ʻio, the bird that soars in the heavenly space.
	[A boast. The highest chiefs were often called ʻio (hawk), king of the Hawaiian birds.]
649	He kāʻeʻaʻeʻa pulu ʻole no ka heʻe nalu.	An expert on the surfboard who does not get wet.
	[Praise of an outstanding surfer.]
664	He Kākea, ka makani kulakulaʻi kauhale o Mānoa.	It is the Kākea, the wind that pushes over the houses of Mānoa.
	[Applied to one who goes about shoving others around. The Kākea was the strongest wind of the valley.]
667	He kama na ka pueo.	Offspring of an owl.
	[A child whose sire is unknown, so called because the owl flies at night.]
668	He kanaka no ka malu kukui.	A person from the kukui tree shade.
	[A person of uncertain parentage; one who has in his veins the blood of chiefs as well as commoners. Similar to Kūkae pōpolo (Excreta of the pōpolo berries [that have been eaten]).]
670	He kāne ʻeha ʻole o ka ʻili.	A husband who does not inflict pain on his wife.
	[Said by a wife in appreciation for a husband who never beats her.]
672	He kapa maloʻo wale ka ʻili.	The skin is a garment that dries easily.
	[Being wet is nothing to worry about.]
673	He kāpili manu no ka uka o ʻŌlaʻa he pipili mamau i ka ua nui.	A birdcatching gum of the upland of ʻŌlaʻa that sticks and holds fast in the pouring rain.
	[Said of one who holds the interest and love of a sweetheart at all times.]
677	He kau auaneʻi i ka lae ʻaʻā.	Watch out lest the canoe land on a rocky reef.
	[Watch out for trouble.]
686	He keiki kālai hoe na ka uka o Puʻukapele.	A paddle-making youth of Puuʻkapele.
	[A complimentary expression. He who lives in the uplands, where good trees grow, can make good paddles Puʻukapele is a place above Waimea Canyon on Kauaʻi.]
690	He keu a ka hoʻomaoe!	Such hinting!
	[Said to a person who hinted his liking for another’s possessions; one was obliged to say, “Take it, I give it to you.” Such a hinting person was disliked, and favorite possessions were hidden away when he approached.]
695	He kiu ka pua kukui na ka makani.	The kukui blossoms are a sign of wind.
	[When the kukui trees shed their blossoms, a strong wind is blowing.]
696	He koaʻe, manu o ka pali kahakō.	It is the koaʻe, bird of the sheer cliffs.
	[An expression of admiration for an outstanding person. The koaʻe build their nests on cliffs.]
697	He koa ka mea hele hoʻokahi i ʻOʻopuloa.	Only a warrior dares to go alone to ʻOʻopuloa.
	[Said of a venture fit only for the brave. The way to ʻOʻopuloa, Maui, was feared because of robbers.]
699	He koʻe ka pule a kahuna, he moe nō a ʻoni mai.	The prayer of a kahuna is like a worm; it may lie dormant but it will wriggle along.
	[Though the prayer of a kahuna may not take effect at once, it will in time.]
701	He kohu puahiohio i ka hoʻolele i ka lepo i luna.	Like a whirlwind, whirling the dust upward.
	[Said of a commoner who makes an attempt to elevate himself so he will be regarded as a chief.]
705	He kuapuʻu no a he kuapuʻu, like ka ʻōlelo ana.	A hunchback and a hunchback have the same things to talk ahout.
	[Equals speak the same language and understand each other.]
710	He kūmū ka iʻa, muʻemuʻe ke aloha.	Kūmū is the fish, bitter is love.
	[An expression used in hana aloha sorcery. It was uttered with the hope that the intended victim would be as conscious of love as of a bitter drop on the tongue.]
711	He kumu kukui i heʻe ka pīlali.	A kukui tree oozing with gum.
	[A prosperous person.]
712	He kumu kukui palahuli wale i ka makani Kona.	A kukui tree, easily toppled over by the Kona wind.
	[Said of one who is easily vanquished by a stronger opponent.]
713	He kumu lehua muimuia i ka manu.	A lehua tree covered with birds.
	[An attractive person. A lehua tree in bloom attracts birds as an attractive person draws the attention of others.]
715	He lāʻau maka no ka nāhelehele.	A green wood of the forest.
	[An inexperienced person.]
717	He lālā kamahele no ka lāʻau kū i ka pali.	A far-reaching branch of the tree standing on the cliff.
	[A boast of a strong person who, like the tree on the cliff, can withstand gales and pouring rain.]
719	He lani ke keiki, he milimili na ka makua.	The child is a chief to be fondled by the parents.
	[A child requires as much care as a chief.]
723	He lau maiʻa pala ka wahine, hou aku nō ʻoe, pōhae.	A woman is like a yellowed banana leaf that tears when one pokes at it.
	[A woman does not have the strength of a man.]
726	He lawaiʻa no ke kai pāpaʻu, he poʻopaʻa ka iʻa e loaʻa.	A fisherman in the shallow sea can only catch poʻopaʻa.
	[An untrained, unskilled person is limited in what he can do.]
728	Hele a ʻīlio pīʻalu ka uka o Hāmākua i ka lā.	Like a wrinkled dog is the upland of Hāmākua in the sunlight.
	[An uncomplimentary remark about an aged, wrinkled person. Line from a chant.]
729	Hele a kahu ka ʻena.	He has gone into [the state of] tending the red-hot stones.
	[He is very angry.]
730	Hele akula a ahu, hoʻi mai nō e omo i ka waiū o ka makua.	He goes away and, gaining nothing by it, returns to nurse at his mother’s breast.
	[Said of a grown son or daughter who, after going away, returns home for support.]
731	Hele aku nei e ʻimi i ka ʻiliʻili hānau o Kōloa.	Went to seek the pebbles that give birth at Kōloa.
	[Said of one who goes and forgets to come home. These pebbles were found at a small beach called Kōloa, in Punaluʻu, Kaʻū.]
733	Hele a luhiehu i ka ua noe.	Is made bright by the misty rain.
	[Said of a person dressed gaily.]
734	Hele a nono i ka wai.	He looks red in the water.
	[He is as attractive as the fringes of lehua floating in the water.]
735	Hele ʻē ka pila, hele ʻē ka leo.	The music is in one pitch and the voice in another.
	[Said of a lack of harmony.]
736	Hele ʻē ka waʻa.	The speed of a canoe.
	[Said of a fast traveler.]
737	He leho hou kēia, ke ola nei nō ka ʻiʻo.	This is a fresh cowry; the flesh is still alive.
	[A warning that a new idea or plan may turn out badly. When the animal in a shell dies, a stench results.]
739	Hele huhū ke ahi me ka momoku.	Angrily goes the fire and the firebrand.
	[Said of lightning and thunder.]
744	Hele ka hoʻi a hiki i Kealia, ua napoʻo ka lā.	When one reaches Kealia at last, the sun is set.
	[Said of one who procrastinates. A play on alia (to wait).]
745	Hele ka makuahine, ʻalalā keiki i kauhale.	When the mother goes out, the children cry at home.
	[Said of a neglectful mother.]
746	Hele kapalulu ke ahi me ka momoku a kukupaʻu i ke kai o Nuʻalolo.	The crackling firebrands make a great display over the sea of Nualolo.
	[Said of a person who makes himself very conspicuous.]
747	Hele kīkaha aʻela ka ua.	The rain goes sneaking along.
	[Said of a person who goes out of his way to avoid an acquaintance.]
748	Hele kīkaha ka ua o Hokukoʻa.	The rain of Hokukoʻa goes quietly by.
	[Said of one who goes by without dropping in to see his friends.]
749	He lele pā iki kau ka manaʻo; ke aloha kamaliʻi he lālau nō.	[An adult] lets his fancy take fight and touches lightly while a child lover reaches out directly.
	[An adult lover dreams, plans, and gently woos; a child is clumsy in his lovemaking.]
751	Hele nō i ka hola iʻa i ka lā.	Fish poison should he used in the daytime.
	[Greater efficiency is achieved in the daytime. [cf 1158]]
752	Hele nō ka ʻalā, hele nō ka lima.	The rock goes, the hand goes.
	[To make good poi, the free hand must work in unison with the poi pounder. Keep both hands going to do good work.]
753	Hele nō ka lima; hele nō ka ʻāwihi; ʻaʻohe loaʻa i ke onaona maka.	The hand goes; the wink goes; nothing is gained by just looking sweet.
	[Keep the hands occupied with work, then one can afford to make eyes at the opposite sex. Just looking attractive isn’t enough.]
754	Hele nō ka pilau a ke ālia, i kahi nui o ka paʻakai.	Decomposition can also he found where there is so much salt that the earth is encrusted.
	[Scandal is found even in the best of families.]
755	Hele nō ka wai, hele nō ka ʻalā, wali ka ʻulu o Halepuaʻa.	The water flows, the smooth stone [pounder] works, and the breadfruit of Halepuaʻa is well mixed [into poi].
	[Everything goes smoothly when one is prosperous. A play on wai (water) and ʻalā (smooth stone). ʻAlā commonly refers to cash. In later times, Hele nō ka wai, hele nō ka ʻalā came to refer to a generous donation. Halepuaʻa is a place in Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
758	He lepo ka ʻai a Oʻahu, a māʻona nō i ka lepo.	Earth is the food of Oʻahu, and it is satisfied with its earth.
	[Said in derision of Oʻahu, which was said to be an earth-eating land. In olden times, an edible mud like gelatine was said to fill Kawainui Pond. The mud, which was brought hither from Kahiki in ancient days, was once served to the warriors and servants of Kamehameha as a replacement for poi.]
759	Hele pū nō me ka lima.	Take the hands along in going traveling.
	[Be willing to help others when going traveling and not make a burden of yourself.]
761	He lihi nō paha i laila, ke ʻeuʻeu nei ka puapua.	Perhaps [he] has some rights there, to wag his tail feathers [the way he does].
	[He wouldn’t be acting with such confidence if he weren’t related to or a friend of the person higher up.]
762	He liʻiliʻi ka ʻuku lele, naue naʻe kino nui.	A flea may be small but it can make a big body squirm.
	[Never belittle anyone because of his small body; he may be able to do big things.]
763	He like nō ke koʻele, ʻo ka pili naʻe he like ʻole.	The thumping sounds the same, but the fitting of the parts is not.
	[Some do good work, others do not; but the hustle and bustle are the same.]
766	He lohe ke ola, he kuli ka make.	To hear is life, to turn a deaf ear is death.
	[It pays to heed sound advice.]
769	He loko kapu ia, he awa ka iʻa noho; eia kā ua komo ʻia e ke ʻā kōkokī.	It was a pond reserved only for awa fish, but now a bait-stealing ʻā fish has gotten into it.
	[A woman who is the wife of a fine man of chiefly rank is now having an affair with a worthless scamp.]
770	He lokomaikaʻi ka manu o Kaiona.	Kind is the bird of Kaiona.
	[Said of one who helps a lost person find his way home. The goddess Kaiona, who lived in the Waiʻanae Mountains of Oʻahu, was said to have pet birds who could guide anyone lost in the forest back to his companions.]
771	He loli ka iʻa, ʻīloli ke aloha.	Loli is the sea creature, passionate is the love.
	[An expression used in hana aloha sorcery when loli was secured as an offering.]
773	He lono ma mua, he kulina ma hope; kulikuli wale ka makani o Kaʻū!	Report went first, heedlessness followed; what a din the wind of Kaʻū raised!
	[From a chant for Kaumualiʻi of Kauaʻi.]
774	He luelue ka ʻupena e kuʻu ai.	The fine-meshed net is the one to let down into the sea.
	[A fine-meshed net misses nothing, big or small. In seeking wealth, the small things are just as important as the big ones.]
775	He lupe lele a pulu i ka ua ʻawa.	A kite that flies till it is dampened by icy cold raindrops.
	[Said of a person whose station has risen very high.]
778	Hemahema nō ka ʻiole, mikimiki ka ʻowau.	When the rat is careless, the cat comes around.
	[Be on guard.]
779	He maiʻa ke kanaka a ka lā e hua ai.	A man is like a banana tree on the day it bears its fruit.
	[When a man’s body was removed from a grave, a banana stalk was laid in to take its place.]
783	He maʻi nui ka hilahila.	Humiliation is a great disease.
	[Shame and humiliation can make one sick at heart.]
788	He makani Kona, ke kū lā ke aʻe i ka moana.	It is the Kona wind, for the sprays are flying at sea.
	[Said of a raging temper.]
797	He mamo paha na ka poʻe o Kahuwā he maʻa i ka hoe ma ke kūnihi.	Perhaps they are descendants of the people of Kahuwā who were in the habit of paddling with the edge of the paddle blade.
	[They are stupid people who never do things right.]
798	He manini ka iʻa mai hōʻā i ke ahi.	The fish is just a manini, so do not light a fire.
	[Said to one who suffers defeat in a practice session: “This occasion is a mere manini, a small fish, so do not let your temper be kindled.”]
800	He manō ka iʻa hoʻomano ke aloha.	Shark is the fish; may love be persistent.
	[An expression used in hana aloha sorcery. A play on manō and hoʻomano (persistent).]
802	He manu hānai ke kanaka na ka moe.	Man is like a pet bird belonging to the realm of sleep.
	[Dreams are very important. By them, one is guided to good fortune and warned of misfortune. Like a pet bird, man is taken care of.]
805	He maoli pua lehua i ka wēkiu.	An attractive lehua blossom on the topmost branch.
	[An attractive person.]
806	He māʻona ʻai a he māʻona iʻa ko ka noanoa.	The commoner is satisfed with food and fish.
	[The commoner has no greater ambition than success in farming and fishing.]
811	He maunu ʻekaʻeka; pāpaʻi ka iʻa e hoʻi ai.	With foul bait one can only catch crabs.
	[Poor output makes poor income.]
813	He mea aloha ʻia ke kāne i ka ʻili.	The husband of the skin is to be loved.
	[One’s husband, who is as close as the skin of one’s body, should always be loved. The term for a husband who is always near, in joy and in sorrow, is “Kāne i ka ʻili.” Such a wife is “ Wahine i ka ʻili.”]
816	He mea mahamahana no ka lehelehe.	Something warm for the lips.
	[A tasty morsel for gossip.]
818	He milo ka lāʻau, mimilo ke aloha.	Milo is the plant; love goes round and round.
	[Said of the milo tree when its leaves, blossoms, or seeds were used by a kahuna who practices hana aloha sorcery.]
819	He moa kani ao ia, a pō kau i ka haka.	He is a cock that crows in the daytime, but when night comes he sits on a perch.
	[Said of a person who brags of what he can do, but when difficulties come he is the first to remove himself from the scene.]
820	He moʻa no ka ʻai i ka pūlehu ʻia; he ahi nui aha ia e hoʻā ai?	Food can be cooked in the embers; why should a big fire be lighted?
	[A small love affair will do; why assume the responsibilities of a permanent mating? Said by those who prefer to love and leave.]
824	Hemo ka pili a ka makemake.	The companionship of liking has separated.
	[Said of the cessation of mutual affection.]
825	Hemo ke alelo o Kaumaka i ka wai.	The tongue of Kaumaka came out in the water.
	[Said of one who has had a good trouncing. Kaumaka, a defeated chief, was put to death by drowning.]
830	He mūheʻe ka iʻa hololua.	A cuttlefish is a creature that moves two ways.
	[Said of a two-faced person.]
831	He nahā ipu auaneʻi o paʻa i ka hupau humu.	It isn’t a break in a gourd container that can he easily mended by sewing the parts together.
	[A broken relationship is not as easily mended as a broken gourd. Also, the breaking up of the family brought a stop to the support each gave the other.]
832	He naho manini mai kēia e loaʻa ai ka lima i kōkala.	This is a ledge under which the manini hides [and one should not be hasty lest] the hand be poked by the sharp points on the dorsal fin.
	[A boast. Also, a warning not to make trouble.]
834	He naio ka loaʻa.	Pinworms are all one will get.
	[One will get nothing worthwhile.]
835	He nanea nō ka lawaiʻa kole.	It is interesting to fish for kole.
	[It is interesting to gather and tell stories. The English word “story” was Hawaiianized to kole, which is also the name of a thick-skinned fish.]
837	He nani hulali ka hao.	A beauty like the shine of steel.
	[Not applied to persons. From the chorus of a song of the 1800s.]
839	He Napoʻopoʻo i ʻikea ke poʻo, he Napoʻopoʻo nō i ʻikea ka pepeiao.	A [person of] Napoʻopoʻo whose head is seen; a Napoʻopoʻo whose ears are seen.
	[A play on napoʻo (to sink), as the sun sinks in the west. No matter what your claim to rank may be, we can see that your head is low and that your mindfulness of etiquette is equally low.]
840	He niho haʻi wale ko ka pāpaʻi.	A crab has claws that break off easily.
	[Said of one who offers to fight but backs down when the challenge is accepted.]
841	He niuhi ʻai holopapa o ka moku.	The niuhi shark that devours all on the island.
	[A powerful warrior. The niuhi shark was dreaded because of its ferociousness. It was believed that a chief or warrior who captured this vicious denizen of the deep would acquire something of its nature.]
846	He nōpili ka iʻa, pili paʻa ke aloha.	The nōpili is the fish; love clings fast.
	[Said of the freshwater goby (ʻoʻopu) of the nōpili variety, known to climb waterfalls by clinging fast to the wet stones. It was used by kāhuna in hana aloha sorcery.]
853	He ʻohu kolo ka makani, haʻukeke kamahele.	The wind that brings the creeping fog causes the traveler to shiver.
	[Anger and squabbles in the home of a host chill the spirit of the guest.]
855	He ʻō ʻia ka mea hāwāwā e ka heʻe nalu.	The unskilled surf rider falls back into the water.
856	He ʻoiʻo kuhihewa; he kākā ola i ʻike ʻia e ka makāula.	The thought of a ghost is an error; it is a living person identifed by a prophet.
	[Don’t blame ghosts and spirits for one’s troubles; a human being is responsible.]
858	He ola i ka leo kāhea.	There is life in a [hospitable] call.
	[A call of friendly hospitality gives cheer to the traveler.]
860	He ola na ka ʻōiwi, lawe aʻe nō a ʻai haʻaheo.	When one has earned his own livelihood he can take his food and eat it with pride.
861	He ʻolena wale aʻe no ka Kiʻilau; he neʻeneʻe wale aʻe no ka Kāʻiliahu.	Kiʻilau merely gazes under his brow; Kāʻiliahu simply moves up close.
	[Said of a lazy person who watches others work and then moves up to get a large share. A play on kiʻi-lau (fetch-much) and kaili-ahu (snatch-a-heap).]
863	He ʻonipaʻa ka ʻoiaʻiʻo.	Truth is not changeable.
865	He ʻoʻopu-hue, ka iʻa ʻōpū kēkē.	An ʻoʻopu-hue, the fish with a distended belly.
	[A term of derision for a pot-bellied person.]
866	He ʻoʻopu kuʻia, ka iʻa hilahila o Kawainui.	A bashful ʻoʻopu, the shy fish of Kawainui.
	[Said of a bashful person. Kawainui at Kailua was one of the largest ponds on Oʻahu.]
870	He ʻōpū lepo ko ka mahiʻai.	A farmer has a dirty stomach.
	[A farmer is not always able to keep his hands and fingemails perfectly clean, even if he washes them. Because he eats with his fingers he is said to have a dirty stomach.]
875	He pāʻā kō kea no Kohala, e kole ai ka waha ke ʻai.	A resistant white sugar cane of Kohala that injures the mouth when eaten.
	[A person that one does not tamper with. This was the retort of Pupukea, a Hawaiʻi chief, when the Maui chief Makakuikalani made fun of liis small stature. Later used in praise of the warriors of Kohala, who were known for valor.]
881	He pali nui ka make e hoʻokaʻawale ana.	Death is a sheer cliff that separates.
	[Death divides the living from the dead.]
882	He paluhē wale ka palu.	Mashed fish for bait goes to pieces readily.
	[Said of a weakling.]
883	He palupalu nā hewa liʻiliʻi i ka wā kolo, lolelua i ka wā kamaliʻi, loli ʻole i ka wā oʻo, ʻoni paʻa i ka wā ʻelemakule.	Small sins are weak in the creeping stage, changeable in childhood, unchanging when an adult, and firmly fixed in age.
	[Bad habits can be changed in the early stages but eventually become firmly implanted.]
885	He paoʻo ka iʻa ʻaʻohe kāheka lēhei ʻole ʻia.	There is no sea pool that a pāoʻo fish does not leap into.
	[An active person is found everywhere]
898	He poʻe kao ʻāhiu o ka wao nahele.	Wild goats of the wilderness.
	[A wild, unruly people.]
904	He pohō na ka pohō, ʻo ke akamai no ke hana a nui.	Sinking is to be expected where it is naturally found, but one should use as much skill as possible [to avoid it].
	[Losses come easily; it requires skill and wisdom to avoid them.]
908	He pō Kāne kēia, he māʻau nei nā ʻeʻepa o ka pō.	This is the night of Kāne, for supernatural beings are wandering about in the dark.
	[Said of those who go wandering about at night. It is believed that on the night of Kāne, ghosts, demigods, and other beings wander about at will.]
912	He pono ka pākiko ma mua o ka hoʻokelakela wale aku.	Better to be economical than too liberal.
913	He poʻo hūnā i ka lewa.	A head hidden in the sky.
	[Said of a god, who is invisible. Also expressed He poʻo hūnā i ke aoūli.]
917	He pō walea, he ao walea i ka laʻi.	A night enjoyed, a day enjoyed in the calm.
	[Peace brings undisturbed nights and days.]
922	He pua no ka wēkiu.	A blossom on the topmost branch.
	[Praise of an outstanding person.]
926	He puhi ka iʻa ʻoni i ka lani.	The eel is a fish that moves skyward.
	[Niuloahiki, god of coconut trees, had three forms — eel, man, and coconut tree, which reaches skyward. This expression can refer to Niuloahiki or to any influence that rises and becomes overwhelming. When used in hana aloha sorcery, it means that the squirming of love is like the movement of an eel. Also used as a warning — “Beware of that ambitious person who will let nothing stand in his way.”]
931	He puhi wale nō na ka makani.	Only a blowing of the wind.
	[All talk.]
933	He pūkoʻa kū no ka moana.	A large rock standing in the sea.
	[Said of a person who is unchangeable and very determined.]
934	He pula, ʻo ka ʻānai ka mea nui.	A speck of dust in the eye causes a lot of rubbing because of irritation.
	[Let one member of a family do wrong and, like the resultant irritation, he is a shame to all.]
938	He puʻupā hiolo wale nō i ka leo.	An obstructing wall falling down at the sound of the voice.
	[Said of stubbornness and obstinacy that are removed by gentle coaxing.]
939	He puʻu pale ia lae na ka hoʻokele.	The cape is just something to be passed by the canoeman.
	[A boast — difficulties are mere trifles to an expert.]
940	He puwalu, ke kū nei ka lāhea.	It is a puwalu fish, for a strong odor is noticed.
	[A rude remark about a person with strong body odor. Sometimes the palani fish is mentioned instead of puwalu.]
942	He ua heʻe nehu no ka lawaiʻa.	It is rain that brings nehu for the fishermen.
	[Refers to the rain that precedes the run of nehu fish.]
944	He uahoa, he lima na ka makani.	Ruthless, with the hands of a gale.
	[Said of a ruthless person who strikes and hurries away.]
946	He ʻuala ka ʻai hoʻōla koke i ka wī.	The sweet potato is the food that ends famine quickly.
	[The sweet potato is a plant that matures in a few months.]
949	He ʻiāhini ka iʻa o kahi maloʻo.	The locust is the meat of dry places.
	[Said of a type of locust, now extinct, that was easy to catch and much eaten when fish were scarce.]
951	He ukana ko ka houpo.	A burden on ihe diaphragm.
	[A problem in the mind.]
953	He ula, he iʻa noho i ka naele.	A lobster, the creature that stays in sea caves.
	[Said of a shy person who remains at home.]
954	He ula, ke paneʻe ala ka huelo.	It is a lobster, for it flips its tail.
	[Said of a person who is always moving about.]
955	He ula no ka naele, panau no ka hiʻu komo i ke ale.	That is a lobster of a sea cave, with one flip of the tail he is in the rocky cavern.
	[Said of an independent person who knows how to take care of himself.]
958	He uli na ka heʻe pūloa.	It is ink from the long-headed octopus.
	[Said of a person clever at getting away with mischief. The ink of the octopus is its camouflage.]
959	He ʻulu ʻaʻai ʻole; he hāʻule wale i ka makani.	It is a breadfruit that does not hold to the tree; it falls easily with the wind.
	[Said of a person whose loyalty is doubtful — he can be swayed to desert his chief.]
960	He ulūlu ka makani Kona!	The Kona wind storms!
	[What wrath!]
962	He unu ʻoe no ka waʻa pae.	You are a rock for beaching a canoe.
	[You are worth nothing but to be stepped on.]
965	He waʻa auaneʻi ka ipu e pau ai nā pipi me nā ʻōpae.	A gourd container is not a canoe to take all of the oysters and shrimps.
	[The container is not too large and cannot deplete the supply. A reply to one who views with suspicion another’s food container, or who balks at sharing what he has.]
967	He waʻa holo nō ka hoʻi, kālai kāpulu ʻia iho.	After all, it is a worthy canoe, but you hewed it so carelessly.
	[He is a good worker but you have treated him with such thoughtlessness.]
969	He waha kou o ka heʻe.	Yours is the mouth of an octopus.
	[You are a liar. A play on waha and heʻe in wahaheʻe (to falsify).]
974	Hewa i ka wai.	Great as a body of water.
	[A great multitude; so many that one cannot count.]
975	Hewa i ke ala a ka hewahewa.	Goes amiss on the trail of the mentally deranged.
	[Said of one who is careless of results.]
977	He waiwai nui ka lōkahi.	Unity is a precious possession.
979	Hewa ka iʻa a ʻUmiamaka, he okea loko.	Wrong was the “fish” of ʻUmiamaka for it had sand inside.
	[Said of anything that is bad, or when one has been cheated. ʻUmiamaka was a young trickster who desired the daughter of a certain man who was very fond of lobster. But the father would not let his daughter go with a man who was not a fisherman. To win the father over, ʻUmiamaka filled a lobster shell he found on the beach with white sand. After stuffing the crack carefully with limu so it would appear freshly caught, he presented it to the father. After receiving the lobster, the father allowed his daughter to go out with ʻUmiamaka. But when the man gave his attention to the lobster, he discovered that it was just a sand-filled shell, and cried out these words. When the impudent youth returned, he claimed innocence, saying, “That was your fish, not mine.’]
980	Hewa ka lima.	The hand is at fault.
	[It was believed that when one had done wrong, the hand was smitten with a disease that remained until he asked for the pardon of the person he had injured. Sometimes said in jest to a friend with an injured hand.]
984	Hihia ka ʻōpae ma ka ʻumiʻumi.	The shrimp is entangled by the feelers.
	[Like a shrimp whose feelers are entangled by some weeds trailing in the water, so is a person who is caught in an affair he cannot get out of.]
987	Hiʻikua waha ka ʻopeʻope, hiʻi ke keiki ma ke alo, uē ʻalalā i ka nahele.	A bundle borne on the back, a baby in the arms, wailing in the forest.
	[Said of mothers fleeing in terror.]
990	Hiki mai ka lā ma Haʻehaʻe, ma luna mai o Kukiʻi.	The sun rises at Haʻehaʻe, above Kukiʻi.
	[Haʻehaʻe, in Puna, Hawaiʻi, is often called the gateway of the sun. Kukiʻi is a place in Puna.]
991	Hiki mai ka mālie, a hiki mai nō ka ʻino.	Good weather comes and bad weather comes, too.
	[Weather changes.]
993	Hili hewa ka manaʻo ke ʻole ke kūkākūkā.	Ideas run wild without discussion.
	[Discussion brings ideas together into a plan.]
996	Hilinehu ka malama, kū ka nehu.	Hilinehu is the month when the nehu fish appears.
1000	Hilo i ka ua Kanilehua.	Hilo of the Kanilehua rain.
	[The Kanilehua rain, or the rain that patters in the lehua forest, is frequently referred to in the chants and songs of Hilo.]
1001	Hilo i ka ua kinakinai, ka ua mao ʻole.	Hilo of the constant rain, where it never clears up.
1004	Hilo, mai Mawae a ka pali o Maulua.	Hilo, from Mawae to the cliff of Maulua.
	[The extent of the Hilo district is from Mawae on the Puna side to Maulua on the Hāmākua side.]
1007	Hilu ka iʻa, he iʻa noʻenoʻe.	The fish is the hilu, an attractive one.
	[A quiet, well-behaved person. When a pregnant woman longed for hilu fish, the child born to her would be well-mannered, quiet, and unobtrusive.]
1008	Hinuhinu ka ihu, pohā ka ʻauwae.	When the nose shines, the chin gets a blow.
	[Said of a drunken person who gets into a fight.]
1009	Hiohio ka makani i lima o Kapaliwaiʻole.	The wind whistles on Kapaliwaiʻole.
	[How ignorance speaks! Kapaliwaiʻole is in Kaʻū.]
1010	Hiʻolani i ka noe.	Sleeping in the fog.
	[Sleeping off a drunken stupor.]
1011	Hiolo ka pali kū, nahā ka pali paʻa.	The standing precipice falls, the solid clff breaks.
	[The resistance is broken down at last.]
1013	Hō aʻe ka ʻike heʻe nalu i ka hokua o ka ʻale.	Show [your] knowledge of surfing on the back of the wave.
	[Talking about one’s knowledge and skill is not enough; let it be proven.]
1015	Hoʻakaka wale nō ka Kiʻilau.	Kiʻilau merely explains.
	[A play on Kii-lau (Fetch-many), meaning one whose tongue knows where to fetch a lot to say. When words offend, the speaker responds that they are merely explanations not meant to hurt anyone.]
1016	Hoʻā ke ahi, kōʻala ke ola. O nā hale wale nō kai Honolulu; ʻo ka ʻai a me ka iʻa i Nuʻuanu.	Light the fire for there is life-giving suhstance. Only the houses stand in Honolulu; the vegetable food and meat are in Nuuanu.
	[An expression of affection for Nuʻuanu. In olden days, much of the taro lands were found in Nuʻuanu, which supplied Honolulu with poi, taro greens, ʻoʻopu, and freshwater shrimp. So it is said that only houses stand in Honolulu. Food comes from Nuʻuanu.]
1019	Hōʻale i ka wai ua lana mālie.	Stirring up still waters.
	[Said of one who stirs up controversies.]
1020	Hoa pupuʻu o ka pō anu.	A companion to crouch with on a cold night.
	[A sweetheart or spouse.]
1021	Hōhē wale ka mea hewa.	There is cowardice in the wrongdoer.
	[The person who wrongs another is often afraid to face him.]
1024	Hoʻi hou i ka iwi kuamoʻo.	Return to the backbone.
	[To return to the homeland or family after being away.]
1025	Hoʻi hou i ka mole.	Return to the taproot.
	[The return to love and loyalty for kith and kin after a severing of relationship.]
1027	Hoʻi hou ka iʻa i ke ʻehu kai.	The fish returns to the foamy sea.
	[Said of one who returns to a previous home or former habit.]
1028	Hoʻi hou ka paʻakai i Waimea.	The salt has gone back to Waimea.
	[Said when someone starts out on a journey and then comes back again. The salt of Waimea, Kauaʻi, is known for its reddish brown color.]
1029	Hoʻi hou ka wai i uka o Ao.	The water returns again to the upland of Ao.
	[The people had to travel far inland to find uncontaminated water.]
1031	Hoʻi iho ka lehelehe a ka ʻauwae, noho.	The lip goes down to the chin and there it sits.
	[Said of a pouting person.]
1032	Hoʻi i Kālia i ka ʻai ʻalamihi.	Gone to Kālia to eat ʻalamihi crabs.
	[He is in a repentant mood. A play on ʻala-mihi (path-of-repentance). Kālia, Oʻahu, is a place where ʻalamihi crabs were once plentiful.]
1033	Hoʻi i Waolani i kahi o ka ʻeʻepa.	Go to Waolani where the supernatural beings dwell.
	[Said to one who can’t be fathomed. It is the equivalent of, “Go and join your peculiar kind of people.” Waolani, in Nuʻuanu, Oʻahu, was once the home of gods, menehune, Nāwā (Noisy beings), Nāmū (Silent beings), and all manner of disgruntled, misshapen, and joyous characters who were grouped under the term ʻeʻepa.]
1034	Hoʻi ka ʻoʻopu ʻai lehua i ka māpunapuna.	The lehua-eating ʻoʻopu has gone back to the spring.
	[Said of one who has gone back to the source.]
1035	Hoʻi ka ua a uka noho mai.	The rain goes to the upland and there it stays.
	[Said of one who leaves and stays away.]
1036	Hoʻi ka wai a ka puna noho mai.	The water returns to the spring and there remains.
	[Said of one who withdraws.]
1037	Hoʻi ke ao o ke kuahiwi, hoʻi ka makani iā Kumukahi.	The cloud returns to the mountain, the wind returns to Kumukahi.
	[Said of a group of people dispersed, each going to his own abode.]
1041	Hoʻi nō ka moʻala i kona lua.	The moʻala crab returns to its burrow.
	[He goes where he belongs.]
1042	Hoʻi no ka pono i ka makua.	Returns to the parent for benefts.
	[Said of a grown person who returns to his parents for support or help, thus becoming a dependent once again.]
1048	Hōkai ua lawaiʻa o ke kai pāpaʻu, he poʻopaʻa ka iʻa e hoʻi ai.	A fisherman who fools around in shallow water takes home poʻopaʻa fsh.
	[The poʻopaʻa (hard-headed) fish is easily caught with hook and line.]
1049	Holāholā wale ʻia aʻe nō a pau ka pupuka.	It will all he stripped away until all the ugliness is gone.
	[Said in answer to a remark that a small child is ugly.]
1050	Hōlapu ke ahi, koe iho ka lehu.	The fire blazed up, then only ashes were left.
	[After a blaze of temper, the ashes of remorse are left.]
1052	Holo iʻa ka papa, kau ʻia e ka manu.	When the shoals are full of fish, birds gather over them.
	[Where there is food, people gather.]
1053	Holu ka pua o ka mauʻu, kapalili ka lau o ka lāʻau, māewa ka lau o ke ʻuki.	The grass blossoms sway, the leaves on the trees flutter, the leaves of the ʻuki grass wave to and fro.
	[Said of speed in traveling. The traveler went so fast he was like a passing gust of wind that caused the leaves to sway or flutter.]
1054	Holu ka wai o Kaʻulili i ka makani.	The water of Kaʻulili ripples in the wind.
	[A humorous saying applied to one whose proud swagger is like the movement of the ʻūlili (wandering tattler).]
1055	Hō mai ka ihu, a hele aʻe au.	Give hither the nose ere I go.
	[Kiss me ere I depart.]
1058	Honuaʻula, e pāluku ʻia ana nā kihi poʻohiwi e nā ʻale o ka Moaʻe.	Honuaʻula whose shoulders are pummelled by the Moaʻe wind.
	[A poetical expression for a person being buffeted by the wind. Honuaʻula, Maui, is a windy place.]
1063	Hoʻohui ʻāina pala ka maiʻa.	Annexation [is] ripe bananas.
	[A saying that cropped up when talk of the annexation of Hawaiʻi began. It was a sign of bad luck to encounter someone with a bunch of bananas while on a business trip. Hence this warning that annexation will bring bad luck to Hawaiʻi.]
1064	Hoʻohū ka ua i ka moana, pilipili ʻāina ʻole mai.	The rain driving out to the ocean does not come near the land.
	[Said when a person snubs his old friends.]
1065	Hoʻokaʻawale i ka ʻōʻō mai ka lima aku.	[To] take the digging stick out of the hand.
	[To deprive someone of work.]
1066	Hoʻokahi e pōʻino, pau pū i ka pōʻino.	One meets misfortune, all meet misfortune.
	[Said of those who are important to the community — when misfortune befalls one, it is a misfortune for all. The fall of an able war leader is a disaster to his followers just as the fall of a good warrior is a disaster to the leader. Every member of the group is important.]
1067	Hoʻokahi ʻiliwai o ka like.	The likeness is all on one level.
	[One is just like the other.]
1070	Hoʻokahi mea manaʻo nui a ka ʻōhua o ka hale: ʻo kahi mea mai ka lima mai o ke aliʻi.	There is one thing all members of the household look to: whatever they are given by the hands of the chief.
	[All members of the chief’s household are dependent on him.]
1071	Hoʻokahi no hana a Palapala ʻo ka ʻohi i ka iʻa.	All that Palapala does is gather fish.
	[Although we do all the hard work, another comes along and reaps the harvest. Palapala was a noted warrior of Kāʻanapali, Maui. When the fishermen went deep-sea fishing with hook and line, he accompanied them. Whenever a fish would become unfastened and float to the surface, Palapala would take it, uttering these words.]
1073	Hoʻokahi no hua a ka ʻaʻo.	The ʻaʻo bird lays but a single egg.
	[Said of the mother of an only child.]
1076	Hoʻokahi no lāʻau a ka uʻi.	Let the youth use but a single stroke.
	[Let it be once and for all. First uttered by the instructor of the chief Puapuakea, advising him to strike his enemy with a single, fatal blow.]
1077	Hoʻokahi no lāʻau lapaʻau, ʻo ka mihi.	There is one remedy — repentance.
	[Said of one who had offended a family ʻaumakua and suffered the penalty, or of one who was unhappy over a wrong he had done to others.]
1078	Hoʻokahi no lā o ka malihini.	A stranger only for a day.
	[After the first day as a guest, one must help with the work.]
1082	Hoʻokahi no ʻōpae, ʻula ka paʻakai.	One shrimp can redden the salt.
	[Said of a poor fare of food due to a bad crop. A single shrimp and some salt will do for the time being, as long as the shrimp flavors and colors the salt.]
1083	Hoʻokahi wai o ka like.	All of one color.
	[All the same; harmonious; in unity.]
1085	Hoʻokohu Kauaʻula, ka makani o ʻUlupaʻu.	The Kauaula wind ofʻUlupaʻu claims honors that do not belong to it.
	[Said in derision of one who steals, then boasts of possessions that are not rightly his. Also said of one who claims illustrious relatives. The Kauaʻula wind is a wind of Maui.]
1086	Hoʻokolo aku i ka nui manu.	Go inquire of the other birds.
	[Go and consult others. From the following story: One day a man went up to a mountain spring for water. On the way down he paused to rest, then fell asleep. An ʻelepaio lighted and, seeing the man’s gourd bottle, pecked a hole in the gourd. The sound of the pecking woke the man, who saw the water running out. In anger he threw a stone at the ʻelepaio and injured its leg. It flew away and met an ʻio. “O! ʻIo, I was stoned by a man,” ʻElepaio cried. “What did you do?” asked ʻIo. “Pecked the man’s bottle.” “Then the fault is yours,” answered ʻIo. ʻElepaio flew on and met Pueo. The same words were exchanged between them. So it was with ʻIʻiwi, ʻŌʻō, and all the others. ʻElepaio’s disgust grew greater with ʻAmakihi, who laughed at him in derision. Receiving no sympathy, ʻElepaio sat and thought and finally admitted to himself that he, indeed, was to blame.]
1088	Hoʻokuʻi a kole ka lae.	Bumped and made a raw sore on the brow.
	[Said of one who is really in trouble.]
1091	Hoʻolalau ka helena i Kualoa, piʻi ana i ka pali o Kānehoalani.	In wandering about Kualoa, he ascends the cliff of Kānehoalani.
	[He goes off his course and thereby gets nothing. On the cliff of Kānehoalani stands a phallic stone, a symbol of bad luck when seen in a dream.]
1092	Hoʻolale a ka ua ʻūkiu.	A suggestion of the ʻūkiu rain.
	[Go ahead and do what was suggested. The ʻūkiu rain is cold enough to make one hurry and scurry.]
1093	Hoʻolale i ka ʻai a ka uʻi.	Show what youth can do.
	[Let the youth show us what he can do.]
1094	Hoʻolaukanaka i ka leo o nā manu.	The voices of birds give the place a feeling of being inhabited.
	[Used by those who live, work, or travel in lonely places — life is made happy by the voices of many birds. Common in songs.]
1096	Hōʻole ka waha, holehole ʻia nō ka iwi.	Though the mouth denies one’s guilt, his bones are stripped anyway.
	[Said of those who deny guilt but are punished anyway. This saying originated in the time of Kamehameha I, when thieves and murderers were severely punished even though they claimed innocence.]
1097	Hoʻolele ka uila o Makaweli.	Sending the lightning of Makaweli flying.
	[A play on maka-weli (terrifying eyes), this saying refers to the sending of a god on an errand of destruction.]
1098	Hoʻolike ka manaʻo i Wailohia.	Make your minds alike at Wailohia.
	[Turn your minds onto the same channel with bright thoughts. A play on wai (water) and lohia (sparkle).]
1101	Hoʻomau ʻia aku, wahi a ka nūpepa.	To be continued, according to the newspaper.
	[Many Hawaiian newspaper articles were continued from week to week. This was said of anything put off to be finished later.]
1103	Hoʻonā ke ola i ka hale o ke akua.	The distresses of life are relieved in the house of the god.
	[The gods help man.]
1105	Hoʻonuʻa Hilo i ka lehua.	Hilo produces the lehua in abundance.
1107	Hoʻopāpā i Waipā ka Lūpua.	The Lūpua wind touches at Waipā.
	[Said of one who cannot refrain from touching or pawing. Waipā is the name of a wind and location on Kauaʻi]
1108	Hoʻopau kaʻā, he lawaiʻa paoa; hoʻānuānu ʻili o ka hele maunu.	An unlucky fisherman wastes time in wetting his line; he merely gets his skin cold in seeking bait.
	[Said of an unlucky person who, in spite of every effort, gets nothing.]
1109	Hoʻopau maunu i ka iʻa liʻiliʻi; e kiʻi nō ma ka iʻa nunui.	A waste of bait to go for the small fish; go for the big ones.
1111	Hoʻopio ʻia e ka noho aliʻi a ka ua.	Made prisoner by the reign of the rain.
	[When the rainy season comes, one is kept indoors.]
1112	Hopo ana i ka wai poniponi o Waipuhi.	Fearful of the dark water of Waipuhi.
	[Said of one who is fearful of getting into trouble.]
1113	Hōpoe, ka wahine lewa i ke kai.	Hōpoe, the woman who dances in the sea.
	[Hōpoe was a dancer of Keaʻau, Puna, in that long ago day when gods mingled with men. Because of her dancing and her kindly nature, Hōpoe was taken by the goddess Hiʻiaka as a favorite friend. When Pele sent Hiʻiaka to Kauaʻi to fetch Lohiʻau, the first request Hiʻiaka made to Pele was to be kind to her friend, Hōpoe. After a time, when Hiʻiaka did not return as expected, Pele in a fit of rage destroyed Hiʻiaka’s grove and the beloved Hōpoe. The latter was changed into a balancing stone that seemed to dance in the sea.]
1114	Hopu hewa i ka ʻāhui hala o Kekele.	[One] grasps the pandanus cluster of Kekele by mistake.
	[Said of one who meets with disappointment. A play on hala (to miss or to be gone). The hala cluster is often used figuratively to refer to the scrotum. Kekele is a grove at the base of Nuʻuanu Pali.]
1115	Hopu hewa i ka loli, i ka iʻa maka ʻole.	Grasped the eyeless fish by mistake.
	[Met with disappointment. The loli (sea cucumber) is known as the fish without eyes.]
1116	Hou hewa i ka lua o ka ʻōhiki.	[He] poked by mistake into the hole of a sand crab.
	[An expression of derision for a man who marries a very young woman and later realizes it would be better to have a more settled, mature wife.]
1117	Huaʻi ka ʻulu o Lele i ka makani Kona.	The breadfruit of Lele is exposed by the Kona wind.
	[Hidden matters are exposed in time of anger. When the Kona wind blows, the leaves of the trees are blown off to expose the fruit.]
1118	Hua kanawao ka liko o ke kapu.	Kanawao seeds produce sacred leaf buds.
	[The seeds of the kanawao, a small tree, were believed to help in making a woman fertile. In royal chants, large families of chiefs were sometimes compared to kanawao trees and their seeds.]
1122	Huʻea pau ʻia e ka wai.	All scooped up by rushing water.
	[Everything is told, no secrets are kept.]
1125	Hū hewa i Kapua ka ʻauwaʻa pānānā ʻole.	The fleet of canoes without a compass landed at Kapua by mistake.
	[Said of one who is off his course, mentally or otherwise. A saying from Kohala.]
1127	Hui aku, hui mai, hui kalo me ka nāwao.	Mixed there, mixed here, all mixed together are the cultivated and the wild taros.
	[Said of a great mix-up.]
1130	Huikau nā makau a ka lawaiʻa i Wailua, lou mai ʻo Kawelowai iā Waiehu.	The fishhooks of the fishers became entangled at Wailua and caught Kawelowai at Waiehu.
	[An entangling love affair. The first line of a chant.]
1131	Hū i kula ka make o ka ʻaiā.	The wicked dead is washed up by the sea.
	[In ancient times, certain priests would take charge of a chief’s corpse. The flesh and viscera, called pela, were sometimes taken out to sea where they were deposited. It was said that the viscera of a good chief was accepted by the sea and hidden in its depth, but that of a wicked chief was washed ashore and left there.]
1132	Hū ka ʻalaʻala.	The aerial bulbs appeared.
	[A lot of nothing worth troubling about. Here, ʻalaʻala refers to the aerial bulbs on the hoi vine. ʻAlaʻala is also the term applied to the liver of the octopus in songs and sayings, regarded as a symbol for something unimportant.]
1133	Hū ka makani.	The wind blows a gale.
	[Said of great speed. There is a hū (hum) and one is gone like the wind.]
1134	Hū ka wai i ke pili.	The water overflows to the pili grass.
	[Said of anything that overflows its boundaries, including a person whose behavior goes beyond the bounds of propriety.]
1135	Huki kū i luna ka lae o Kalaʻau.	The point of Kalaʻau holds itself high.
	[Said of an uncooperative person who wants his own way or of an egotistic, self-centered person. A Molokaʻi expression.]
1137	Huli ka lau o ka ʻamaʻu i uka, nui ka wai o kahawai.	When the leaves of the ʻamaʻu turn toward the upland, it is a sign of a flood.
	[When the wind blows the leaves of the ʻamau fern so that they bend toward the mountains it is also blowing clouds inland, which will produce rain.]
1138	Huli ka malau, ka ʻiako a ka lawaiʻa.	The malau that serves as an outrigger of the canoe is turned over.
	[Work is done. The malau is a live-bait carrier attached to the canoe. When the fishing was done the empty malau was tumed over. First used by Hiʻiaka in a chant when she saw two shark men flee at the sight of her, though she intended no harm.]
1139	Huli ke alo i ka paia.	Turn the face to the wall.
	[There is nothing to fear. To go to sleep with one’s face to the wall is an indication of confidence in one’s safety.]
1141	Huli ke alo i luna, helu i ka ʻaʻaho.	Lying face up and counting the rafters.
	[Lazy.]
1142	Huli kua nā ʻale o ka moana.	The billows of the ocean turn their backs on each other.
	[Said of friends who are not on speaking terms.]
1143	Hulili ka lā i ke kula o Makahuʻena, he huakaʻi ʻoiʻo.	When the sunlight vibrates over the plain of Makahuena, a procession of ghosts is going through.
	[A saying used when the heat of the sun appears to vibrate. The huakaʻi ʻoiʻo is a procession of departed chiefs and their followers.]
1144	Hulili wela ka lā o Maunaloa.	The sun shining on Maunaloa makes it vibrate with heat.
	[Maunaloa, Moloka’i, is a very warm place.]
1147	I ʻaʻa nō i ka lā o ka ikaika.	He can be daring as long as his strength lasts.
	[Said of a cocky person. As long as he has more strength than others, he acts the bully; but it soon ends when someone superior shows up.]
1148	Iā ia a hiki, make ka puaʻa.	As soon as he arrived, the pig died.
	[It was the custom to kill and roast a pig when a very welcome guest arrived.]
1149	I ʻāina nō ka ʻāina i ke aliʻi, a i waiwai nō ka ʻāina i ke kānaka.	The land remains the land because of the chiefs, and prosperity comes to the land because of the common people.
	[Chiefs are needed to hold the land, and commoners are needed to work the land.]
1151	I ʻauheʻe ʻo Kaʻuiki i ka wai ʻole.	Kaʻuiki was defeated for the lack of water.
	[When ʻUmi, ruler of Hawaiʻi, went to Hāna to battle against Lono-a-Piʻilani of Kaʻuiki, thirst weakened the Maui warriors. Often used later to mean “without water or the needed supplies we cannot win.”]
1152	I haʻaheo nō ka lawaiʻa i ka lako i ka ʻupena.	The fisherman may well be proud when well supplied with nets.
	[Good tools help the worker to succeed.]
1154	I hāna ka pō, i hāna ke ao.	Alert by night, alert by day.
	[Said of a fisherman or farmer who begins work before sunrise and continues into the daylight hours.]
1155	I hea nō ka lima a ʻau mai?	Where are the arms with which to swim ?
	[Don’t complain, use your limbs to do what you need to do.]
1156	I hea ʻoe i ka wā a ka ua e loku ana?	Where were you when the rain was pouring ?
	[A reply to one who asks his neighbor for some of his crop. If he answered that he had been away during the rains, he would be given some food; but if he said that he had been there, he would be refused. It was due to his own laziness that he did not have a crop as fine as his industrious neighbor’s.]
1157	I hele i kauhale, paʻa pūʻolo i ka lima.	In going to the houses of others, carry a package in the hand.
	[Take a gift.]
1158	I hele no ka hola iʻa i ka lā.	Poison fish while it is day.
	[It is better to work during the day. [cf 751]]
1159	I hewa i ka lele mua, i ka hoʻoūlu i ka lā ʻino.	The fault lies in leaping first, in inspiring a bad day.
	[Said of a person who starts a fight or an argument, especially after he has been worsted.]
1160	I hewa nō i ka waha.	The fault lies in the mouth.
	[Trouble results from speaking the wrong words.]
1161	ʻIhi ke kua, meha ke alo; ka hua i ka umauma hōʻike ʻia.	Sacred is the back, silent the front; the word on the chest, reveal.
	[An expression often used by chiefs. No one stands behind and no one else is here in my presence, so deliver your message to me.]
1163	Iho ihola ka puna palaʻai.	Down goes the pumpkin spoon.
	[Said in derision to one who pouts, whose pouting lips are compared to a spoon.]
1164	I hole ʻia nō ka iʻe i ke kau o ka lā.	The time to cut designs in a tapa beater is when the sun is high.
	[Do your work when you can do your best.]
1166	I hoʻokahi ka umauma, hoʻokahi ke aloha.	All abreast together, one in love.
	[All united in harmony and love.]
1168	I hoʻolulu, hoʻohulei ʻia e ka makani.	There was a lull, and then the wind began to blow about.
	[There was a promise of peace and quiet, and then the disturbance was renewed.]
1169	I ʻike ʻia nō ʻoe i ka lā o ko loaʻa; i ka lā o ka nele pau kou ʻike ʻia mai.	You are recognized when prosperous; but when poverty comes, you are no longer recognized.
	[Fair-weather friends gather when one is prosperous and scatter when prosperity is gone.]
1170	I ʻike ʻia nō ʻoe i ka loaʻa aku o kāu.	You are recognized as long as yours is received.
	[A warning about fair-weather friends who are friendly as long as they continue to benefit.]
1171	I ʻike ʻia nō ʻo Kohala i ka pae kō, a ʻo ka pae kō ia kole ai ka waha.	One can recognize Kohala by her rows of sugar cane which can make the mouth raw when chewed.
	[When one wanted to fight a Kohala warrior, he would have to be a very good warrior to succeed. Kohala men were vigorous, brave, and strong.]
1172	I ʻike ʻia nō ke aliʻi, i ka nui o nā makaʻāinana.	A chief is known by his many followers.
1174	I ka ʻai, i ka nānā; i ka ʻai, i ka hālō; i ka ʻai, i ke kiʻei.	Eat, look about; eat, peer; eat, peep.
	[Said of the eating of a thief — the eyes dart here and there to see if anyone is coming.]
1175	I ka hale nō pau ke aʻo ʻana.	Instructions are completed at home.
	[Do all of your teaching at home. First uttered by Pupuakea, half-brother of Lonoikamakahiki, when his instructor advised him as they were preparing for battle. The instructor’s teaching was all done at home; from then on the warrior chief was on his own. Also directed toward parents who noisily scold their children in public.]
1176	I kahi ʻē ka malia, hana i ka makau.	While fair weather is still far away, make your fishhooks.
	[Be prepared.]
1178	I Kahiki ka ua, ako ʻē ka hale.	While the rain is still far away, thatch the house.
	[Be prepared.]
1179	I Kahiki nō ka hao, ʻo ke kiʻo ʻana i Hawaiʻi nei.	In Kahiki was the iron; in Hawaiʻi, the rusting.
	[Perhaps the foreigner was a good person while he was at home, but here he grows careless with his behavior.]
1180	I ka holo nō i ke alahao a piʻi i ka lani.	While going along the railroad one suddenly goes up to the sky.
	[A drinker soon finds himself “up in the clouds.” An expression used by the sweet-potato beer drinkers of Lahaina, Maui.]
1181	I ka hoʻolewa aku nei o Kuhelemai.	Attended the funeral of Kuhelemai.
	[A play on hoʻolewa (to lift) and kū hele mai (stand up and come), meaning that we stood up and lifted the beer down our throats. An expression used by the sweet-potato beer drinkers of Lahaina, Maui.]
1182	I ka ʻike!	If there is knowledge!
	[Said in scorn or annoyance of one who pretends knowledge, meaning, “What does he know about it?” Sometimes shortened to I ka ʻī.]
1183	I kai nō ka iʻa, mali ʻē ka makau.	While the fish is still in the sea, make the hook fast to the line.
	[Be prepared.]
1184	I ka moana nō ka iʻa, liuliu ʻia nā pono lawaiʻa.	While the fish is still in the sea, get your gear ready.
	[Be prepared.]
1186	I ka nānā nō a ʻike.	By observing, one learns.
1187	I kani koʻaka i ka leʻaleʻa; i puʻu ko nuku i ka huhū; i leʻa ka nohona i ka māʻona.	One laughs when joyous; sulks when angry; [is] at peace with all when the stomach is satisfed with food.
1188	I kani nō ka ʻalae i ka wai.	A mudhen cries because it has water.
	[A prosperous person has the voice of authority.]
1189	I kani nō ka pahu i ka ʻolohaka o loko.	It is the space inside that gives the drum its sound.
	[It is the empty-headed one who does the most talking.]
1190	I ka noho pū ʻana a ʻike i ke aloha.	It is only when one has lived with another that one knows the meaning of love.
1192	I ka pāhiʻuhiʻu.	To play the game of pāhiʻuhiʻu.
	[A saucy retort when asked, “Where are you going?” It is a play on hiʻu, which is a part of ʻohiʻu (to pry). Hence, a way of reminding the questioner that he is prying.]
1193	I ka pali nō ka hoa a hele, kalakala ke kua i ka ʻopeʻope.	The companion stays up on the hill and then goes, the back roughened by the load.
	[Said of one who keeps at a distance and departs. Also said of luck that stays away like a disinterested friend, carrying its load of fortune away with it. This was first uttered by Lohiʻau in a chant when he failed to make a score in kilu.]
1194	I ka piko nō ʻoe lihaliha.	Eat of the belly and you will he satiated.
	[The best part of the fish is the belly, especially when it’s fat. There is a play on piko (genitals) whereby this saying acquires sexual import.]
1195	I ka pono kau i nā waha, mai noho a pehi wale aku.	Those who put into the mouth need not throw stones.
	[The mouths that eat the food should never revile the producers.]
1196	I ka pule nō o Lohiʻau a make.	Lohiʻau was still praying when he died.
	[Said of one who waits until he is face to face with death before beginning to pray.]
1197	I Kaulua, Kaulua ka lā, Kaulua ka ua.	In Kaulua, sunshine and rain alternate.
	[Kaulua is a dual-natured month, sunny and rainy both.]
1198	I ka waha nō a ulu ka ʻai; i ka waha nō a maloʻo.	Food crops are made to grow by the mouth; while still in the mouth they wither.
	[Said of one who talks about farming and plans to plant but does nothing about it.]
1199	I ke aha hoʻi? I ka ʻahakea!	Why? The ʻahakea!
	[A saucy retort to the question “Why?” A play on aha (why) and ʻaha in the word ʻahakea. The ʻahakea is a native tree.]
1200	ʻIke aku, ʻike mai, kōkua aku kōkua mai; pēlā ihola ka nohona ʻohana.	Recognize and he recognized, help and he helped; such is family life.
	[Family life requires an exchange of mutual help and recognition.]
1201	I ke alo nō ka ʻulu a hala.	The breadfruit was just in front and it was missed.
	[[cf. 1942]]
1202	I ke alo nō o ka lawaiʻa lā a pūkē hewa nā leho, haki wale nā kākala.	It was right in front of the fishermen that the cowry shells came together violently and the spikes broke off.
	[In spite of watchfulness, trouble occurs. The leho is a cowry-shell octopus lure fashioned with a spike on it.]
1203	ʻIkea maila ʻo Mānā, ua hāʻale i ka wai liʻulā.	Mānā notices the waters of the mirage.
	[The attempt to fool is very obvious.]
1206	ʻIke ʻia aʻe nō ma ka huluhulu kau i ka puka ihu.	Attention is paid only to the hairs of the nostrils.
	[Attention is paid to the favored few whom one does not like to offend.]
1207	ʻIke ʻia e ka nui manu.	Known by the many birds.
	[Recognized by many people.]
1208	ʻIke ʻia nō ka loea i ke kuahu.	An expert is recognized by the altar he builds.
	[It is what one does and how well he does it that shows whether he is an expert.]
1212	ʻIke nō i ka lā o ka ʻike; mana nō i ka lā o ka mana.	Know in the day of knowing; mana in the day of mana.
	[Knowledge and mana — each has its day. Another day may bring greater knowledge and greater mana than today.]
1214	Ikiiki i ka lā o Keawalua.	Depressed with the heat of Keawalua.
	[Sick and tired of living in an atmosphere of unkindness and hatred.]
1215	I Kōkī o Wailau, i ke alapiʻi a ka ʻōpae.	At Kōkī at Wailau is the stairway of the shrimp.
	[Refers to Wailau, Molokaʻi, where the fishing god ʻAiʻai hid all the shrimps at a ledge called Kōkl because he was annoyed at the people there for neglecting to preserve the fish spawn. He later revealed the hiding place to a youth he especially liked.]
1216	I komo ka ʻai i ka paʻakai.	It is the salt that makes the poi go in.
	[Poi tastes much better with salted meats. If there is no meat, one can make a meal of poi and salt.]
1217	I komo nō ka haʻi puaʻa i ka paʻa ʻole o ka pā.	Other people’s pigs come in when the fence is not kept in good repair.
	[When you behave well and tend to your own business, no sorcerer can send his evil gods to destroy you, for your own gods will give you their protection.]
1219	I kū i ke ola, ola; i kū i ka make, make.	If it is on the side of life, there is life; if on the side of death, death.
	[Said of one who lies between life and death.]
1220	I kū ka makemake e hele mai, hele nō me ka maloʻeloʻe.	If the wish to come arises, walk frmly.
	[If you wish to come do not be hesitant, for you are welcome.]
1221	I kūpalu ʻia i ka mūheʻe.	Fattened with squid.
	[Squid is sometimes used as bait. After eating some, the fisherman throws a piece into the sea as lure.]
1223	I laka nō ka uhu i ka pakali.	The uhu is attracted by the decoy.
	[If one wants to attract a person he must have something to interest him. Be patient and you will get what you want.]
1225	I leʻa ka hula i ka hoʻopaʻa.	The hula is pleasing because of the drummer.
	[The lesser details that one pays little attention to are just as important as the major ones. Although the attention is given to the dancer, the drummer and chanter play an important role in the dance.]
1226	I lele no ka lupe i ke pola.	It is the tail that makes the kite fly.
	[It is the number of followers that raises the prestige of the chief.]
1228	ʻIliki ke kai i ka ʻopeʻope lā, lilo; i lilo no he hāwāwā.	The sea snatches the bundle and it is gone; it goes when one isn’t watchful.
	[A person who fails to watch out often loses.]
1229	I lohe i ka ʻōlelo a hoʻokō, e ola auaneʻi a laupaʻi.	One who hears good counsel and heeds [it] will live to see many descendants.
1231	I lima nō ka ua, wehe ʻē ke pulu o lalo.	While the rain is still in the sky, clear the field below.
	[In dry places, farmers cleared the fields when they saw signs of rain so the water would soak the earth.]
1232	I maikaʻi ke kalo i ka ʻohā.	The goodness of the taro is judged by the young plant it produces.
	[Parents are often judged by the behavior of their children.]
1234	I mānai kau, i pua hoʻi kaʻu, kui ʻia ka makemake a lawa pono.	Yours the lei-making needle, mine the flowers; so let us do as we wish [— make a complete lei].
	[You, the man and I, the woman; let us satisfy the demands of love. Said by Hiʻiaka in a chant as she embraced Lohiʻau at the rim of Kīlauea to rouse the jealous wrath of her sister Pele.]
1235	I moe au i Kanikū, i waenakonu o ka ʻino.	I slept in [the lava bed] of Kanikū, amid the rough lava rocks.
	[I was in trouble. From a portion of a mele uttered by Pāmano when he was surrounded with trouble.]
1236	I mōhala nō ka lehua i ke keʻekeʻehi ʻia e ka ua.	Lehua blossoms unfold because the rains tread upon them.
	[It is the rain that brings forth the lehua blossoms. So do gentle words bring forth much that is desired.]
1237	I mua e nā pōkiʻi a inu i ka wai ʻawaʻawa.	Forward, my younger hrothers, until you drink the bitter water [of battle].
	[Uttered by Kamehameha as he rallied his forces in the battle of ʻĪao Valley.]
1238	ʻInā e lepo ke kumu wai, e hōʻea ana ka lepo i kai.	If the source of water is dirty, the muddy water will travel on.
	[Where there is evil at the source, the evil travels on.]
1239	ʻInā he moe maiʻa makehewa ka hele i ka lawaiʻa.	If one dreams of bananas it is useless to go fishing.
1240	I nanea nō ka holo o ka waʻa i ke akamai o ke kū hoe.	One can enjoy a canoe ride when the paddler is skilled.
	[A sexual union is successful when the man knows how it is done.]
1242	I noho ʻoukou a i pae mai he waʻa o Kahiki-makolena, hopu ʻoukou a paʻa; o ke kahuna ia ʻaʻohe e ʻeha ka ʻili ʻoiai no Kahiki aku ana ka ʻāina.	If sometime in the future a canoe from Kahiki-makolena arrives, grasp and hold fast to it. There is the kahuna for you, and your skins will never more he hurt [in war],for the land will someday he owned hy Kahiki.
	[A prophecy uttered by Kaleikuahulu to Kaʻahumanu and her sisters as he was dying. Foreign priests (missionaries) will come. Accept their teachings.]
1243	ʻIno ka moana ke ahu mōkākī nei ka puna i uka.	The sea is rough, for the corals are strewn on the beach.
	[Here are all the indications that there is trouble yonder.]
1244	ʻIno ka palu ʻaʻohe e mīkokoi ʻia e ka iʻa.	When the bait is not good, fish will not gather to eat it.
	[One knows that goodness and graciousness always attract. Palu is bait of dried, mashed octopus liver.]
1246	I ola nō ke kino i ka māʻona o ka ʻōpū.	The body enjoys health when the stomach is well filled.
1247	I ʻolāʻolā nō ka huewai i ka piha ʻole.	The water gourd gurgles when not filled full.
	[A person not very well informed talks more than one who is.]
1248	I ʻo Nana hoʻokau ka mālie.	When Nana arrives, calm weather finds a place.
	[Good weather comes in the month of Nana.]
1250	I paʻa i ka hānau mua, ʻaʻole e puka nā pōkiʻi.	Had the mother died in bearing the oldest, all the others would not have been born.
	[Said in reminding brothers and sisters to respect the hiapo (eldest).]
1252	I paʻa ke kino o ke keiki i ka lāʻau.	That the body of the child be solidly built by the medicines.
	[A mother ate herbs during pregnancy and nursing for the sake of the baby’s health. The herbs were given to the child up to the age of twenty so that he would be healthy and strong through maturity and old age.]
1253	I pao i ka huewai nuku pueo a ke kanaka.	Pecked at the man’s short-necked gourd bottle.
	[Attempted an affair with another’s wife. This saying comes from the story of the ʻelepaio bird that pecked at a man’s water bottle while he slept.]
1254	I pīʻena ka lio i ka pūnuku; e komo kaula waha ʻia ka maikaʻi.	The horse shies at the halter; better use the bridle.
	[Advice not to suppress the activities of a wild-behaving person all at once, but to tame him gradually.]
1256	Ipu lei Kohala na ka Moaʻe Kū.	Kohala is like a wreath container for the Moaʻe breeze.
	[Kohala is a windy place.]
1259	Ipu paʻu lena i ka uahi.	Soot containers yellowed by smoke.
	[A term of contempt applied to the kauā of Kaupō, Maui.]
1260	I ʻūlili ka ʻūlili he kanaka.	When the sandpiper cries, someone approaches.
1261	I ulu nō ka lālā i ke kumu.	The branches grow because of the trunk.
	[Without our ancestors we would not be here.]
1262	I Ulupaʻupaʻu, i ka hale o ka makapō.	In Ulupaʻupaʻu, house of the sightless.
	[Said of one who is actually or figuratively “blind.” Hema, chief of Maui, went deep-sea fishing to satisfy the longing of his pregnant wife. He landed at Ulupaʻupaʻu where his eyes were pecked out by a large bird.]
1263	I Waialua ka poʻina a ke kai, ʻo ka leo ka ʻEwa e hoʻolono nei.	The dashing of the waves is at Waialua but the sound is being heard at ʻEwa.
	[Sounds of fighting in one locality are quickly heard in another.]
1265	I walea ka manu i ka ʻula o ka lehua.	The bird is attracted by the redness of the lehua.
	[The youth is attracted by the charm of another.]
1266	I wawā ʻia ka hale kanaka. Na wai e wawā ka hale kanaka ʻole?	Voices are heard around an inhabited house. Who hears voices about an uninhabited one ?
	[Where people are, life is. From a chant for Kaʻahumanu.]
1267	I wawā nō ka noio, he iʻa ko lalo.	When the noio make a din, there are fish below.
	[When people gossip, there is a cause.]
1191	I ka ʻōlelo nō ka ola, i ka ʻōlelo nō ka make.	Life is in speech; death is in speech.
	[Words can heal; words can destroy.]
1268	Ka ʻai a Kaiaʻupe.	The [lua] stroke of Kaiaupe.
	[Said when one is lured and suffers the consequences. Kaiaʻupe was a noted female robber who lived near the cliff trail of ʻAʻalaloa, Maui. She would entice a man to lie with her on the edge of the cliff, and then kick him off with her foot. This expression came to refer to any kind of treachery.]
1269	Ka ʻai hūnā i ka poli.	The food hidden in the bosom.
	[Breast milk.]
1270	Ka ʻai kīʻoʻe lāʻau.	The food reached for with a stick.
	[Said of the breadfruit, which grows high on the tree.]
1271	Ka ʻai lewa i ka ʻāʻī.	The food that swings from the neck.
	[Refers to food containers that were carried suspended from poles.]
1272	Ka ʻāina hiʻialo ʻo Honuakaha.	The land of Honuakaha [where chiefs] were embraced.
	[Honuakaha, back of the Kawaiahaʻo Cemetery, was once the home of Kalākaua. Here chiefs were entertained with parties.]
1273	Ka ʻai nānā i luna.	The food that requires looking up to.
	[Said of breadfruit, which grows on the tree, in contrast with taro, sweet potato, and yam, which grow underground.]
1274	Ka ʻai niho ʻole a ka makani i ka ʻai.	Even without teeth the wind consumes the food crops.
	[Said of a destructive windstorm.]
1275	Ka ʻai waha ʻulaʻula o ka ʻāina.	The red-mouthed food of the land.
	[Watermelon. When the Hawaiians first saw Captain Cook’s men eating watermelon, they thought that they were eating human flesh and referred to them as akua waha ʻulaʻula (red-mouthed gods).]
1276	Kaʻa ka pōhaku.	The stones roll.
	[Thunder.]
1277	Ka ʻalaʻihi kualoa e kukū ʻai i nā lima.	The long-backed ʻalaʻihi fish that pierces the hands.
	[Said of one who is not to be trifled with.]
1278	Ka ʻalā paʻa o Kaueleau.	The hard rock of Kaueleau.
	[A dollar, or a hard, unyielding person. There is a rock at Kaueleau, Puna, Hawaiʻi, called the ʻalāpaʻa.]
1279	Kaʻapā ka manu hulu ʻole.	A bird without feathers is helpless.
	[Said of a weakling.]
1281	Ka ʻawa lena o Kaliʻu.	The yellowed ʻawa of Kaliʻu.
	[Refers to Kaliʻu, Kilohana, Kauaʻi. People noticed drunken rats in the forest and discovered some very potent ʻawa there. There is a Kaliʻu in Puna, Hawaiʻi, where good ʻawa is also grown.]
1282	Ka ʻehu kai o Puaʻena.	The sea sprays of Puaʻena.
	[Wind blows the sea sprays of Puaʻena, Waialua, Oʻahu.]
1283	Ka ʻelele leo ʻole.	The silent messenger.
	[A letter. It brings messages but does not speak.]
1284	Ka ʻelele leo ʻole o ke aloha.	The voiceless messenger of love.
	[A letter bearing words of love and cheer.]
1285	Kaha akula ka nalu o kuʻu ʻāina.	The surf of my land has swept everything away.
	[A retort to one who boasts about the value and beauty of his own land.]
1286	Ka hāʻawi a ka mea hale, koe koena ʻole ma kūʻono.	Giving as a house owner does, with nothing left hidden in the corners.
	[Said of a very generous person who gives freely of all he has.]
1287	Kaha Kaʻena me he manu lā i ka mālie.	Kaʻena Point poises as a bird in the calm.
	[This is a line in a chant by Hiʻiaka praising Kaʻena Point, Oʻahu.]
1288	Kaha ka ʻio i ka mālie.	The ʻio bird poises in the calm.
	[Said in admiration of a handsome person. An ʻio dips gracefully as it flies, with wings that flap slowly.]
1289	Ka haka o ka moa kāne, ua kau ʻia e ka moa wahine.	The perch of the cock is now occupied by a hen.
	[Said by Puna, whom Kalaniʻōpuʻu placed as governor in Hāna, Maui. Mahihelelima wanted Puna out of the way and lied that Kalaniʻōpuʻu had sent word for Puna to meet him in Hawaiʻi at once. When Puna arrived in Hawaiʻi, he discovered that he had been duped and that Kaʻuiki hill in Hāna had been taken by the Maui chiefs in the meantime. The saying was later used to mean that a superior worker had been replaced by another who was not as good.]
1290	Ka hala lau kalakala o Wakiu.	The thorny-leaved hala tree of Wakiu.
	[A boast about one who is not to be tampered with.]
1291	Ka hala māpu ʻaʻala o Upeloa.	The sweet-scented hala of Upeloa.
	[Upeloa, in Hilo, was noted for its sweet-smelling hala.]
1292	Ka hālau a ʻĪ.	The house of ʻĪ.
	[The descendants of ʻĪ, who extended through Hāmākua, Hilo, Puna and Kaʻū. One of these was ʻĪmakakoloa, who was condemned to death by Kamehameha. According to the historian Kamakau, ʻĪmakakoloa was put to death in Kamaʻoa. But according to the people of Kaʻū, a junior kinsman of similar appearance was substituted at the execution.]
1293	Ka hale koʻekoʻe o ka pō.	The cold house of darkness.
	[Death.]
1294	Ka hale weliweli o nā aliʻi.	The dreaded house of chiefs.
	[The chiefs had many taboos, rules, and regulations in their households and to break any of these meant severe punishment, even death.]
1295	Ka hana a ka mākua, ʻo ka hana nō ia a keiki.	What parents do, children will do.
1296	Ka hana a ke aloha, he kohu mūheʻe i ke alo pali.	The action of a lover is like that of a squid at the face of a precipice.
	[A squid is said to be a creature that goes every which way. A squid-like lover is not to be trusted.]
1298	Ka hao a ka makani Kona, ʻaʻohe manu koe o ke kuahiwi.	When the Kona wind does its worst, no birds remain in the mountains.
	[When someone goes into a towering rage, everyone flees his presence.]
1299	Ka hao a ka wai nui, pihaʻā o kai.	When a great flood washes down, the shore is littered with stones and debris from the upland.
	[When one is careless in speech, trouble results.]
1301	Ka hau hoʻokuakea ʻili.	The snow that bleaches the skin.
	[Living in a land where it snows was believed to lighten the skin.]
1302	Ka hāuli o ka mea hewa ʻole, he nalowale koke.	A bruise inflicted on an innocent person vanishes quickly.
	[Mean words uttered against the innocent may hurt, but the hurt will not last.]
1303	Ka Hau o Maʻihi.	The Hau [breeze] of Maʻihi.
	[Refers to Maʻihi, Kona, Hawaiʻi. Because this locality was named for Maʻihi-ala-kapu-o-Lono, daughter of the god Lono-a-ipu, this wind was regarded as sacred and did not blow beyond Kainaliu and Keauhou.]
1304	Ka hauwalaʻau a ka nui manu.	The loud chattering of many birds.
	[Gossip that is spread abroad by a lot of busybodies.]
1305	Kahe ka hou, ʻoni ka puʻu.	Perspiration flows, the Adam’s apple moves.
	[Said in fun of a person who intensely desires the unobtainable, such as a young man longing for a maiden who will not reciprocate.]
1306	Kahe ka wai ʻula, kuakea ka moana.	When the brown waters run, the sea is white with foam.
	[Signs of a storm.]
1307	Kāhihi ka puka o ka hale i ka pūnāwelewele.	Cobwebs spread over the door of the house.
1309	Kāhiko i Nuʻuanu ka ua Waʻahila.	Adorned is Nuuanu by the Waʻahila rain.
	[The Wa’ahila rain makes Nuʻuanu grow green and beautiful.]
1311	Ka hiku o nā lani.	The seventh of the heavenly ones.
	[A term of affection for Kalākaua, who was the seventh ruler of united Hawai’i.]
1313	Kahilipulu Kohala na ka makani.	Kohala is swept, mulch and all, by the wind.
	[Kohala is a windy place.]
1314	Ka hilu pani wai o Hauʻula.	The water-damming hilu fish of Hauula.
	[Refers to Hauʻula, Oʻahu. In ancient days, two brothers came from Kahiki in the form of hilu fish. Near Oʻahu they separated, one going to the east side of the island and the other to the west. The younger brother was caught in a net at Hauʻula and divided among the families of the fishermen. When the older brother arrived he was grieved to find pieces of his brother’s body throughout the village. He went to the upland and dammed the water of the stream with his own body. After a while he rose, and the backed-up water rushed down, sweeping everyone into the sea. The pieces of his brother’s body were joined again into a hilu fish.]
1315	Ka home kaupoku ʻole.	The home without a ridgepole.
	[A prison, ship, or any place that is occupied but is not actually a home.]
1316	Ka honua nui a Kāne i hoʻīnana a ʻahu kīnohinohi.	The great earth animated and adorned by Kāne.
	[Kāne was the god of fresh water and life.]
1318	Kahu i ka lae o ka manō, he ʻale ka wahie.	Kindle a fire on the forehead of a shark with waves for fuel.
	[Said when food in the imu is not cooked because of a lack of firewood. A criticism of the hosts’ half-cooked food.]
1322	Ka iʻa ʻai pū me ka lepo.	The fish eaten with mud.
	[The clam. Even when washed before cooking it still retains a bit of the mud in which it lived.]
1323	Ka iʻa a ka wai nui i lawe mai ai.	The fish borne along by the flood.
	[The ʻoʻopu, which was often carried to the lowlands in freshets.]
1324	Ka iʻa a ke kualau i lawe mai ai.	The fish brought in by the rain at sea.
	[The spawn of the manini fish that came to the islands by the millions during the summer months. They were said to come after a shower at sea, in the early morning.]
1325	Ka iʻa ʻau mai me he manu.	The fish that swims with the movements of a bird.
	[A turtle.]
1326	Ka iʻa ʻawaʻawa a ka haole.	The foreigners’ sour fish.
	[Salted salmon, a fish commonly eaten by Hawaiians after its introduction here.]
1327	Ka iʻa ʻeli i ka lepo.	The fish that digs in the mud.
	[The clam]
1329	Ka iʻa hāhā i kahawai.	The fish groped for in the streams.
	[The ʻoʻopu, often caught by groping under rocks and hollow places in a stream.]
1330	Ka iʻa hali a ka makani.	The fish fetched by the wind.
	[The ʻanaeholo, a fish that travels from Honouliuli, where it breeds, to Kaipāpaʻu on the windward side of Oʻahu. It then turns about and returns to its original home. It is driven closer to shore when the wind is strong.]
1331	Ka iʻa hāmau leo o ʻEwa.	The fish of ʻEwa that silences the voice.
	[The pearl oyster, which has to be gathered in silence.]
1332	Ka iʻa hanu ʻala o kahakai.	The fragrant-breathed fish of the beach.
	[The līpoa, a seaweed with an odor easily detected from a distance.]
1333	Ka iʻa hāwanawana i ka wāwae, a ʻōlelo i ka lau o ka lima.	The fish that whispers to the feet and speaks to the tips of the fingers.
	[The mahamoe, found in the sand. It is felt under the feet and picked up by the fingers.]
1334	Ka iʻa hei i ka uahi.	The fish caught by smoke.
	[Birds caught at night with a net after being attracted by a bonfire.]
1335	Ka iʻa hoʻāla i ka pō, wai lama i ke ahi.	The fish that wakes people up at night and causes a glowing of torches over the water.
	[The mālolo, or flying fish.]
1336	Ka iʻa hōʻeha lima.	The fish that can hurt the hands.
	[The wana (sea urchin).]
1337	Ka iʻa holehole iwi o ka ʻāina.	The fish of the land that strips the flesh from the bones.
	[Goats. When one pursues them for meat, many a limb suffers skinning and bruises.]
1338	Ka iʻa hoʻohihia makau o ʻĀinahou.	The fish of ʻĀinahou that tangles the fish line.
	[The ʻalalauwā, which came in great schools to the waterfront of Honolulu. Fishermen of all ages came with their poles to fish, and the crowds were sometimes so great that the lines tangled.]
1339	Ka iʻa hoʻopā ʻili kanaka o Waimea.	The fish of Waimea that touch the skins of people.
	[When it was the season for hinana, the spawn of ʻoʻopu, at Waimea, Kauaʻi, they were so numerous that one couldn’t go into the water without rubbing against them.]
1340	Ka iʻa hoʻopumehana i ka weuweu.	The fish that warms the clumps of grass.
	[Mountain shrimp, which cling to weeds and grasses along the banks of streams when a cloudburst occurs in the upland. Unlike the ʻoʻopu, they are not washed down to the lowland.]
1341	Ka iʻa huli wale i ka pōhaku.	The fish that turns over the stones.
	[The wī, a shellfish found in mountain streams. They can be discovered only by turning over the stones to which they cling.]
1342	Ka ʻia i ka pōhuehue.	Smitten with the pōhuehue.
	[Said of a victim of sorcery. One who bore ill against another would smite the sea with a pōhuehue vine while the intended victim was at sea. It was believed that with the proper incantations this would cause the surf to rise. The sea would become rough and dangerous and the intended victim would be killed.]
1343	Ka iʻa i māʻona ai ka menehune.	The fish that satisfied the menehune.
	[Shrimp. A man once rewarded some menehune friends with shrimp after they had made him a canoe.]
1344	Ka iʻa ʻimi i ka moana, na ka manu e haʻi mai.	The fish sought for in the ocean, whose presence is revealed by birds.
	[A school of aku, whose presence is signaled by the gathering of noio at sea.]
1345	Ka iʻa ʻiniki o ka mākeke.	The pinched fish of the market.
	[Fish at the market are pinched by customers to determine their freshness.]
1346	Ka iʻa i nui ai o Kamehameha.	The fish on which Kamehameha was raised.
	[Taro greens. The Kamehameha mentioned here is the son of Kekaulike, ruler of Maui, not Kamehameha I, the conqueror. Once, when it was necessary for his personal attendants to be gone for the day, the chief, who was then a small child, was left in the care of his attendants’ two young sons. Taro greens had been prepared and cooked for the royal child, because they were tender and easy to swallow. Kekaulike arrived unexpectedly and was displeased to see only taro greens instead of fish being given to his son. When the boys, who did not recognize him, explained that this was a very precious child and that the taro greens were fed him because they had no bones that would lodge in his throat, Kekaulike was pleased. Thus the little chief, who was reared at Pakaikai, Moloka’i, became known as Kamehameha-nui-ʻai-lūʻau (Great Kamehameha, Eater-of-taro-greens).]
1347	Ka iʻa kaʻa poepoe o Kalapana, ʻīnaʻi ʻuala o Kaimū.	The round, rolling fish of Kalapana, to be eaten with the sweet potato of Kaimū.
	[The kukui nut, cooked and eaten as a relish. This is from a hoʻopāpā riddling chant in the story of Kaipalaoa, a boy of Puna, Hawaiʻi, who went to Kauaʻi to riddle with the experts there and won.]
1348	Ka iʻa kā kēhau o ka ʻāina.	The dew-dislodging fish of the land.
	[The ʻūhini, a locust (now extinct) that was caught in the morning while the dew was still on the shrubbery. They were strung on the stems of grass blossoms, broiled and eaten.]
1349	Ka iʻa kālai i ke koʻi.	The fish hewn with a hatchet.
	[Animals which produce beef, pork, mutton, venison, etc. Such meat has to be cut or chopped to a size that makes cooking easier.]
1350	Ka iʻa kāohi aho o nā kai uli.	The fish of the deep that pulls the line taut.
	[The ulua. Also, a fine lad.]
1351	Ka iʻa kaulana i ka waha o ka ʻale.	The fish that rests over the furrows of the billows.
	[The mālolo, or flying fish.]
1352	Ka iʻa kā wāwae o Hīlia.	The fish of Hīlia, kicked by the feet.
	[Mullet. Hīlia is a place on Molokaʻi where mullet often come in schools near the shore. The people, wading into the water, would kick the fish ashore where others would pick them up.]
1353	Ka iʻa kā welelau o ke ahi.	The fish that lies on the top edge of the fire.
	[The ʻoʻopu, wrapped in ti leaves and laid on the hot coals.]
1354	Ka iʻa kīnohinohi pōhaku.	The fish that adorn the rocks.
	[The periwinkles and nerites that cling to the rocks in shallow water.]
1355	Ka iʻa koʻekoʻe o ka ʻili i ka wai.	The fish that chills one’s skin in the water.
	[The ʻoʻopu, usually found in upland streams.]
1356	Ka iʻa kuehu ōkea.	The fish that scatters white sand.
	[The ʻōhiki (sand crab), which kicks out the sand as it makes its burrow.]
1357	Ka iʻa kuhi lima o ʻEwa.	The gesturing fish of ʻEwa.
	[The pipi, or pearl oyster. Fishermen did not speak when fishing for them but gestured to each other like deaf-mutes.]
1358	Ka iʻa lamalama i ka pali.	The fish caught by torching along the seacoast.
	[The ʻaʻama, a crab that is often caught at night by torching along the rocky shore.]
1359	Ka iʻa lamalama i ke one.	The fish caught in the sand by torching.
	[The ʻōhiki, or sand crab.]
1360	Ka iʻa lau nui o ka ʻāina.	Big-leaved fish of the land.
	[Lūʻau, or taro greens.]
1361	Ka iʻa lauoho loloa o ka ʻāina.	The long-haired fish of the land.
	[Any vegetable eaten with poi, such as taro greens, hoʻiʻo or kikawaiō ferns, or sweet potato greens. Poetically, leaves are the oho or lauoho, hair, of plants.]
1362	Ka iʻa lauoho loloa o ke kai.	The long-haired fish of the sea.
	[Limu, or seaweed.]
1363	Ka iʻa lawe mai a ka makani, he lāʻau ka ʻupena e hei ai.	The fish brought by the wind, a stick is the net to catch them with.
	[Said of turtles that come to certain localities in the islands. They were driven ashore with sticks.]
1364	Ka iʻa lele me he manu.	The fish that flies like a bird.
	[The mālolo, or flying fish.]
1365	Ka iʻa leo nui o ka pali.	Loud-voiced fish of the cliffs.
	[Goats, which were pursued by shouting hunters.]
1366	Ka iʻa leo nui o Keʻehi.	Loud-voicedfish of Keʻehi.
	[Mullet, which were often found in large schools at Keʻehi Lagoon. Fishermen talked and shouted as they drove the fish into their nets.]
1367	Ka iʻa loloa o ke kai.	The long fish of the sea.
	[The eel.]
1368	Ka iʻa māewa i ke kai.	The fish that sways in the sea.
	[The limu (seaweed), which sways with the movement of the sea.]
1369	Ka iʻa mana nui.	The fish of many divided parts.
	[The octopus, with its eight tentacles.]
1370	Ka iʻa maunu lima o Kuloloia.	The hand-baited fish of Kuloloia.
	[Small eels (pūhi ʻōilo) that were caught by placing bait on the open palm of one hand with the fingers held wide apart. When the eels came up to take the bait, the fingers were clenched into a tight fist, grabbing the eels tightly by the heads.]
1371	Ka iʻa maunu ʻole o ke kahawai.	The fish of the stream that requires no bait.
	[The wī, a freshwater shellfish.]
1372	Ka iʻa mili i ka poho o ka lima.	The fish fondled by the palm of the hand.
	[When it was the season for the hinana (ʻoʻopu spawn), they were so numerous that they could be scooped up in the palm of the hand.]
1373	Ka iʻa mili lima o ʻUlakoheo.	The fish of ʻ Ulakoheo, handled by many hands.
	[Fish sold in a market. There was a fishmarket at ʻUlakoheo in Honolulu.]
1374	Ka iʻa moe kahawai.	The fish that lies in the stream.
	[The ʻoʻopu.]
1375	Ka iʻa nānā i ka lani ke ola.	The fish that looks to the sky for life.
	[Any vegetable, a food depending on sunshine and rain for subsistence.]
1376	Ka iʻa pā i ka ihu o ka waʻa a lele.	The fish that touches the prow of the canoe and leaps.
	[The mālolo, or flying fish.]
1377	Ka iʻa pani i ka waha o ke kānaka.	The fish that closes the mouth of men.
	[The pearl oyster, which was gathered in silence.]
1378	Ka iʻa pīkoi kānaka o Kālia; he kānaka ka pīkoi, he kānaka ka pōhaku.	The fish caught by the men of Kālia; men are the floaters, men are the sinkers. [Kālia is a fishing net with human floats, human sinkers. (PE)]
	[In ancient days, when a school of mullet appeared at Kālia, Oʻahu, a bag net was set and the men swam out in a row and surrounded the fish. Then the men would slap the water together and kick their feet, driving the frightened fish into the opening of their bag net. Thus the fishermen of Kālia became known as human fishnets.]
1379	Ka iʻa pipili i ka lima.	The fish that sticks to the hand.
	[The octopus, whose tentacles have suction cups.]
1380	Ka iʻa uahi a holo i ka pali.	The fish pursued by running after them on the hills.
	[Goats.]
1381	Ka iʻa uahi nui o ka ʻāina; o ka iʻa ma luna, o ka ʻai ma lalo.	The many smoky fish of the land; with the fish ahove and the vegetable food beneath.
	[This refers not to any particular fish or meat but to anything that is cooked in an imu. When lighted, the imu is smoky until the stones redden and the wood is reduced to coals.]
1382	Ka iʻa ʻula weli i ke kai.	The red fish that causes a red color to show in the sea.
	[The ʻalalauwā, a small red fish whose appearance in great numbers was regarded as a sign that a member of the royal family would soon die.]
1383	Ka iʻa ʻumi i ka hanu.	The fish that holds the breath.
	[The wana, or sea urchin. The fisherman holds his breath as he dives for them.]
1384	Ka iʻa ʻuwā lua.	The fish of loud shouting.
	[The mālolo. The fishermen who went out for them did not hold their silence but shouted and called to one another.]
1385	Ka iʻa wale nui o ke Koʻolau.	The slimy fish of the windward side [of Oʻahu].
	[An octopus. Before it is ready to eat, it must be pounded and rubbed with salt to remove the slime and make it tender.]
1386	Ka iʻa wāwae loloa.	The long-legged fish.
	[A human sacrifice.]
1387	Kaiehu ʻia a pulu ka puka uahi.	The sea tosses up the sprays, wetting the smokestack.
	[Said of a towering rage.]
1389	Ka iho ʻana iho o ko luna poʻe, hikikiʻi ka ua o ʻEna.	When those from above come down, the rain of ʻEna leans backward.
	[When drowsiness comes, one can lean back and relax contentedly. Also, when one feels mellow after imbibing, there is contentment and relaxation.]
1390	Kā i ka ʻai ka ʻaihue.	A thief is hurt in his thievery.
	[Theft is accompanied by fear.]
1391	Kaʻikaʻi i ka lima, hiʻi i ke alo.	Lead with one hand, carry with one arm.
	[Said of a mother with children born too close together.]
1392	Kā i ka ʻino.	To smite with evil.
1393	Kā i kaʻino, no ka ʻino.	To return evil for evil.
1395	Kaʻi ka puaʻa i luna o Hāʻupu, e ua ana.	When the pigs move around the summit of Hāʻupu, it is going to rain.
	[When puffy “pig” clouds encircle the top of Hāʻupu, above Kīpū on Kauaʻi, it is a sign of rain.]
1396	Kā i ka waha.	Struck the mouth.
	[Having criticized or spoken unkindly of others, the things he said happened to him.]
1397	Ka ʻike a ka makua he hei na ke keiki.	The knowledge of the parent is [unconsciously] absorbed by the child.
1399	Ka iki koaiʻe a Hanakāpīʻai.	The small koaiʻe tree of Hanakāpīʻai.
	[A boast of that locality on Kauaʻi. One may be small in stature but he is as tough and sturdy as the koaiʻe tree.]
1400	Ka iki ʻulu kēia o Kanekina e kōkē ai nā pine.	This is the little bowling ball of Kanekina that knocks down the pins.
	[A boast: This fellow may be small but he is powerful.]
1401	Kaikoʻeke a ka hāuna ʻino.	Brothers-in-law who smite severely.
	[Hikapoloa, a Kohala chief, treated his brothers-in-law with severe cruelty and later was destroyed by them.]
1402	Kaikoʻo ke awa, popoʻi ka nalu, ʻaʻohe ʻike ʻia ka poʻe nāna i heʻe ka nalu.	The harbor is rough, the surf rolls, and the rider of the surf cannot be seen.
	[A stormy circumstance with uncertain results.]
1403	Ka ʻili hau pā kai o ʻAlio.	The hau bark, wet by the sea sprays of ʻAlio.
	[This is a reference to a strong shore-dweller. Salt air and sea sprays made the bark of the hau trees on the shore stronger than those of the upland. ʻAlio is a place on Kauaʻi.]
1404	Kaʻiliʻili hānau o Kōloa; ka nalu haʻi o Kāwā.	The reproducing pebbles of Kōloa; the breaking surf of Kāwā.
	[In Punaluʻu, Kaʻū, is a small beach called Kōloa. The pebbles found here were believed to reproduce — the smooth ones being males and the porous ones, females. These were considered the best on the island of Hawaiʻi for hula ʻiliʻili. Kāwā is just beyond Kōloa toward Honuʻapo.]
1405	Ka ʻiliʻili o ʻĀʻalāmanu.	Pebbles of ʻĀʻalāmanu.
	[ʻAʻalāmanu is in Puna, Hawaiʻi. The best pebbles of this district were found here and were much liked by the chiefs for the game of kōnane.]
1406	Ka ʻiliʻili o Kalaekimo.	The pebbles of Kalaekimo.
	[Kalaekimo is where the chiefs of Kaʻū played the game of kimo. The pebbles there were much liked for the purpose. The place is now called Kalaeokimo.]
1407	Kaino he koa no ka lā nui, he koa kā no ka lā iki.	[I thought] you were warriors worthy of a great day, but instead you are warriors of a short day.
	[Said of those who flee in cowardice.]
1411	Ka ʻiole ʻaihue moa o Keauhou.	The chicken-stealing rat of Keauhou.
	[One who steals another’s sweetheart or mate. Any place name may be used, depending on where the “rat” is from.]
1412	Ka ʻio nui maka lana au moku.	The great ʻio with eyes that see everywhere on the land.
	[A ruling chief.]
1414	Ka ipukukui pio ʻole i ke Kauaʻula.	The light that will not go out in spite of the blowing of the Kauaʻula wind.
	[Said of the Lahainaluna School, where many leaders of old Hawaiʻi were educated.]
1415	Ka iwi ʻopihi o ka ʻāina ʻē.	ʻOpihi shells from foreign lands.
	[Money.]
1416	Kakaʻi ka puapuaʻa i ka mālie, he ʻino.	When the piglets follow one after the other in the calm, it is a sign of bad weather.
	[When the clouds called ao puapuaʻa or puaʻa, “pig” clouds, follow one after the other on the mountaintops in calm weather, bad weather is to be expected.]
1417	Kā! Ke lele mai nei ka pāoʻo.	Ha! The pāoʻo fish is leaping about.
	[A remark made about one who snuffles and does not blow his nose. The mucus of a runny nose darts in and out of the nostril like a pāoʻo fish in its sea pool.]
1419	Ka lāʻau kumu ʻole o Kahilikolo.	The trunkless tree of Kahilikolo.
	[Said of one who lacks a family background. Famed in many Kauaʻi chants and legends is the trunkless koa tree of Kahilikolo. The tree does not grow upright but spreads over the ground. To say that one has found the trunk of Kahilikolo is to say that he has found nothing.]
1421	Kalaʻihi ka lani, kūpilikiʻi ka honua.	When the day is stormy, the earth is distressed.
	[When the chief is angry, the people are unhappy.]
1422	Ka lā i ka Mauliola.	The sun at the source of life.
	[Mauli-ola (Breath-of-life) is the god of health.]
1423	Ka lā ikiiki o Honolulu.	The intensely warm days of Honolulu.
	[People from the country often claim that Honolulu is excessively warm.]
1424	Ka laʻi loa a Kamaluohua.	The long peace of Kamaluohua.
	[Said of the long period of peace enjoyed by this chief of Maui after his retum from Kauaʻi. He and others had accompanied the chief of Hawaiʻi there to make war. They were defeated, but their lives were spared by Kūkona, ruler of Kauaʻi, and they were kindly treated. After a while the defeated chiefs plotted to tum against Kūkona, but Kamaluohua refused to hurt their kind benefactor. As a reward for his loyalty, he and the others were permitted to go home to their respective islands. Kamaluohua spent the rest of his days in peace. The saying was later used to refer to permanent peace after a period of trouble.]
1425	Ka laʻi o Hauola.	The calm of Hauola.
	[Peace and comfort. There is a stone in the sea at Lahama, Maui, called Pōhaku-o-Hauola, where pregnant women went to sit to ensure an easy birth. The umbilical cords of babies were hidden in crevices in the stone.]
1426	Kālai o Lūaliʻi i ke kiʻi a ʻike i ka ʻino haʻalele.	Lūaliʻi carved an image and, finding it bad, deserted it.
	[Said of one who abandons a thing he used to indulge in. Lūaliʻi was a chief of Hawaiʻi who wanted to carve an image. He went to the mountains, found a log and bore it to the lowland to work on. It was almost finished when he discovered a rotted spot. He deserted it and went to find another log to carve. As he worked on the second log he heard the first one say, “Lūaliʻi carved an image and, finding it bad, deserted it.” He went back to it, cleaned out the rotted spot and finished it. He knew that a god possessed it. This god later helped him rid Oʻahu of evil beings.]
1427	Kala kahiko i au wale ai ka lā.	The sun has gone down long since.
	[A reply to one who asks about something that took place a long time ago.]
1428	Ka lā koi hana o Lahainaluna.	The sun of Lahainaluna urges one to work.
	[Daytime at the Lahainaluna School is occupied with studying and working.]
1429	Ka lālā kaukonakona haki ʻole i ka pā a ka makani Kona.	The tough branch that does not break in the Kona gales.
	[Said of a sturdy, strong person.]
1430	Ka lama kū o ka noʻeau.	The standing torch of wisdom.
	[Said in admiration of a wise person.]
1431	Ka lani kaʻapuni honua.	The chief who went around the world.
	[Kalākaua, who traveled to many lands.]
1433	Ka lauaʻe ʻala o Kalalau.	Fragrant lauaʻe ferns of Kalalau.
	[Makana and Kalalau, on Kauaʻi, were noted for the growth and fragrance of lauaʻe fems.]
1434	Ka lau ʻoliwa a ke aloha.	The olive leaf of love.
	[A gift, kindly given. From the story of Noah’s Ark.]
1436	Ka lawaiʻa nui i ʻeaʻea nā kuʻemaka, i ʻehuʻehu nā lihilihi.	The great fisherman whose brows are salt-encrusted and whose lashes are reddened [by the sun].
	[Said in admiration of an experienced fisherman who has spent many a day at his trade.]
1437	Ka lehua neneʻe o Kāʻana.	The low-growing lehua of Kāʻana.
	[Refers to Kāʻana, Molokaʻi. Often mentioned in chants of Molokaʻi, the lehua of Kāʻana were loved by the goddess Kapo. This lehua grove was destroyed by introduced animals. The first or one of the first hula schools in the islands is said to have been located at Kāʻana.]
1438	Ka lei hāʻule ʻole, he keiki.	A lei that is never cast aside is one’s child.
1439	Kālele ka uahi o Puʻuloa.	The smoke of Puuloa leans over.
	[Said in amusement of one who leans over, intent on his work.]
1440	Ka leo o ke ola.	The voice of life.
	[Said of any helpful advice or suggestion, or of a kindly invitation to eat.]
1441	Ka lepo alualu me he kanaka lā.	The dust that runs after one like a person.
	[Said of the dust raised up by a whirlwind and carried, spinning round and round like a living object.]
1442	Ka limu kā kanaka o Manuʻakepa.	The man-throwing algae of Manuakepa.
	[Hanalei, Kauaʻi, was known for its pouring rain. A slippery algae grows among the grasses on the beach, and when carelessly stepped on, it can cause one to slip and fall. This algae is famed in songs and chants of that locality.]
1443	Ka limu lana o Kawahine.	The fioating seaweed of Kawahine.
	[A term applied to the kauwā who were drowned at Kualoa, Oʻahu, before serving as sacrifices.]
1444	Kālina ka pono, ʻaʻohe hua o ka puʻe, aia ka hua i ka lālā.	The potato hill is bare of tubers for the plant no longer bears; it is the vines that are now bearing.
	[The mother is no longer bearing, but her children are.]
1445	Ka liona o ka Pākīpika.	The lion of the Pacific.
	[Kamehameha I.]
1446	Ka līpoa ʻala o Kalauonaona.	The fragrant līpoa seaweed of Kalauonaona.
	[The most fragrant līpoa seaweed in Puna, Hawaiʻi, is found at Kalauonaona (also known as Kalauonaone) in Kaimū.]
1447	Kalo kanu o ka ʻāina.	Taro planted on the land.
	[Natives of the land from generations back.]
1448	Ka lonolau no i ka lonolau; ka puʻulīʻulī no i ka puʻulīʻulī.	The large gourds to the large gourds; the little gourds to the little gourds.
	[In battle, chiefs attack chiefs and commoners fight commoners. Also, chiefs seek the society of chiefs, commoners the society of commoners.]
1449	Ka lua kupapaʻu o na aliʻi.	The burial place of chiefs.
	[Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi, where the bones of many noted ones are hidden in secret caves.]
1450	Ka lulu o Moikeha i ka laulā o Kapaʻa.	The calm of Moikeha in the breadth of Kapaʻa.
	[Thc chief Moikeha enjoyed the peace of Kapaʻa, Kauaʻi, the place he chose as his permanent home.]
1451	Ka Maʻaʻa wehe lau niu o Lele.	The Maʻaʻa wind that lifts the coco leaves of Lele.
	[Lele is the old name for Lahaina, Maui.]
1453	Ka maile lau liʻi o Koʻiahi.	The fine-leaved maile of Koʻiahi.
	[Koʻiahi, Oʻahu, was famed in old chants for the finest and most fragrant small-leaved maile in the islands. It was destroyed by introduced animals.]
1454	Kamaʻilio ka waha, hana ka lima.	Let the mouth talk while the hands work.
	[While talking, keep the hands busy.]
1455	Ka makani ʻĀpaʻapaʻa o Kohala.	The ʻĀpaʻapaʻa wind of Kohala.
	[Kohala was famed in song and story for the ʻĀpaʻapaʻa wind of that district.]
1456	Ka makani ʻawa o Leleiwi.	The cold wind of Leleiwi.
	[Refers to Leleiwi Point in Hilo district.]
1457	Ka makani haʻihaʻi lau hau o Olowalu.	The hau-leaf tearing wind of Olowalu.
	[A gusty wind.]
1458	Ka makani hali ʻala o Puna.	The fragrance-bearing wind of Puna.
	[Puna, Hawaiʻi, was famed for the fragrance of maile, lehua, and hala. It was said that when the wind blew from the land, fishermen at sea could smell the fragrance of these leaves and flowers.]
1459	Ka makani hāpala lepo o Pāʻia.	Dust-smearing wind of Paia.
	[Pāʻia, Maui, is a dusty place.]
1460	Ka makani Hoʻeo o Moanalua.	The Hoʻeo, whistling wind of Moanalua.
	[Moanalua is on Oʻahu.]
1461	Ka makani hoʻolapa o Kaumaea.	The playful wind of Kaumaea.
	[Kaumaea is in Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi.]
1462	Ka makani kā ʻAhaʻaha laʻi o Niua.	The peaceful ʻAhaʻaha breeze of Niua that drives in the ʻahaʻaha fish.
	[The ʻAhaʻaha breeze begins as the Kiliʻoʻopu in Waiheʻe, Maui, before reaching Niua Point in Waiehu. It is a gentle breeze and the sea is calm when it blows. Fishermen launch their canoes and go forth to fish, for that is the time when the ʻahaʻaha fish arrive in schools.]
1463	Ka makani kāʻili aloha o Kīpahulu.	The love-snatching wind of Kīpahulu.
	[A woman of Kipahulu, Maui, listened to the entreaties of a man from Oʻahu and left her husband and children to go with him to his home island. Her husband missed her very much and grieved. He mentioned his grief to a kahuna skilled in hana aloha sorcery, who told the man to find a container with a lid. The man was told to talk into it, telling of his love for his wife. Then the kahuna uttered an incantation into the container, closed it, and hurled it into the sea. The wife was fishing one morning at Kālia, Oʻahu, when she saw a container floating in on a wave. She picked it up and opened it, whereupon a great longing possessed her to go home. She walked until she found a canoe to take her to Maui.]
1464	Ka makani kāʻili kapa o Nuʻuanu.	The garment-snatching wind of Nuuanu.
	[The gale that blows at Nuʻuanu Pali, Oʻahu, could whisk away the tapa garment of a traveler there.]
1465	Ka makani kokololio o Waikapiā.	The swift, gusty wind of Waikapū.
	[Waikapū is on Maui.]
1466	Ka makani kuehu lepo o Naʻalehu.	The dust-scattering wind of Naʻalehu.
1467	Ka makani kūkulu peʻa nui, he ʻEka.	The ʻEka, the wind that sets up the big sails.
	[When the ʻEka wind blew in Kona, Hawaiʻi, the fishermen sailed out to the fishing grounds.]
1468	Ka makani kulaʻi kanaka o Nuʻuanu.	The wind of Nuʻuanu that pushes people over.
	[The strong gales at Nuʻuanu were known to make travelers fall down.]
1469	Ka makani wehe lau niu o Laupāhoehoe.	The coconut-leaf-lifting wind of Laupāhoehoe.
	[Laupāhoehoe, Hawai’i.]
1471	Kamaliʻi ʻike ʻole i ka helu pō: Muku nei, Muku ka malama; Hilo nei, kau ka Hoaka.	Children who do not know the moon phases: Muku is here, Muku the moon; Hilo comes next, then Hoaka.
	[The first part of a child’s chant for learning the names of the moon phases. Also said of one who does not know the answer to a question or is ignorant. He is compared to a small child who has not learned the moon phases.]
1473	Ka malu ao o nā pali kapu o Kakaʻe.	The cloud shelter of the sacred cliffs of Kakaʻe.
	[Kakaʻe, an ancient ruler of Maui, was buried in ʻīao Valley, and the place was given his name. It was known as Na-pali-kapu-o-Kakaʻe (Kakaʻe’s Sacred Precipice) or Na-pela-kapu-o-Kakaʻe (Kakaʻe’s Sacred Flesh). Since that time, many high chiefs have shared his burial place.]
1474	Ka malu hālau loa o ke kukui.	The long shelter of the kukui trees.
	[A kukui grove shelters like a house.]
1475	Ka malu niu o Huʻehuʻewai.	The coconut grove of Huʻehuʻewai.
	[This grove was in Kaimū, Puna.]
1476	Ka malu niu o Pōkāʻī.	The coco-palm shade of Pōkaī.
	[Refers to Waiʻanae, on Oʻahu. At Pōkāʻī was the largest and best-known coconut grove on Oʻahu, famed in chants and songs.]
1477	Ka manu hoʻāla i ke ao.	The bird that wakes [everyone] at daybreak.
	[The rooster.]
1478	Ka manu kāhea i ka waʻa e holo.	The bird that calls to the canoe - to sail.
	[Said of the kioea (stilt), whose early morning call was often a signal to canoemen to be ready to fish or travel.]
1479	Ka manu kaʻupu hālō ʻale o ka moana.	The kaʻupu, the bird that observes the ocean.
	[Said of a careful observer.]
1480	Ka manu keʻu ahiahi.	The bird that croaks in the evening.
	[Said of one who talks of or brings bad luck. When the ʻalae (mudhen) croaks near a house at night, trouble is to be expected there.]
1481	Kamaʻomaʻo, ka ʻāina huli hana.	At Kamaʻomaʻo, land of activities.
	[Ghosts who do not go to the pō of their ancestors often wander about in certain areas. Kamaomao, Maui, is such a place. The activities of such ghosts usually annoy the living.]
1484	Ka moa i hānai ʻia i ka lā, ua ʻoi ia i ka moa i hānai ʻia i ka malu.	A cock fed in the sunlight is stronger than one fed in the shade.
	[If you want a strong son, raise him with plenty of sunlight.]
1485	Ka moe kau a Moi, ke kahuna mana o Hāʻupukele.	You sleep like Moi, the powerful kahuna of Haupukele.
	[Said to one who oversleeps. The kahuna Moi, of Hāʻupukele, Molokaʻi, had a long, prophetic dream of misfortune to befall his chief. The chief paid no attention and kidnapped a chiefess of Hilo. This led to a war with her sons, Niheu and Kana.]
1486	Ka moena pāwehe o Mokulēʻia.	The patterned mat of Mokulēʻia [Oʻahu].
	[It is as varied and pretty as a patterned mat.]
1487	Ka moe no kau a Mele Wile, ala aʻe ua moʻa i ke kuke.	You sleep the sleep of Mary [wife of] Willie; when you awake, the food is cooked.
	[A common saying on Hawaiʻi applied to any sleepy-head. Mary, wife of William Shipman, was annoyed with a servant who constantly overslept. One morning she looked into the servant’s room and loudly uttered this condemnation. The other servants laughed, and the sleeping servant was so ashamed that she rose bright and early thereafter.]
1488	Ka moku kāʻili lā o Manokalanipo.	The sun-snatching island of Manokalanipo.
	[Kauaʻi, the northwesternmost island of the group, beyond which the sun vanishes at dusk. Manokalanipo was an ancient ruler of Kauaʻi.]
1489	Ka moku puni kuapuʻu.	The hunchbacked island.
	[Maui. Its shape on the map resembles the figure of a hunchbacked person.]
1490	Ka mū ʻai paka o Puʻunui.	The tobacco-eating bug of Puʻunui.
	[Said of one who is a pest. Puʻunui is now a part of Honoluiu.]
1491	Ka nahele hihipeʻa o Paliuli.	The impenetrable forest of Paliuli.
	[Paliuli, in Hilo, was like a mirage — at times seen and at other times unseen.]
1492	Ka nalu haʻaheo i ka hokua o ke kanaka.	The surf that proudly sweeps over the nape of one’s neck.
	[Said of a wind which surges and blows from the back. A play on hokua (crest of high wave).]
1493	Ka nalu haʻi o Kalehuawehe.	The rolling surf of Kalehuawehe.
	[Ka-lehua-wehe (Take-off-the-kehua) was Waikīkī’s most famous surf. It was so named when a legendary hero took off his lei of lehua blossoms and gave it to the wife of the ruling chief, with whom he was surfing.]
1494	Ka nalu heʻe o Puʻuhele.	The surf of Puuhele that is ridden.
	[Puʻuhele is a place in Hāna, Maui, where there is good surfing.]
1495	Kani ka moa i ka ʻīpuka, he malihini kipa.	When a cock crows at the door, a guest is to he expected.
1496	Kani ka pahu, holo ke kao.	The drum is sounded, the goat flees.
	[A humorous expression applied to a bald-headed man whose bare head is likened to a drum.]
1497	Kani ka pola o ka malo.	The flap of the loincloth makes a snapping sound.
	[The boast of an athlete so swift in movement that the flap of his loincloth snaps.]
1499	Kani kōlea, he kanaka; nū ka puaʻa, he lapu lā.	When a plover cries, there is a man nearby; when a pig grunts, a ghost is near.
1500	Ka nīoi aku ia e welawela ai ko nuku.	That is the chili pepper that will burn your lips.
	[Said of one whose lovemaking is like the fiery taste of peppers. It’s long remembered.]
1501	Ka nīoi wela o Pakaʻalana.	The burning nīoi of Pakaʻalana.
	[Refers to the heiau of Pakaʻalana in Waipiʻo, Hawaiʻi. The timber used about the doorway was of nioi wood. According to ancient legend, the nīoi, ʻohe, and kauila trees on Molokaʻi are said to be possessed by poison gods and are regarded as having mana. To tamper with the trees or the wood, especially in places of worship, is to invite serious trouble.]
1502	Ka niu peʻahi kanaka o Kaipalaoa.	The man-beckoning coco pa1ms of Kaipalaoa.
	[The swaying palms that once grew at Kaipalaoa, Hilo, seemed to wave an invitation.]
1504	Ka nui e ʻauamo ai i ke keiki i ke kua.	The size that enables one to carry a smaller child on the back.
	[Said of a child about ten years old who has grown big enough to carry a younger sibling on his back. In ancient days the age of a child was not reckoned by years but by physical ability to perform a certain task.]
1505	Ka nui e moʻa ai ka pūlehu.	The size when one is old enough to broil food.
	[Old enough to have a mate.]
1506	Ka nui e paʻa ai i ka hue wai.	The size that enables one to carry a water bottle.
	[Said of a child about two years old. In Kaʻū, where fresh water was scarce and had to be obtained from upland springs, every person who went helped to carry home water. When a child was about two, he was given a small gourd bottle for carrying water.]
1507	Ka nui e paʻa ai i nā niu ʻelua.	The size that enables one to carry two coconuts.
	[Said of a child of about five.]
1508	Kanukanu, hūnā i ka meheu, i ka maʻawe alanui o Kapuʻukolu.	Covering with earth, hiding the footprints on the narrow trail of Kapuukolu.
	[Said of a cautious person who guards his ways from those who pry. In ancient times a person who did not want to be traced by his footsteps carefully eradicated them as he went.]
1509	Kanu ke kalo i Welo, ʻaʻole e ulu nui ʻia e ka ʻohā.	Plant taro in Welo and the offshoots will not be many.
	[The corm of taro planted in the month of Welo grows very large but the offishoots are few.]
1510	Ka nuku o Māmala.	The mouth of Māmala.
	[The entrance to Honolulu Harbor, named for a shark goddess who once lived in the vicinity.]
1511	Ka ʻōhiʻa hihipeʻa o Kealakomo.	The entwining ʻōhiʻa branches of Kealakomo.
	[Kealakomo, in Puna, Hawaiʻi, where ʻōhiʻa trees grow thickly together.]
1514	Ka ʻōlohe puka awakea o Kamaʻomaʻo.	The bare one of Kamaʻomaʻo that appears at noonday.
	[The plain of Kamaomao, Maui, is said to be the haunt of ghosts (ʻōlohe) who appear at night or at noon. Also a play on ʻōlohe (nude), applied to one who appears unclothed.]
1515	Ka ʻōnohi Wai a Uli.	Water of Uli made visible to the eyes.
	[A mirage revealed by the goddess Uli.]
1516	Ka ō ʻole i ka wehe a ka Hoʻolua.	No stopping when the Hoʻolua wind opens up.
	[Said of anything that can’t be stopped.]
1517	Ka ʻoʻopu peke o Hanakāpīʻai.	The short ʻoʻopu of Hanakāpīʻai.
	[The ʻoʻopu at Hanakāpīʻai on Kauaʻi were said to be shorter and plumper than those anywhere else. Mentioned in chants.]
1518	Ka ʻōpuʻu pua i mōhala.	A flower that began to unfold.
	[A baby.]
1519	Ka ʻōwili makani ʻino o Kāwili.	The stormy wind of Kāwili.
	[Kāwili is the current that comes from Kona and goes out to sea at Kalae, Kaʻū.]
1521	Kapa ʻehu kai o Kaʻena na ka makani.	Kaʻena is adorned with a garment of sea sprays by the blowing of the wind.
	[Refers to Kaʻena, Oʻahu.]
1522	Kāpae ka ʻalaʻala he heʻe no kai uli.	[The weight causes] the head of the octopus to lean to one side; it is of the deep sea.
	[Said disparagingly of a prosperous or important person. Once Hiʻiaka purposely avoided a kahuna who was seeking her. When he found her he said, “Oh! The head of the octopus leans to one side! After all, you are an octopus of the deep sea, a goddess!”]
1523	Kāpae ke kaua e ka hoahānau.	Let kinsmen cease fghting each other.
	[Said by Kawelo to his opponent and kinsman, Kauahoa.]
1524	Kapakahi ka lā ma Waiʻanae.	Lopsided is the sun at Waiʻanae.
	[Used to refer to anything lopsided, crooked, or not right. First uttered by Hiʻiaka in a rebuke to Lohiʻau and Wahineʻōmaʻo for talking when she warned them not to.]
1525	Kapakahi Manuia; Keokoʻi ka moku!	Crooked is Manuia; Keokoʻi is the ship!
	[When Boki sailed to Noumea, Manuia and his wife Kaʻupena and two hundred others followed in the ship Keokoʻi. They were to join Boki’s party in the New Hebrides, but Boki’s ship was lost, and Boki was never seen again. Shortly before the return of the Keokoʻi, a lunatic went about the streets of Honolulu, crying these words. When the ship finally arrived, its flag was at half-mast, for most of the crew had died of disease and been buried at sea. Manuia’s body was brought home. This expression is said humorously of anything that is crooked or lopsided.]
1526	Ka pali hinahina o Kāʻanapali.	The gray hills of Kāʻanapali.
1527	Ka pali kahakō lele a koaʻe.	Sheer cliff reached only by the tropic bird.
	[A tall, inaccessible cliff.]
1528	Ka pali kāʻili wahine o Kēʻē.	The wife-snatching cliff of Kēʻē.
	[Once upon a time some men of Kēʻē, Kauaʻi, fell in love with the wives of some Nuʻalolo men. They climbed the ladder up to Nualolo, threatened the men there, and departed with their wives.]
1529	Ka pali kāohi kumu aliʻi o ʻĪao.	The cliff of ʻĪao that embraces the chiefly sources.
	[ʻĪao, Maui, was the burial place of many chiefs of high rank who are the ancestors of living chiefs.]
1530	Ka pali kapu o Kamohoaliʻi.	The sacred cliff of Kamohoaliʻi.
	[This cliff, at the crater of Kīlauea, is sacred to Kamohoaliʻi, brother of Pele. Smoke from the pit never swept over this cliff, even when the wind blew against it. Instead, the smoke rose directly upward due to the great respect Pele had for this beloved brother.]
1531	Ka pali nānā uhu kaʻi o Makapuʻu.	The uhu-observing cliff of Makapuʻu.
	[The sea surrounding Makapuʻu Point, Oʻahu, is the favorite haunt of the uhu (parrotfish).]
1532	Ka pali ʻō ahi o Makana.	The firebrand-hurling of the cliff of Makana.
	[Pāpala or hau wood was cut, thoroughly dried, and carried up the hillside to where an imu lay ready to be lighted. When dusk descended, the imu was lighted and the logs placed in it. When the blowing of the wind was just right, the lighted log was hurled into the wind and borne seaward, high over the heads of the spectators, before dropping into the sea.]
1533	Ka pali walowalo hea kanaka o Mōlīlele.	The eerie man-calling cliff of Mōlīlele.
	[Mōlī-lele (Mōlī’s Leap), in Kaʻū, is the place where an unhappy girl named Mōlī once leaped over the cliff in suicide. On each anniversary of her death the gale there blows a little harder than usual, and a person standing at the point from which she jumped can hear a rushing sound, as of a tapa-clad person running by.]
1534	Ka papa kāhulihuli o Wailuku.	The unstable plank of Wailuku.
	[Said of an unstable person or situation. First uttered by Hiʻiaka when she compared the physical condition of the chief ʻOlepau to the weak plank that spanned Wailuku Stream in Hilo.]
1535	Ka pau, o ka ʻōneanea.	The end, and barrenness.
	[All were destroyed and nothing but desolation is left.]
1536	Kāpeku ka leo o ke kai, o hoʻoilo ka malama.	When the voice of the sea is harsh, the winter months have come.
	[First uttered by Hiʻiaka.]
1537	Ka pela kapu o Kakaʻe.	The sacred flesh of Kakaʻe.
	[The burial place of chiefs in ʻĪao Valley.]
1538	Kāpī ʻia i ka paʻakai a miko.	Sprinkled with salt until well salted.
	[Made to pay a stiff fine.]
1539	Ka piʻi nō ia a kōkī o Wailau.	Ascends to the highest point in Wailau.
	[Praise for one who has made a worthy accomplishment. The inhabitants of Wailau, Molokaʻi, a place of tall precipices, were excellent climbers. [cf 2434]]
1540	Ka pōhaku kihi paʻa.	The solid cornerstone.
	[A reliable, dependable person.]
1541	Ka poi ʻuoʻuo o kāohi puʻu.	The tenacious poi that presses down in the throat.
	[A humorous reference to poi.]
1542	Ka poli lauaʻe o Makana.	Makana, whose bosom is adorned with lauaʻe ferns.
	[Famed in songs and chants are the fragrant lauaʻe fems of Makana, Kauaʻi.]
1543	Ka pō nui hoʻolakolako, ke ao nui hoʻohemahema.	The great night that provides, the great day that neglects.
	[The gods supply, but man does not always accept with appreciation. Guidance is given in dreams that man often misunderstands and neglects.]
1544	Ka pouhana.	The main post.
	[The person on whom others depend for leadership, guidance, and help — the mainstay of the family or group.]
1545	Ka puhi o ka ale, ahu ke ʻolo.	An eel of the sea caverns, the chin sags.
	[When an eel of the deep sea grows large, the upper part of its neck sags with fat. Said of one who is prosperous — his pockets sag with money. Also said of a person with a double chin. Also, the scrotum.]
1546	Ka puka kahiko.	The ancient hole.
	[The anus. According to ancient legend, man did not have an anus and was not physically strong and well until Māui, the demigod, made the opening for him.]
1547	Ka pūnua peʻe poli.	The fledgling that hides in the bosom.
	[A young sweetheart.]
1548	Ka ua Apuakea o Mololani.	The Apuakea rain of Mololani.
	[Apuakea was once a beautiful maiden who was changed by Hiʻiaka into the rain that bears her name. Mololani is in Nuʻuanu.]
1549	Ka ua ʻAwa o Kīlauea.	The ʻAwa rain of Kīlauea.
	[The ʻAwa is a bitterly cold rain of ʻŌlaʻa and Kilauea, Hawaiʻi.]
1550	Ka ua Hāʻao o Waiōhinu.	The Hāʻao rain of Waiōhinu.
	[A poetical expression in reference to Waiōhinu in Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi. The Hāʻao rain comes down from the mountain in columns to Waiōhinu. It is mentioned in songs and chants of Kaʻū.]
1551	Ka ua heʻe nehu o Hilo.	The nehu-producing rain of Hilo.
	[The people knew the season when the schools of nehu fish followed the rain.]
1552	Ka ua hehi ʻulu o Piʻihonua.	The rain that treads on the breadfruit leaves of Piʻihonua.
	[Refers to Piʻihonua.]
1553	Ka ua hōʻeha-ʻili o Waiehu.	The skin-hurting rain of Waiehu.
	[A chilly, pelting rain.]
1554	Ka ua hoʻopala ʻōhiʻa.	The rain that ripens mountain apples.
	[The rain that comes just as the mountain apple is beginning to ripen.]
1555	Kauaʻi a ka ʻai paʻa.	Kauaʻi of the hard poi.
	[There was a man of Kauaʻi who was inclined to be stingy and whose favorite meat was dried octopus. He would cut it into small pieces, remove the skin, and mix it into the poi. Whenever hospitality compelled him to invite anyone to share his food, he would say, “I am sorry that I have no meat. All I have is very lumpy poi. Just poke your fingers straight in and pull them up again. Push the lumps aside.” Naturally, many declined the invitation. But one day several visitors from Hawai’i who were very hungry accepted. One noticed that the host was chewing, so he stuck a lump in his mouth and chewed, thus discovering that the lumps were pieces of dried octopus.]
1560	Ka ua kāhiko hala o Keaʻau.	The rain that adorns the pandanus trees of Keaʻau.
	[Refers to the pandanus grove of Keaʻau, Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
1561	Ka ua kani koʻo o Heʻeia.	The rain of Heʻeia that sounds like the tapping of walking canes.
	[Also said of the rain of Hilo.]
1562	Ka ua Kanilehua o Hilo.	The Kanilehua rain of Hilo.
	[Hilo, where the rain moistens the lehua blossoms.]
1563	Ka ua kapa kea o Mololani.	The white-tapa rain of Mololani.
	[The rain and mist at Mololani, Nuʻuanu, resembles a white sheet.]
1564	Ka ua kapuaʻi kanaka o Pālawai.	The rain of Pālāwai [which sounds like] human footsteps.
1565	Ka ua kau lāʻau o Pāhala.	The tree-resting rain of Pāhala.
	[The rain of Pāhala in Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi, seems to rest on the tree tops.]
1566	Ka ua kea o Hāna.	The white rain of Hāna.
	[Refers to the misty rain of Hāna, Maui, that comes in from the sea.]
1567	Ka ua kiawe lehua o Hōpoe.	The rain that sets the lehua of Hōpoe to swaying.
	[When the rain patters down, the lehua of Hōpoe, Puna, gently sway to and fro.]
1568	Ka ua kīhene lehua o Hāmākua.	The rain that produces the lehua clusters of Hāmākua.
1569	Ka ua kīkē hala o Punaluʻu.	The hala-pelting rain of Punaluu.
	[Refers to the rain at Punaluʻu, Oʻahu.]
1570	Ka ua kinai lehua o Panaʻewa.	The rain that bruises the lehua blossoms of Panaʻewa.
	[Both lehua and rain are commonly found in Panaʻewa.]
1571	Ka ua Kīpuʻupuʻu o Waimea.	The Kīpuʻupuʻu rain of Waimea.
	[An expression often used in songs of Waimea, Hawaiʻ1. When Kamehameha organized an army of spear fighters and runners from Waimea, they called themselves Kīpuʻupuʻu after the cold rain of their homeland.]
1572	Ka ua koʻi-lipilipi o Kalihi.	The adz rain of Kalihi.
	[A pouring rain that lasts for days. A story is told of a couple who slept while the rain poured. The rain lasted so long that when they awoke, the sides of their heads were flattened, as though cut away by an adz.]
1573	Ka ua Kolowao o Kaʻala.	The Mountain-creeper rain of Kaʻala.
	[This rain is accompanied by a mist that seems to creep among the trees.]
1574	Ka ua Kuahine o Mānoa.	The Kuahine rain of Mānoa.
	[This rain is famed in the songs of Mānoa. According to an old legend, Kuahine was a chiefess, the wife of Kahaukani. Their daughter Kahalaopuna was so beautiful that rainbows appeared wherever she was. Once, two gossiping men claimed they had made love to her. This so angered her betrothed husband that he beat her into unconsciousness. She was revived by an owl god, but after hearing more gossip, her betrothed killed her. In grief, her mother became the Kuahine rain. Her father adopted two forms — the wind Kahaukani and a hau tree. It was said that this tree moaned in grief whenever a member of royalty died.]
1575	Ka ua Kūkalahale o Honolulu.	The Kūkalahale rain of Honolulu.
	[The rain that announces itself to the homes by the pattering it makes on the roofs as it falls. Often mentioned in songs.]
1576	Ka ua kūnihi a Kaʻupena.	The rain of Kaʻupena that turns aside.
	[Kaʻupena was a seeress of Kamaʻoa Plain, in Kaʻū. Whenever rain approached, she called it to come to her home and to leave the homes of her neighbors alone so that their crops would not be ruined by a too-early rain. The rain obeyed.]
1577	Ka ua Kūpunikapa o Lanakila.	The Hold-fast-to-the-clothing rain of Lanakila.
	[The rain of Lanakila, Maui, is so cold that it makes one clutch and hold his clothing close to his body.]
1578	Ka ua Lanihaʻahaʻa o Hāna.	The Rain-of-the-low-sky of Hāna
	[Refers to Hāna, Maui. once, the young warrior chief Kaʻeokulani ran to a banana grove to escape a sudden squall. As he stood safe and dry in the shelter of the banana leaves he lifted his spear. It accidentally pierced through the leaves and a trickle of water came through. He remarked that the sky where he stood was so low he had pierced it.]
1579	Ka ua Lanipaʻina o ʻUlupalakua.	The Sky-crackling rain of ʻ Ulupalakua.
	[Refers to ʻUlupalakua, Maui.]
1580	Ka ua lei māʻohu o Waiānuenue.	The rain of Waiānuenue that is like a wreath of mist.
	[Wai-ānuenue (Rainbow-water) in Hilo, Hawaiʻi, is now known as Rainbow Falls. On sunny days a rainbow can be seen in the falls, and on rainy days the rising vapor is suggestive of a wreath of mist.]
1581	Ka ua leina hua o Kāʻanapali.	The rain of Kāʻanapali that leaps and produces fruit.
1582	Ka ua Līhau o Pāhoa.	The Līhau rain of Pāhoa.
	[The icy cold rain of Pāhoa, Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
1583	Ka ua Lililehua o Kāʻanapali.	The Tiny-drops-on-the-lehua rain of Kāʻanapali.
1584	Ka ua loku o Hanalei.	The pouring rain of Hanalei.
1585	Ka ua lū lehua o Panaʻewa.	The lehua-shedding rain of Panaʻewa.
	[The heavy rain of the lehua forests of Panaʻewa in Hilo, Hawaiʻi. Famed in chants of old.]
1586	Ka ua Makakoʻi o Haleleʻa.	The Adz-edged rain of Haleleʻa.
	[A rain so cold that it feels like the sharp edge of an adz on the skin. Refers to Haleleʻa, Kauaʻi.]
1587	Ka ua moaniani lehua o Puna.	The rain that brings the fragrance of the lehua of Puna.
	[Puna is known as the land of fragrance.]
1588	Ka ua nāulu o Kawaihae.	The cloudless rain of Kawaihae.
	[The rain of Kawaihae often surprises visitors because it seems to come out of a cloudless sky. A native knows by observing the winds and other signs of nature just what to expect.]
1589	Ka ua nihi pali o Moelana.	The rain that sneaks along the cliffs at Moelana.
	[The rain at Moelana, below the Nuʻuanu Pali.]
1590	Ka ua Noelehua o Waiʻaleʻale.	The Misty-lehua rain of Waiʻaleʻale.
	[The rain of Waiʻaleʻale that moistens the lehua blossoms there.]
1591	Ka ua nounou ʻili o Waimea.	The skin-pelting rain of Waimea.
	[Refers to Waimea, Kauaʻi.]
1592	Ka ua ʻōʻiliʻili maka akua.	The rain that appears here and there to denote the presence of a god.
	[Said of the rain that falls with a drop here and a drop there instead of falling in a shower.]
1593	Ka ua Paliloa o Waimea.	The Tall-cliffs rain of Waimea.
	[The rain of Waimea, Hawaiʻi, that sweeps down the cliffs.]
1594	Ka ua Paʻūpili o Lele.	The Pili-soaking rain of Lele.
	[The plains of Lahaina, Maui, were covered with pili grass in ancient days. When the rain poured the grass was well soaked.]
1595	Ka ua peʻe pōhaku o Kaupō.	The rain of Kaupō that makes one hide behind a rock.
	[It falls so suddenly that one flees behind rocks for shelter.]
1596	Ka ua peʻe pū hala o Huelo.	The rain of Huelo that makes one hide in a hala grove.
1597	Ka ua pehi hala o Hāmākua.	The rain of Hāmākua that pelts the pandanus fruit clusters.
	[Refers to Hāmākua, Maui.]
1598	Ka ua Pōʻaihale o Kahaluʻu.	The rain that moves around the homes of Kahaluu.
	[Refers to Kahaluʻu of windward Oʻahu.]
1599	Ka ua pōʻai puni o Kumaka.	The rain of Kumaka that completely surrounds.
	[The rain and mists of Kumaka, Kauaʻi, completely screen homes, trees, and so forth from view.]
1600	Ka ua poʻo nui o ke kuahiwi.	The big-headed rain of the mountain.
	[The ʻAwa rain, which falls in fine, icy cold drops that make one’s head appear white.]
1601	Ka ua Pōpōkapa o Nuʻuanu.	The Tapa-bundling rain of Nuuanu.
	[The Pōpōkapa rain is so called because anyone who came up Nuʻuanu Pali from the windward side had to bundle his garments and hold his arms against his chest to keep from getting wet.]
1602	Ka ua ʻŪkiu o Makawao.	The ʻŪkiu rain of Makawao.
	[Refers to Makawao, Maui.]
1603	Ka ua ʻulalena o Piʻiholo.	The reddish-yellow rain of Piʻiholo.
1604	Ka ua Waʻawaʻahia o Waipiʻo.	The Furrow-cutting rain of Waipio.
	[The rain of Waipiʻo, Hawaiʻi, sweeps along the gullies and gulches as it pours]
1605	Kaʻū, hiehie i ka makani.	Kaʻū, regal in the gales.
	[An expression of admiration for the district of Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi, or for a stately or outstanding person of that district.]
1606	Kauhū ka ʻena o ka ukiuki na ka inaina.	Annoyance gives heat to anger.
	[Annoyance easily leads to wrath.]
1607	Kau i ka lani ka holowaʻa ua o Hilo.	Placed high in heaven is the rain trough of Hilo.
	[An expression of admiration for a person of regal bearing.]
1608	Kau i Kāpua ka poʻe polohuku ʻole.	Those without resources will land at Kāpua.
	[Without resources one gets nowhere.]
1611	Kau ka lā i ka lolo, hoʻi ke aka i ke kino.	The sun stands over the brain, the shadow retreats into the body.
	[Said of high noon, when the sun is directly overhead and no shadows are seen — an important time for some ancient rites and ceremonies.]
1612	Kau ka mahina.	The moon is shining.
	[A remark made in fun when a bald head is seen.]
1613	Kau ka maka.	The eyes rest upon [him or her].
	[A longing to see a certain person or to possess a certain thing.]
1614	Kau ka ʻōnohi aliʻi i luna.	The royal eyes rest above.
	[A rainbow — a sign that the gods are watching the chiefs — is now visible.]
1615	Kau ka peʻa, holo ka waʻa!	Up go the sails; away goes the canoe!
	[Said humorously of one who dresses up and goes out for a gay time.]
1616	Kau ke keha i ka uluna.	The head rests upon the pillow.
	[All work is done and there is nothing more to worry about.]
1617	Kau ke poʻo i ka uluna ʻo Welehu ka malama.	Rest the head on the pillow; Welehu is the month.
	[Said of one whose work is done and who is able to rest. Welehu is a stormy month when little can be done except remain at home and sleep.]
1618	Kaulaʻi nā iwi i ka lā.	To bleach the bones in the sun.
	[To talk too freely and unkindly of one’s family to outsiders.]
1619	Kaulana ka pali o Pōhina.	Famous is the pali of Pohina.
	[From a chant for the chiefess Maukaʻa of Kaʻū.]
1622	Ka ulua kāpapa o ke kai loa.	The powerful ulua of the deep sea.
	[A strong warrior. The ulua fish is a strong fighter.]
1623	Ka ulu koa i kai o Oneawa.	The koa grove down at Oneawa.
	[From the legend of Hiʻiaka. Canoes are sometimes referred to as the koa grove at sea, for canoes in ancient times were made of koa.]
1624	Ka ulu kukui o Lanikāula.	The kukui grove of Lanikāula.
	[Lanikāula was the kāula (prophet) of Molokaʻi. His fame was so great that it incurred the jealousy of Kawelo, prophet of Lānaʻi, who sought every means of destroying Lanikāula. His efforts were rewarded when he discovered where Lanikāula went to relieve himself. Kawelo made a hole in a sweet potato and filled it with his rival’s excrement. This he took back to Lānaʻi and with it prayed his victim to death. When Lanikāula saw that his end was near, he asked his sons to suggest a burial place. He found each suggestion unsatisfactory except that of his youngest son. So Lanikāula was buried in a kukui grove near his home. In the grave were placed his personal belongings, which, by the power invested in them by a kahuna, would bring harm to anyone who disturbed the remains. So Lanikāula rests in his kukui grove, famed in songs of Molokaʻi.]
1625	Ka ulu lāʻau ma kai.	The forest on the seaward side.
	[Refers to the masts of the ships that came the harbors of Lahaina or Honolulu.]
1627	Ka ʻulu loaʻa ʻole i ka lou ʻia.	The breadfruit that even a pole cannot reach.
	[Said of a person of very high rank.]
1634	Kauō ulupau ka holo-kahiki.	A sailor drags his anchor in many harbors.
	[A sailor has a sweetheart in every port.]
1637	Kaʻupu hehi ʻale o ka moana.	The kaʻupu bird that steps on the ocean billows.
	[A ship.]
1639	Ka wahine ʻai honua.	The earth-eating woman.
	[Pele.]
1640	Ka wahine ʻai lāʻau o Puna.	The tree-eating woman of Puna.
	[Pele.]
1641	Ka wahine ʻai pōhaku.	The stone-eating woman.
	[Pele.]
1642	Ka wahine alualu pū hala o Kamilo.	The hala-pursuing woman of Kamilo.
	[A current comes to Kamilo in Kaʻū from Halaaniani in Puna; whatever is tossed in the sea at Halaaniani floats into Kamilo. Kapua once left her husband in Puna and went to Kaʻū. He missed her so badly that he decided to send her a pretty loincloth she had made him. This might make her think of him and come back. He wrapped the malo around the stem of a hala cluster, tied it securely in place with a cord, and tossed it into the sea. A few days later some women went fishing at Kamilo and noticed a hala cluster bobbing in the water. Kapua was among them. Eagerly they tried to seize it until one of the women succeeded. Kapua watched as the string was untied and the malo unfolded. She knew that it was her husband’s plea to come home, so she returned to Puna.]
1643	Ka wahine hele lā o Kaiona, alualu wai liʻulā o ke kaha pua ʻōhai.	The woman, Kaiona, who travels in the sunshine pursuing the mirage of the place where the ʻōhai blossoms grow.
	[Kaiona was a goddess of Kaʻala and the Waiʻanae Mountains. She was a kind person who helped anyone who lost his way in the mountains by sending a bird, an ʻiwa, to guide the lost one out of the forest. In modern times Princess Bernice Pauahi Bishop was compared to Kaiona in songs.]
1644	Ka wahine o ka liʻulā.	The woman of the twilight.
	[Lāʻiekawai, a legendary chiefess who became a goddess after her marriage to Ka-ʻōnohi-o-ka-lā (Eyeball-of-the-sun), a supernatural chief.]
1645	Ka wahine pōʻai moku.	The woman who made a circuit of the islands.
	[Hiʻiaka, who traveled to all of the islands of the Hawaiian group.]
1646	Ka wai ʻeleʻele a ka poʻe ʻike.	The black fluid of the learned.
	[Ink.]
1648	Ka wai hālau o Wailua.	The expansive waters of Wailua.
	[Wailua, Kauaʻi, is the land of large streams.]
1649	Ka wai hoʻihoʻi lāʻī o ʻEleile.	The water of ʻEleile that carries back the ti-leaf stalk.
	[The pool of ʻEleile on Maui is famed in songs and chants. Visitors throw ti stalks into the pool and watch the water carry them all around before washing them downstream.]
1650	Ka waihona o ka naʻauao.	The repository of learning.
	[Said in admiration of a learned person.]
1651	Ka wai hoʻomalule kino.	The liquid that causes limpness to the body.
	[Intoxicating drinks.]
1652	Ka wai huahuaʻi o Kewalo.	The bubbling water of Kewalo.
	[Kewalo once had a large spring where many went for cool, refreshing water.]
1653	Ka wai hūnā a ka pāoʻo.	The hidden water of the pāoʻo fish.
	[A little pool of water on Lehua often mentioned in chants of Niʻihau. It is said to be guarded by a supernatural pāoʻo fish. When this fish rises to the surface, its back resembles the surrounding rocks, which makes the pool difficult to see. When the pāoʻo sinks to the bottom, the water can again be seen. Also, a pool not far from the crater of Kīlauea. The priests of Pele who knew of its location obtained water from it to mix with the ʻawa drinks they offered to her. Like the pool on Lehua, a supernatural pāoʻo fish guarded it. This pool was destroyed during the making of a road.]
1654	Ka wai kāʻili ao.	The liquid that snatches away the light [of intelligence].
	[Kawaihāpai, Oʻahu. A drought once came there in ancient times and drove out everyone except two aged priests. Instead of going with the others, they remained to plead with their gods for relief. One day they saw a cloud approaching from the ocean. It passed over their house to the cliff behind. They heard a splash and when they ran to look, they found water. Because it was brought there by a cloud in answer to their prayers, the place was renamed Ka-wai-hāpai (The-carried-water) and the water supply was named Ka-wai-kumu-ʻole (Water-without-a-source).]
1656	Ka wai lewa i ka makani.	The water that sways in the breeze.
	[The coconut, which contains water and is found in clusters high up in the tree.]
1657	Ka wai liʻulā o Mānā.	Mirage of Mānā.
	[Mirages were seen at Mānā on the nights of Kū and Kāne.]
1658	Ka wai lumalumaʻi kanaka o Wailuku.	The water of Wailukn where men were drowned.
	[Refers to Wailuku, Hilo, where victims were drowned to be offered in sacrifice at a nearby heiau.]
1659	Ka wai nāʻuke poʻo o Kahā.	The water of Kahā that removed head lice.
	[The water of Kahā is in Waiōhinu, Kaʻū. The chief Keouakuahuʻula once discovered that he had lice on his head. Not wanting others to know, he went to Kahā where he washed his head and had the pests removed.]
1661	Ka wai puka iki o Helani.	The water of Helani that comes from a small opening.
	[Refers to Helani, Kona, Hawaiʻi. Here a coconut grove thrived, and from a small opening in the shell of the nut one could get water to drink.]
1662	Ka wai ʻula ʻiliahi o Waimea.	The red sandalwood water of Waimea.
	[This expression is sometimes used in old chants of Waimea, Kauaʻi. After a storm Waimea Stream is said to run red. Where it meets Makaweli Stream to form Waimea River, the water is sometimes red on one side and clear on the other. The red side is called wai ʻula ʻiliahi.]
1663	Ka wana momona o Mokoliʻi.	The fat sea urchins of Mokoliʻi.
	[Mokoliʻi, a small island off windward Oʻahu, is known for its fine sea urchins.]
1664	Ka wela o ka ua.	Heated rain.
	[Warrior chiefs in feather capes and helmets. They look like little rainbows — rain “heated” by the sun.]
1666	Ka wiliwili o Kaupeʻa.	The wiliwili grove of Kaupeʻa.
	[In ʻEwa, Oʻahu. Said to be where homeless ghosts wander among the trees.]
1667	Ka wohi kū kahi.	A chief of the wohi rank, most outstanding.
	[Often used in referring to Kalākaua.]
1668	Keaʻau, i ke kai nehe i ka ʻiliʻili.	Keaʻau, where the sea murmurs over the pebbles.
	[Keaʻau, Hawaiʻi.]
1671	Ke akua liʻiliʻi hana ʻole i ka lani me ke honua.	Little god who did not create heaven and earth.
	[A saying used by Christian Hawaiians to express scorn for any god of old Hawaiʻi.]
1677	Ke aliʻi nāna e kālua i ke poʻo i ka imu a poʻalo aʻe i nā maka.	The chief who can roast the head in the imu and scoop out the eyes.
	[Said of a chief who had the power and authority to have the head of one who offended him cut off and roasted in an imu, or to order his eyes dug out. The heads were roasted and then discarded, a warning to lesser chiefs and commoners to respect their superiors.]
1679	Ke amo ʻia aʻela ʻo Kaʻaoʻao; ke kahe maila ka hinu.	Kaʻaoʻao is being carried by; the grease is flowing from his body.
	[What has happened to him is very obvious. Kaʻaoʻao, angry with his brother Kekaulike, ruthlessly destroyed the crops in his absence. The latter followed him up to Haleakalā and there slew him. His decomposed body was found later by his followers.]
1680	Ke ʻanapa nei ka wai liʻulā o Mānā.	The water in the mirage of Mānā sparkles.
	[Said of one who is overdressed.]
1682	Keauhou i ka ʻihi kapu.	Keauhou, where strict kapu were observed.
	[Keauhou, Kona. This was the place where many of the highest chiefs resided and where Kamehameha III was born.]
1683	Keauhou, kai nehe i ka ʻiliʻili.	Keauhou, where the sea murmurs to the pebbles.
	[Keauhou, Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
1691	Ke ēwe hānau o ka ʻāina.	The lineage born of the land.
	[A native Hawaiian who is island-born and whose ancestors were also of the land.]
1693	Keha kaʻakepa ka ʻōlelo i Hīhīmanu.	High and round about goes the talk at Hīhīmanu.
	[Said of one who boasts repeatedly.]
1696	Ke hiʻi lā ʻoe i ka paukū waena, he neo ke poʻo me ka hiʻu.	You hold the center piece without its head and tail.
	[You know only the middle part of the genealogy or legend. What about the origin and the latter part?]
1698	Ke hoʻi aʻela ka ʻōpua i Awalau.	The rain clouds are returning to Awalau.
	[Said of a return to the source.]
1699	Ke hoʻokumu nei Kumukahi i ka ʻino.	Kumukahi is brewing a storm.
	[Said of one whose anger increases. Kumukahi is a point at Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
1703	Keikei Lahaina i ka ua Paʻūpili.	Majestic Lahaina in the Paʻūpili rain.
1711	Ke inu akula paha aʻu ʻĀlapa i ka wai o Wailuku.	My ʻĀlapa warriors must now be drinking the water of Wailuku.
	[Said when an expected success has turned into a failure. This was a remark made by Kalaniʻōpuʻu to his wife Kalola and son Kiwalaʻō, in the belief that his selected warriors, the ʻAlapa, were winning in their battle against Kahekili. Instead they were utterly destroyed.]
1712	Ke kaena a ka noho hale.	The boast of the stay-at-home.
	[Said of one who boasts of his own chiefs, homeland, or affairs.]
1715	Ke kaha pili a ka iʻa kea.	The beach where the white fish are always around.
	[A woman around whom white men gather like fish.]
1717	Ke kāhuli leo leʻa o ka nahele.	The sweet-voiced kāhuli landshell of the forest.
	[A compliment to a sweet-voiced person.]
1737	Ke kamalei a Kuluipō, ka hiʻialo a Pōnahe.	Beloved child of Kuluipō, one embraced in the arms of Pōnahe.
	[A benighted person. A play on pō (darkness).]
1738	Ke kani nei ka ʻālana.	The gift is sounded.
	[Said of an offering to the gods with a loudly spoken prayer.]
1740	Ke kau mai nei ka mākole.	The red-eyed one rests ahove.
	[Said of the rainbow with red predominating. A sign to some people that their ʻaumakua is watching them.]
1745	Kekeʻe ka waha, ua nahu i ka makani.	His mouth is wry after biting the wind.
	[Said of one who has found that what he said of others is true of himself.]
1746	Kekē ka niho o ka pāpaʻi.	The crab exposes its teeth.
	[Sometimes when a crab sees a person it opens its claws as if to bite and then, at the first opportunity, seeks escape. Said of a threat that is uttered but will never be carried out.]
1749	Ke koaʻe iho ia, he manu lele no ka pali kahakō.	That is the tropic hird, one that flies at the sheer cliffs.
	[Said of a person who is hard to catch.]
1750	Ke koaʻe lele kaha i ka pali o Līloa.	The tropic bird that soars to the cliff of Līloa.
	[Said of a chief of high rank.]
1753	Ke kokoke maila ka Hoʻoilo.	The rainy season is drawing near.
	[Beware lest you shed tears.]
1754	Ke kololio ka hau o uka, kō mai ka nae ʻaʻala o ke kiele.	When the dew-laden breeze of the upland creeps swiftly down it brings with it the fragrance of the gardenias.
	[Said of one who comes with happy tidings.]
1756	Ke kōpiko i ka piko o Waiʻaleʻale.	A kōpiko tree on the summit of Waiʻaleʻale.
	[A boast about an outstanding person.]
1761	Ke kula o Kamaʻomaʻo ka ʻāina huli hana.	The plain of Kamaʻomaʻo — that is the place where plenty of work is to he found.
	[A taunt to one who talks of looking for work but does not do it. The plain of Kamaʻomaʻo, Maui, was said to be the haunt of ghosts whose activities were often terrifying.]
1763	Ke kū nō a Maui; ke kiʻei nō a Lānaʻi; ka moe nō a Molokaʻi; ka noho nō a Oʻahu.	Maui stands; Lānaʻi peers in; Molokaʻi sleeps; Oʻahu sits.
	[Said of people who stand about, look on, go to sleep and sit around, but who do not lend a hand with work.]
1765	Ke lepo ke kumu wai, e huaʻi ana ka lepo i kai.	When the source of the water is dirty, muddy water will he seen in the lowland.
	[When the thoughts are dirty, dirty words are heard.]
1767	Ke mokomoko lā me ka makani.	He is boxing the wind.
	[Said of one who is being disagreeable.]
1768	Ke momole nei no ka mole ʻo ʻĪ.	The ʻĪ chiefs still adhere to their taproots.
	[The descendants of ʻĪ hold fast.]
1782	Ke pau ka moa, kākā i ka nuku; ke pau ka ʻiole, ahu kūkae; ke pau ka manō, lanaō i ke kai.	When a chicken finishes [eating] he cleans his beak; when a rat finishes, he leaves a heap of excreta; when a shark finishes, he rises to the surface of the sea.
	[A description of the table manners of people. Some are clean like the chicken; others are unclean and careless, like the rat; and still others, like the shark, loll around without offering to help.]
1783	Ke ʻula maila ka pili.	The pili grass turns red.
	[The natural color of the grass is covered by an army of warriors ready for war.]
1784	Ke uē nei ka ʻōhiʻa o Kealakona.	The ʻōhiʻa wood of Kealakona weeps [for you].
	[Uttered as a taunt by Mahihelelima, powerful warrior of Maui, when he sent his slingshots toward the warriors of Hawaiʻi under Piʻimaiwaʻa. ʻŌhiʻa logs from Kealakona were used for the fortress on Kaʻuiki, where the Maui warriors fought the invaders. Later used to mean, “We are prepared to defend ourselves and we are sorry for you if you try to fight us.”]
1785	Ke wela nei nō ka ʻili i ka maka ihe.	The skin still feels the heated sting of the spear point.
	[Said when one is still at war. First uttered by Keaweamaʻuhili to Kahāhana.]
1786	Kiʻekiʻe ka lele a ke ao i ka lani, i hāpai ʻia e ka makani i luna.	High flies the cloud in the sky, lifted by the wind.
	[Said of one whose position is elevated by a chief.]
1789	Kihe ka ihu i ka ʻale.	One who sneezes when the spray from the surf rises at the bow of the canoe.
	[Said of one who braves danger with indifference.]
1792	Kīʻililī ka pua hau o Kalena.	The hau blossoms of Kalena squat.
	[Said of pretty young women who squat and do nothing — they are good lookers but not good workers. A play on lena (lazy) in Kalena.]
1795	Kīkaha ka ʻiwa he lā makani.	When the ʻiwa bird soars on high it is going to be windy.
	[Said of a nice-looking, well-dressed person.]
1796	Kīkaha ka ʻiwa i nā pali.	The ʻiwa hird soars over the cliff.
	[Said of a well-dressed person.]
1797	Kīkē ka ʻalā, uē ka māmane.	When the boulders clash, the māmane tree weeps.
	[This was first uttered by Hiʻiaka as she watched the fires of Pele destroy Lohiʻau. She described the terrifying outpouring of lava as it overwhelmed him. Later used to mean that when two people clash, those who belong to them often weep.]
1800	Kīlua ka poʻe waʻa.	The canoe paddlers all paddle shoreward.
	[Said of no luck in fishing.]
1807	Kīpū loa o Keoni Pulu i ka hoe.	John Bull still holds fast to the oar.
	[He is still full and wants nothing more to eat. A play on Pulu, Hawaiianized from the English “full” and “Bull.”]
1809	Koaʻe ka manu pili pōhaku.	The koaʻe, a bird that clings to rocks.
	[A rude expression referring to a landless person who, like the koaʻe among the rocks on the cliff, just hangs on to his small footing.]
1810	Koʻekoʻe ka pō hoa ʻole.	Cold are the nights without a mate.
1811	Koʻele nā iwi o Hua i ka lā.	The bones of Hua rattled in the sun.
	[A warning not to talk too much of one’s kin. Also, a reminder that trouble is sure to befall those who destroy the innocent. Hua was a chief of Maui who heeded the lies of jealous men and ordered the death of his faithful priest, Luahoʻomoe. Before he died, he sent his sons to the mountains for safety, because it was foretold by gods what was to come over the land. After his death, drought and famine came. Many died, including the chief Hua. There was no one to hide his remains, so his bones were left exposed to sun and wind. Also expressed Nakeke nā iwi....]
1812	Kohā ka leo o ka ʻaukuʻu.	The voice of the ʻaukuʻu is heard to croak.
	[Said of a snooping gossip. The ʻaukuʻu bird lives in the upland and goes to the lowland for fish, often snatching them from people’s ponds.]
1815	Kohala i ka unu paʻa.	Kohala of the solid stone.
	[The people of Kohala were known for their firm attitudes.]
1822	Kōkō ʻiole ka ua i ke kula.	Like the rat [-gnawed] net is the rain over the plains.
	[A Kaʻū saying. Makaliʻi, an ancient chief, once gathered all the food plants in a huge net and hung it up in the sky. The result was famine. A rat volunteered to go up to see what he could do about it. He ascended a rainbow and found the net, which he chewed. Down fell the contents, everywhere. So when the rain pours over the land and plants sprout everywhere, it is compared to the gnawed net that scattered food from the hills to the sea, bringing life to all.]
1823	Kokoke e ʻā ke ahi o ka ʻaulima.	Almost ready to make fire with a fire stick held in the hand.
	[Said of a boy who is almost old enough to mate.]
1824	Kokolo ka uahi o Kula, he Kēhau.	The smoke of Kula creeps along when the Kēhau breeze blows.
	[Where there is smoke there is fire.]
1826	Kōlea aku i ka ʻohana.	Cry “Plover!” in seeking one’s kinfolk.
	[Names are family possessions. In seeking one’s unknown kin, repeat the family names until they are found.]
1827	Kōlea hewa i ka inoa.	He cried “Plover!” over the wrong name.
	[He told untruths about someone.]
1829	Kōlea kau āhua, a uliuli ka umauma hoʻi i Kahiki.	Plover that perches on the mound, waits till its breast darkens, then departs for Kahiki.
	[The darkening of the breast is a sign that a plover is fat. It flies to these islands from Alaska in the fall and departs in the spring, arriving thin and hungry and departing fat. Applied to a person who comes here, acquires weahh, and departs.]
1831	Kole ka waha i ka hānai wahine maikaʻi.	One’s mouth can grow weary and sore when one rears a beautiful daughter.
	[Said when a hard-headed daughter finds suitors who are not to one’s liking.]
1832	Kolekole ka noʻa.	Red is the noʻa.
	[The secret is out. The noʻa is the stone used in the game pūhenehene, and red is a conspicuous color.]
1835	Komo akula ʻoe i ka ʻai a ka lua i Kealapiʻiakaʻōpae.	You are caught by the hold in lua fghting called Kealapiʻiakaʻōpae.
1837	Komo pohō i ka naele o Alakaʻi.	Sunk in the bog of Alakaʻi.
	[Said of one who is overwhelmed with trouble.]
1844	Kona, kai ʻōpua i ka laʻi.	Kona, where the horizon clouds rest in the calm.
1845	Kona, mai ka puʻu o Kapūkakī a ka puʻu o Kawaihoa.	Kona, from Kapūkakī to Kawaihoa.
	[The extent of the Kona district on Oʻahu is from Kapūkakī (now Red Hill) to Kawaihoa (now Koko Head).]
1848	Konohiki lua ka lā i Olowalu.	The heat of the sun rules in Olowalu.
	[Said of one who permits the heat of anger to possess him. Olowalu, Maui, is known for its warm climate.]
1852	Kōpī wale nō i ka iʻa a ʻeu nō ka ilo.	Though the fish is well salted, the maggots crawl.
	[Similar to the saying, “There’s a skeleton in every closet.”]
1853	Koʻūkoʻū i ka wai a ka nāulu.	Tasty to the palate is the water of the showers.
	[Said of drinks.]
1858	Kū akula i ka pana a Pikoi-a-ka-ʻalalā, keiki pana ʻiole o ke kula o Keahumoa.	Shot by the arrow of Pikoi-[son] of-the-crow, the expert rat-shooter of the plain of Keahumoa.
	[Got his just deserts.]
1859	Kū akula i ka pua; ke wī lā ka niho.	Hit by an arrow; now he is gnashing his teeth.
	[Now he is getting his just deserts.]
1860	Kū akula kaʻu lāʻau i ka ʻaʻama kua lenalena.	My spear pierced the yellow-shelled crab.
	[This was the boast of the warrior who speared Keʻeaumoku at the battle of Mokuʻohai. Keʻeaumoku revived and shortly after killed Kiwalaʻō. This battle was between the two cousins Kamehameha and Kiwalaʻō.]
1861	Kū a māloʻeloʻe, lālau nā lima i ka hoe nui me ka hoe iki.	Stand up straight; reach for the big and little paddle.
	[Said to young people — be prepared to weather whatever comes your way.]
1863	Kuehu ka ʻai hoʻopau a ka ua.	Shaken up are the products over which the rain did its best to produce.
	[Said of good crops as a result of showers.]
1865	Kūhela kāhela i ka laʻi o Lele.	Stretched out full-length in the calm of Lele.
	[Said of a sleeper stretched out in a careless manner.]
1867	Kuhi nō ka lima, ʻāwihi nō ka maka, ʻo ka loaʻa nō ia a ka maka onaona.	With a hand gesture and a wink, an attractive person can get whatever he desires.
1868	Kuhi nō ka lima, hele nō ka maka.	Where the hands move, there let the eyes follow.
	[A rule in hula.]
1869	Kū hoʻolehelehekiʻi i ka mahina ʻai a Nūkeʻe.	Standing like a protruding-lip image at the food patch of Nūkeʻe.
	[Standing around doing nothing, gaining nothing; hence, worth nothing. The reference to Nūkeʻe (Twist-mouth) adds a touch of contempt.]
1870	Kuʻia ka hele a ka naʻau haʻahaʻa.	Hesitant walks the humble hearted.
	[A humble person walks carefully so he will not hurt those about him.]
1871	Kū ʻia ka malama ʻeʻelekoa.	Weathered the storms of the stormy month.
	[Endured with courage the discomforts and privations of war.]
1872	Kū ihola i Mamalakā, i ka hale o Kāneheoheo.	There one stands at Mamalakā, the house of Kāneheoheo.
	[Luck has departed, and one is left disappointed. A play on heo (to be gone or to depart) in Kāneheoheo.]
1873	Kū i ka hāiki, ʻaʻole ma mua, ʻaʻole ma hope.	Stands in a narrnow space until nothing before and nothing behind.
	[Said of one who has nothing to fall back on and no one to help.]
1874	Kū i ka īpuka o ka hoka.	Stands at the doorway of disappointment.
1875	Kū i ka māna.	Like the one from whom he received what he learned.
	[Said of a child who behaves like those who reared him. Mana is food masticated by an elder and conveyed to the mouth of a small child. The haumāna (pupil) receives knowledge from the mouth of his teacher.]
1876	Kū i ka moku.	Stands on the island.
	[Said of a person who has become a ruler — he stands on his district or island.]
1877	Kuʻi ka pōhaku, ʻanapa ke ahi o ka lewa.	The stones pound; the fire flashes in the sky.
	[Thunder and lightning.]
1878	Kū i ka poholima ua mea he wahine maikaʻi.	A beautiful woman stands on the palm of the hand.
	[A beautiful woman makes one desire to caress and serve her.]
1879	Kū i ka welo.	Fits into the family behavior pattern.
	[Whether good or bad, one’s behavior is judged by the family he belongs to.]
1884	Kuʻi pē ʻia e ka ʻĀpaʻapaʻa.	Pounded flat by the ʻĀpaʻapaʻa wind.
	[Said of a sudden and terrible disaster, or of one who has taken a beating. The ʻĀpaʻapaʻa is a wind of Kohala.]
1887	Kū ka hale i Punaluʻu, i Ka-wai-hū-o-Kauila.	The house stands at Punaluʻu, at the gushing water of Kauila.
	[Said of one who has found peace and comfort at last. Ka-wai-hū-o-Kauila is a spring, the gift of a turtle goddess to the people of Punaluʻu, Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi. The people of that locality feared the cannibal woman Kaikapū, who lived near their best springs. In order to avoid her and obtain water, they dived to the sea floor where fresh water bubbled up — hence the name Puna-luʻu (Water-dived-for). Seeing their difficulty, a turtle goddess created this spring.]
1888	Kū ka hālelo, ke ʻā o kahawai.	A lot of trash accumulated with the rocks in the streams.
	[The sign of a storm. Also said of the many useless, hurtful words uttered in anger.]
1889	Kū ka lau lama.	Many torches stand.
	[There are many lighted bonfires, a signal of joy and victory.]
1890	Kū ka liki mai nei hoʻi ʻo ia ala.	What a proud stance he has over there.
1891	Kū ka liki o Nuʻuanu i ka makani.	Nuʻuanu draws her shoulders up in the wind.
	[Said of a show-off.]
1892	Kū ka paila, hana ka hāʻawe.	A pile has accumulated; now to carry the load.
	[Said of a big accumulation of work that requires effort to clear up. Paila is Hawaiianized from the English “pile.”]
1893	Kū ka pao a Keawe.	Keawe’s burial place stands.
	[Said of Hale-o-Keawe in Hōnaunau, Kona, Hawaiʻi.]
1894	Kū ka pūʻali.	His forces are ready.
	[He is ready to get to work.]
1895	Kū ka ule, heʻe ka laho.	The penis stands, the scrotum sags.
	[This expression is not meant to be vulgar. When the ule or pōule (breadfruit blossom) appears, it is the sign of the fruiting season. The young breadfruit first appears upright, and as the fruit grows larger its stem bends so that it hangs downward.]
1896	Kū ka uahi o Papio.	Up rose the smoke of Papio.
	[Off she went! The Papio was a boat; rising smoke indicated that she was departing.]
1897	Kū ke ʻā i ka hale o Kaupō.	The lava is heaped at the house of Kaupō.
	[A saying from the legend of Pāmano. Pāmano shouted this as his uncle Waipū was trying to make him drunk with ʻawa before killing him. The saying denotes great distress.]
1899	Kū ke ʻehu o ka huhū o ka mea hale, nakeke ka ʻauwae i ka inaina.	The anger of the house owner rises like the [sea] spray, and the chin rattles with wrath.
	[Said of an angry host. First uttered by Lohiʻau when he arrived at Kīlauea and encountered the wrath of Pele.]
1901	Kū ke paʻi, hana ka hāʻawe.	A big heap that requires carrying on the back.
	[A heap of work.]
1904	Kukui ʻā mau i ka awakea.	Torch that continues to burn in daylight.
	[A symbol of the family of Iwikauikaua. After his daughter was put to death by one of his wives, this chief made a tour of the island of Hawaiʻi with torches burning day and night. This became a symbol of his descendants, who included Kalākaua and Liliʻuokalani.]
1906	Kukū ka pihapiha a piʻi ka lena.	The gills stand out and the yellow color arises.
	[Filled with anger.]
1908	Kūkulu kalaʻihi ka lā i Mānā.	The sun sets up mirages at Mānā.
	[Said of a boastful person who exaggerates.]
1910	Kūkuni i kāʻili o ka ipo ahi.	Burning the skin of the lovers.
	[When sparks from hurled firebrands fell near the spectators, lovers would pick them up quickly and drop them on the skin. The resulting scar was a remembrance of the event.]
1912	Kūlele ke ʻehu kai i ka makani.	The sprays are a-flying in the wind.
	[What wrath!]
1913	Kūlia i ka nuʻu.	Strive to reach the highest.
	[Motto of Queen Kapiʻolani.]
1914	Kūlia i ka nuʻu, i ka paepae kapu o Līloa.	Strive to reach the summit, to the sacred platform of Līloa.
	[Strive to do your best.]
1917	Kulu ka waimaka, uē ka ʻōpua.	The tears fall; the clouds weep.
	[When rain falls at the time of a person’s death or during his funeral, it is said, the gods mingle their tears with those of the mourners.]
1919	Kū ma ka pā o Homa.	Stood by the fence of Homa.
	[Standing in the way of disappointment. A Mr. Oliver Holmes (“Homa” to the Hawaiians) lived at Polelewa in Honolulu. A play on homa (disappointment).]
1921	Kūneki nā kūʻauhau liʻiliʻi, noho mai i lalo; hoʻokahi nō, ʻo ko ke aliʻi ke piʻi i ka ʻiʻo.	Set aside the lesser genealogies and remain humble; let only one be elevated, that of the chief.
	[Boast not of your own lineage but elevate that of your chief. Said to members of the junior line of chiefs.]
1923	Kūʻonoʻono ka lua o Kuhaimoana.	Deep indeed is the cave of Kuhaimoana.
	[Said of a prosperous person. Kuonoʻono (deep) also means “to be well supplied.” The cave of Kuhaimoana, a shark god, is at the islet of Kaʻula.]
1924	Kū pākū ka pali o Nihoa i ka makani.	The clff of Nihoa stands as a resistance against the wind.
	[Said of one who stands bravely in the face of misfortune.]
1925	Kū palaka ka wai o Welokā.	The water of Welokā is blocked.
	[Said of a person who has lost interest or becomes inactive, or of a situation that is at a standstill.]
1926	Kū pāpiā Hilo i ka ua.	Hilo stands directly in the path of the rain.
1930	Kūpopou ana i ka pali o Kēʻē.	Going downhill at the cliff of Kēʻē.
	[A play on kē (to object) and ʻe (elsewhere). Said of one who is not cooperative.]
1931	Kupouli Kānehoa i ka hele a Kaukaʻōpua.	Kānehoa is darkened by the departure of Kaukaʻōpua.
	[Said of dark grief at the departure of a loved one.]
1933	Kuʻu ʻia ka palu i piʻi ka moano.	To let down the mashed fish lure so that the moano fish rises to the surface.
	[To tell tall tales that attract gullible people. Palu (fish lure) here refers to lies. The fish come with the idea of feasting and are caught.]
1934	Kuʻu ka luhi, ua maha.	He has let down his weariness and is at rest.
	[He is dead. He has left all his labors, all that wearied his mind and body, and now he is at peace.]
1936	Lahaina, i ka malu ʻulu o Lele.	Lahaina, in the shade of the breadfruit trees of Lele.
	[The old name for Lahaina was Lele.]
1938	Lāʻie i ka ʻēheu o nā manu.	Lāʻie, borne on the wings of birds.
	[Lāʻie is a gathering place for people. Twin girls were born at a place now bearing the name of Lāʻie, Oʻahu. The older twin, Lāʻiekawai, was reared by her grandmother, Waka, and was said to rest on the wings of birds. The younger, Lāʻielohelohe, was taken by a kahuna to rear.]
1940	Laʻi ke keha o ka nohona.	One can boast of a peaceful life.
1942	Lālau aku ʻoe i ka ʻulu i ka wēkiu, i ke alo nō ka ʻulu, a hala.	You reach for the breadfruit away at the top and miss the one in front of you.
	[Sometimes one who reaches afar misses an opportunity that is right before him. Once Kalākaua promised to give a better position to Kamaʻiopili of Maui, but then forgot his promise. One day, while playing billiards with the king, Kamaʻiopili purposely played very badly and exclaimed, “I ke alo nō ka ʻulu, a hala,” whenever he missed the cue ball (ʻulu). This puzzled the king, and when the game was over, he asked a man who knew all the old sayings what Kamaʻiopili had meant. The king was told that Kamaʻiopili was reminding him that others had been rewarded with good positions, but that the man right in front of him, Kamaʻiopili, had been forgotten.]
1947	Lana ka ʻauwae i kahi hāiki.	The chin floated in a narrow place.
	[He barely escaped.]
1955	Laulaha ka ʻai a ke ʻahi.	The ʻahi fish takes the hook in swarms.
	[Said when the sea is full of canoes fishing for ʻahi. Also said of a successful business — customers come in swarms.]
1957	Lawe i ka maʻalea a kūʻonoʻono.	Take wisdom and make it deep.
1958	Lawe ka hanu i ʻOlepau.	The breath was taken to ʻOlepau.
	[A play on ʻole (no) and pau (finished) Said of one who dies by accident, in a war, etc., and not from natural causes. ʻOlepau is a moon phase in the lunar month.]
1959	Lawelawe mālie ka Waiʻopua.	The Waiōpua breeze handles gently.
	[Said of one whose ways are gentle and easygoing or of one who is very careful in handling anything.]
1960	Lawe liʻiliʻi ka make a ka Hawaiʻi, lawe nui ka make a ka haole.	Death by Hawaiians takes a few at a time; death by foreigners takes many.
	[The diseases that were known in the islands before the advent of foreigners caused fewer deaths than those that were introduced.]
1961	Lawe ʻo Lehua i ka lā; lilo!	Lehua takes away the sun; [it is] gone!
	[The sun is said to vanish beyond Lehua at sunset. In love chants, this saying means that one’s sweetheart has been taken away.]
1962	Lawe ʻo Maleka i ka hoa lā; lilo!	America takes the mate; [she is] gone!
	[This expression was used in a chant of the whaling days, when some Hawaiians lost their wives and sweethearts to the white sailors.]
1963	Leʻa ka ʻai a ka ʻiole, ua nui ka ʻili.	The rats joyously eat their fill, there are many skins [remaining].
	[There were two Hilo brothers who lived at Kukuau and Puʻueo. The latter was very prosperous but neglectful of his needy brother. One day the Kukuau man decided to visit his wealthy brother and found many friends eating. After watching them for a while he made this remark. It was overheard by someone who reported it to their host. When he came to see who it was he found that it was his own brother. Sadly he realized then how he had neglected his own kin while outsiders enjoyed his weakh. This saying is sometimes used for one who does for outsiders but neglects his own.]
1964	Leʻa kaena a ka lawaiʻa, ua mālie.	The fisherman enjoys bragging when the weather is calm.
	[A person who enjoys peace and comfort can very well boast of his luck.]
1966	Leʻa kūlou a ka lawaiʻa, ua mālie.	The fisherman enjoys bending over in his work when all is calm.
	[When the sea is calm and no gales blow, the fisherman can enjoy fishing.]
1967	Leʻaleʻa ka ʻōlelo i ka pohu aku o loko.	Conversation is pleasant when the inside is calm.
	[Talk is pleasant when hunger is satisfied.]
1968	Lehu ke poʻo i ka uahi o ka hoʻoilo.	The head turns ash gray in the smoke of winter.
	[Said of one who remains indoors constantly during the windy, rainy month of Welehu, huddled by a fireplace for warmth. Later applied to one who prefers being indoors.]
1971	Leikō ka ʻanakā.	Let go the anchor.
	[Hawaiianized from the English, this phrase appears in chants of the whaling days.]
1972	Lei Mahiki i ka ua kōkō ʻula.	Mahiki wears a wreath of rainbow-hued rain.
1973	Lēʻī ʻo Kohala i ka nuku nā kānaka. [Lēʻī Kohala, eia i ka nuku nā kānaka. (PE)]	Covered is Kohala with men to the very point of land.
	[A great populahon has Kohala. Kauhiakama onee traveled to Kohala to spy for his father, the ruling chief of Maui. While there, he did not see many people for they were all tending their farms in the upland. He returned home to report that there were hardly any men in Kohala. But when the invaders from Maui came they found a great number of men, all ready to defend their homeland.]
1977	Lele kāhili, holo ka uhaʻi, uhi kapa.	Kāhili sway, the door covering is closed, the tapa is drawn up.
	[The chief sleeps.]
1978	Lele ka hoaka.	The spirit has flown away.
	[The glory of the land has departed. Also, the person is dead.]
1979	Lele ka ʻiwa mālie kai koʻo.	When the ʻiwa bird flies [out to sea] the rough sea will be calm.
1980	Lele ka makani o Makahūʻena, kuakea ka moana.	When the wind of Makahuena flies, the ocean is white with foam.
	[A play on maka (eyes), hū (overflow), and ʻena (red hot or wrath) in the name Makahūʻena (Eyes-spilling-wrath). Applied to one whose eyes and manner denote fury. First uttered by Pele in a chant about the winds of Kauaʻi.]
1981	Lele ka manu i Kahiki.	The bird has flown to Kahiki.
	[He has taken flight like the plover to a foreign country and is not to be found.]
1984	Lele kōheoheo i ka pali o Kapaheo.	Plummeting from the cliff of Kapaheo.
	[A Kaʻū saying and a play on heo (quickly gone).]
1985	Lele Laukī i ka pali.	Laukī leaped off the cliff.
	[Said when one in desperation does harm to himself. Laukl was a native of Puna who was ashamed after being derided about his small penis, so he committed suicide by leaping off a cliff. Sometimes applied humorously to one who has lost his sexual potency.]
1986	Lele liʻiliʻi ka lehu o kapuahi.	The ashes of the fireplace are scattered.
	[Said of one whose wrath sends everybody going in all directions to get out of his way, or of a scattering of things helter-skelter. This saying came from the scattering of ashes at sea by the kahuna ʻanāʻanā on the night of Kāne or Lono, after he had prayed over and burnt the “bait” taken from the victim.]
1987	Lele nō ka ʻohe i kona lua.	The ʻohe taro leaps into its own hole.
	[Each person to his own place. From the legend of Kamiki, in whieh the hero called to the various taros by name, and each leaped into its own hole and stood there.]
1990	Lewa ka waha o ka puhi o Laumeki.	The mouth of the eel of Laumeki gapes.
	[Said of one who talks so much that his mouth is hardly ever closed. Laumeki was an eel-man who lived at Wailau, Molokaʻi. When he saw that Kuʻula’s fishpond at Hāna, Maui, was always full of fish, he decided to assume his eel form and go there to steal some. On one of his thieving expeditions, he was caught by a magic hook and drawn ashore, where his jaw was smashed and left gaping.]
1992	Liʻiliʻi hāuliuli, monimoni ka hāʻae.	Little hāuliuli fish, makes the mouth water.
	[Said in reference to a young person who is already wise in the ways of sex and has a strong attraction for the opposite sex.]
1994	Liʻiliʻi kamaliʻi, nunui ka ʻomoʻomo palaoa; liʻiliʻi pua mauʻu kihe ka puka ihu.	Small child, but a big loaf of bread; small blade of grass, but it tickles the nostril enough to cause sneezing.
	[Once said by a chiefess in praise of a teenage boy with whom she had an affair, this became a humorous saying throughout the islands.]
1995	Liʻiliʻi manu ʻai laiki, akamai i ka hana pūnana.	Small is the rice bird but an expert in nest building.
	[He may be insignificant but he’s a good worker.]
1996	Liʻiliʻi nīoi hiohio ka waha.	Small pepper makes the mouth blow.
	[Said of one who is small but potent.]
1997	Liʻiliʻi ʻōhiki loloa ka lua.	Little sand crabs dig deep holes.
	[Said in disgust of little girls too wise in the ways of sex.]
1998	Lī ka ʻili i ke anu o Hauaʻiliki.	The skin is chilled in the cold of Hauaʻiliki.
	[It is extremely cold. A play on the name Hau-a-iliki (Ice-strikes).]
1999	Like nō i ka laʻi o Hanakahi.	All the same in the calm of Hanakahi.
	[There is unity; all are as one. A play on kahi (one) in the place name Hanakahi.]
2002	Like ʻole ka pilina o ka nihoniho.	The scallops were not all of the same size.
	[This saying compares people to the scallops on lace. When all are in harmony, they are attractive and interesting. But when they are not, they are like lace with scallops of all sizes and shapes.]
2003	Līlā ka maiʻa o ka ʻeʻa, wili ka ʻōkaʻi.	Though the banana of the mountain patch is spindly, thc blossom container twists.
	[Even a spindly plant or person can bear fruit.]
2004	Lilo akula ka nui a koe ka unahi.	Most [of the fish] are taken and only the scales are left.
	[Said after someone has taken the lion’s share for himself.]
2006	Lilo i Puna i ke au a ka hewahewa, hoʻi mai ua piha ka hale i ke akua.	Gone to Puna on a vagrant current and returning, fnds the house full of imps.
	[From a chant by Hiʻiaka when she faced the lizard god Panaʻewa and his forest full of imps in a battle. It was later used to refer to one who goes on his way and comes home to find things not to his liking.]
2007	Lilo ka maka i ke kua.	The eyes are turned to the back.
	[There is an angry look in the eyes.]
2010	Limua ka moku.	The land is moss-covered.
	[There is peace in the land, and no wars to disturb it.]
2012	Liʻuliʻu wale ka nohona i ka lā o Hauola, a holoholo i ke one o ʻAlio.	Long has one tarried in the sunlight of Hauola and walked on the sand of ʻAlio.
	[Said in praise of an aged person. There is a play on ola (life) in the name Hauola.]
2013	Liʻu nā maka o ke akua i ka paʻakai.	The eyes of the supernatural beings are made to smart with salt.
	[Said of people who have been duped.]
2014	Loaʻa i ka lāʻau a Kekuaokalani, ʻo Lehelehekiʻi.	You will get Kekuaokalani s club called Lehelehekiʻi.
	[You will find nothing but disappointment. Kekuaokalani was a nephew of Kamehameha I, to whom the latter entrusted the care of his war god after his death. Kekuaokalani had a club called Lehelehe-kiʻi (Lips-of-an-image). One meaning of Lehelehekiʻi is “to get around doing nothing but ʻlip’,” that is, talking.]
2015	Loaʻa i ka piwa lenalena.	He has caught the yellow fever.
	[Said of one who is extremely lazy. A play on lena (lazy).]
2016	Loaʻa kāu o ka niu-niu.	You will have yours, the coconut-coconut.
	[You’ll have nothing for all your trouble! A rude remark warning one that double disappointment (niu-niu) is to be expected. A dream of coconuts is a sign that any project planned for the following day will meet with failure.]
2018	Loaʻa pono ka ʻiole i ka pūnana.	The rat was caught right in the nest
	[The fellow was caught red-handed.]
2020	Lomia a wali i ka wali lima ʻole a ke aloha.	Squeezed and crushed by love, who does it without hands.
	[Said of heartrending grief.]
2022	Lonalona ka moana i ka ʻauwaʻa lawaiʻa.	The ocean is thickly dotted with fishing canoes.
	[Said when a large number of people are spread over a wide area for work or fun, like a very large picnic group.]
2025	Luhe i ka wai o Pāʻieʻie.	Drooped over the pool of Pāʻieʻie.
	[Drunk.]
2026	Luhi ʻuʻa i ka ʻai a ka lio.	Wasted time and labor getting food for the horse.
	[Applied to one who worked hard, like a Hawaiian sailor on a whaling ship. Retuming home with a well-filled pocket, he would find many friends and girlfriends to help him spend his earnings. In a very short time his cash would be gone and his friends would find another prosperous person. Sadly he would retum to work.]
2028	Lū i ka ʻōlelo ʻawaʻawa.	Scatters bitter words.
	[Curses another and says unkind words.]
2029	Lū ka makani, mōkākī ka lau lāʻau.	When the wind shakes the trees, the leaves are scattered.
	[Said of a wrathful person who causes everyone to flee from him.]
2031	Lūlū ka heʻe.	Now shake for the octopus.
	[Two men went fishing for octopus. One was half-witted and often the object of the other’s pranks. They came to a spot where the crabs had made holes in the sand, and the wise one said to the fool, “Lūlū ka heʻe!" The fool dropped his cowry lure and gave his line the customary jerk, while his companion continued on to a place where octopus were to be found. In later years this saying was applied in derision to one who rode jerkily on horseback with his legs swaying in time to the animal’s movements.]
2033	Luʻuluʻu Hanakahi i ka ua nui.	Weighted down is Hanakahi hy the heavy rain.
	[Hanakahi, Hilo, was named for a chief of ancient times. This expression was much used in dirges to express heaviness of the heart, as tears pour like rain.]
2034	Luʻuluʻu Hanalei i ka ua nui; kaumaha i ka noe o Alakaʻi.	Heavily weighted is Hanalei in the pouring rain; laden down by the mist of Alakaʻi.
	[An expression used in dirges and chants of woe to express the burden of sadness, the heaviness of grief, and tears pouring freely like rain. Rains and fogs of other localities may also be used.]
2035	Maʻemaʻe i ke kai ka pua o ka hala, ua māewa wale i ka poli o Kahiwa.	Cleaned by the sea are the blossoms of the hala whose leaves sway at the bosom of Kahiwa.
	[These two lines from a chant of praise for a chief are used as an expression of admiration.]
2036	Maʻemaʻe Puna i ka hala me ka lehua.	Lovely is Puna with the hala and lehua.
	[Refers to Puna, Hawaiʻi.]
2037	Maʻewaʻewa i ka hale kuleana ʻole.	One receives abuse in a house without a relative.
	[Pitiful is the lot of one who dwells with those who do not care.]
2038	Mahae ka ua i Alakaʻi.	The rain at Alakaʻi is divided.
	[The people are divided in their opinion of their leader (alakaʻi).]
2041	Mai ʻalaʻala paha i ka ua o ka Waʻahila.	Almost received a scar on the neek, perhaps, from the Waʻahila rain.
	[He just escaped trouble.]
2043	Mai hāʻawi wale i ka lei o ka ʻāʻī o ʻalaʻala.	Do not give a lei too freely lest a scrofulous sore appear on the neek.
	[In olden times one never gave the lei he wore except to a person closely related. Should such a lei fall into the hands of a sorcerer who disliked him, a scrofulous sore would appear on his neck. If you wish to make a present of a lei, make a fresh one.]
2044	Mai hahaki ʻoe i ka ʻōhelo o punia i ka ua noe.	Do not pluck the ʻōhelo berries lest we be surrounded by rain and fog.
	[A warning not to do anything that would result in trouble. It is kapu to pluck ʻōhelo berries on the way to the crater of Kīlauea. To do so would cause the rain and fog to come and one would lose his way. It is permissible to pick them at the crater if the first ʻōhelo is tossed into the fire of Pele. Then, on the homeward way, one may pick as he pleases.]
2046	"Mai hea mai ʻoe?" “Mai Kona mai.” “Pehea ka ua o Kona?” “Palahī puaʻa ka ua o Kona.” “A pehea ke aku?” “Hī ka pā, hī ka malau.”	“Where are you from?” “From Kona.” “How is the rain of Kona?” “The rain of Kona pours like the watery excreta of a hog.” “How are the aku fish?” “They run loose from the hook and the bait carrier.”
	[Said in fun of one suffering from loose bowels. Once, a chief was out relieving himself when his bowels were very loose. A runner came by the little-traveled path through the underbrush and seeing the chief there extended his greetings. The chief began to ask questions, which the runner answered. When the chief went home he told those of his household of the abundance of rain and the run of fish in Kona. His servant, whose curiosity was roused, asked, “What were you doing at the time?” “I was excreting, and my bowels were loose,” answered the chief. “He wasn’t talking about the rain and fish,” said the servant, “he was talking about you.” The chief was angry when he heard this, but it was too late to do anything about it.]
2049	Mai hōʻaʻano aku o loaʻa i ka niho.	Don’t go daring others lest [you] be caught between the teeth.
2050	Mai hōʻaleʻale i ka wai i lana mālie.	Do not stir up water that is still.
	[Do not stir up contention when all is peaceful.]
2051	Mai hoʻomakamaka wahine, he hūpē ka loaʻa.	Do not make friends of a woman lest you blow your nose with weeping.
	[Advice to a bride. Be too friendly with another woman and she may hecome too friendly with your husband.]
2052	Mai hoʻomāuna i ka ʻai o huli mai auaneʻi o Hāloa e nānā.	Do not be wasteful of food lest Hāloa turn around and stare [at you].
	[Do not be wasteful, especially of poi, because it would anger Hāloa, the taro god, who would someday let the waster go hungry.]
2053	Mai hoʻoni i ka wai lana mālie.	Do not disturb the water that is tranquil.
	[Let the peaceful enjoy their peace.]
2054	Mai hopu mai ʻoe, he manu kapu; ua kapu na ka nahele o ʻOʻokuauli.	Do not catch it, for it is a bird reserved; reserved for the forest of ʻOʻokuauli.
	[Do not try to win one who is reserved for another.]
2056	Mai ka ā a ka w.	From A to W.
	[The alphabet of Hawaiian.]
2058	Mai ka hikina a ka lā i Kumukahi a ka welona a ka lā i Lehua.	From the sunrise at Kumukahi to the fading sunlight at Lehua.
	[From sunrise to sunset. Kumukahi, in Puna, Hawaiʻi, was called the land of the sunrise and Lehua, the land of the sunset. This saying also refers to a life span — from birth to death.]
2059	Mai ka hoʻokuʻi a ka hālāwai.	From zenith to horizon.
	[An expression mueh used in prayers. In calling upon the gods in prayers, one mentions those from the east, west, north, south, and those from zenith to horizon.]
2060	Maikaʻi Kauaʻi, hemolele i ka mālie.	Beautiful Kauaʻi, peaceful in the calm.
	[Line from a chant.]
2061	Maikaʻi nō ka hoʻoipoipo i ka wā e lana ana ke koko; a pau ka lana ana, pau nō ka hie o ia mea.	Lovemaking is good when the blood is circulating freely [in youth]; but when the blood ceases to circulate freely [as in old age] the pleasure one derives from it ceases.
2062	Mai ka lā hiki a ka lā kau.	From the sun’s arrival to the sun’s rest.
	[Said of a day, from sunrise to sunset. This phrase is much used in prayers. Any mention of the setting of the sun was avoided in prayers for the sick; instead one referred to the sun’s rest, thus suggesting rest and renewal rather than permanent departure.]
2063	Mai ka lā ʻōʻili i Haʻehaʻe a hāliʻi i ka mole o Lehua.	From the appearance of the sun at Haʻehaʻe till it spreads its light to the foundation of Lehua.
	[Haʻehaʻe is a place at Kumukahi, Puna, Hawaiʻi, often referred to in poetry as the gateway of the sun.]
2064	Mai ka ʻōʻili ʻana a ka lā i Kumukahi a ka lā iho aku i ka mole ʻolu o Lehua.	From the appearance of the sun at Kumukahi till its descent beyond the pleasant base of Lehua.
	[From the sunrise at Kumukahi, in Puna, Hawaiʻi, to the sunset beyond the islet of Lehua.]
2065	Mai kāpae i ke aʻo a ka makua, aia he ola ma laila.	Do not set aside the teachings of one’s parents for there is life there.
2066	Mai ka piko o ke poʻo a ka poli o ka wāwae, a laʻa ma nā kihi ʻehā o ke kino.	From the crown of the head to the soles of the feet, and the four corners of the body.
	[An expression used in prayers of healing. The four corners are the shoulders and hips; between them are the vital organs of the body.]
2067	Mai ka pō mai ka ʻoiaʻiʻo.	Truth comes from the night.
	[Truth is revealed by the gods.]
2068	Mai ka uka a ke kai, mai kahi pae a kahi pae o Kaʻū, he hoʻokahi nō ʻohana.	From the upland to the sea, from end to end of Kaʻū, there is only one family.
	[The inhabitants of old Kaʻū were of one family.]
2069	Mai kaulaʻi wale i ka iwi o nā kūpuna.	Do not dry out the bones of the ancestors.
	[Do not discuss your ancestors too freely with strangers, for it is like exposing their bones for all to see.]
2070	Mai ke kai kuwā e nū ana i ka ulu hala o Keaʻau a ka ʻāina kāʻili lā o lalo o ka Waikūʻauhoe.	From the noisy sea that moans to the hala groves of Keaʻau, to the land that snatches away the sun, below Waikuauhoe.
	[From Puna, Hawaiʻi, where the sun was said to rise, to Lehua, beyond Waikūʻauhoe, where it vanishes out of sight.]
2071	Mai ke kumu a ka welau.	From trunk to leaf buds.
	[The whole thing.]
2072	Mai kīʻai a hālo wale i ko haʻi ʻīpuka o pā auaneʻi i ka leo.	Do not peer or peep in the doorway of other people’s houses or you’ll be struck by the voice.
	[Mind your own business, or you’ll hear something that will hurt your feelings.]
2074	Mai kolohe i ka moʻo o lele i ka pali.	Do not bother lizards or youll fall off a cliff.
	[A warning not to bother lizards lest someday the moʻo cause a madness that makes one leap off a cliff and die.]
2078	Mai lou i ka ʻulu i luna lilo, o lou hewa i ka ʻaʻai ʻole; eia nō ka ʻulu i ke alo.	Do not hook the breadfruit away up above lest you hook an imperfect one; take the one in front of you.
	[Why reach afar for a mate? Choose one from among your own acquaintances]
2079	Mai nānā i ka lāʻau maloʻo, ʻaʻohe mea loaʻa o laila.	Do not pay attention to a dry tree for there is nothing to be gained from it.
	[Nothing is learned from an ignoramus.]
2080	Mai nānā i ka ʻulu o waho, ʻaʻohe ia nāu; e nānā nō i ka ʻulu i ke alo, nāu ia.	Never mind looking for the breadfruit away out, that is not for you; look at the breadfruit in front of you, that is yours.
	[Be satisfied with what you have.]
2082	Mai paʻa i ka leo, he ʻole ka hea mai.	Do not withhold the voice and not call out [a welcome].
	[From a password chant used in hula schools. It was often used by one who would like a friendly invitation to come into another’s home.]
2083	Mai pale i ke aʻo a ka makua.	Do not set aside the teachings of a parent.
2084	Mai piʻi aʻe ʻoe i ka lālā kau halalī o ʻike ʻia kou wahi hilahila e ou mau hoa.	Do not climb to the topmost branches lest your private parts be seen by your companions.
	[Do not put on an air of superiority lest people remember only your faults.]
2085	Mai puni aku o hei i ka ʻupena a ka Lawakua.	Do not helieve it or youll he caught in the net of the Lawakua wind.
	[Why believe all that? It is only wind.]
2088	Ma ka hana ka ʻike.	In working one learns.
2089	Ma kahi maea ma laila ka nalo e wā ai.	Where the odor is bad, there the flies hum.
	[Scandal-mongers delight in “dirt.”]
2090	Ma kahi o ka hana he ola ma laila.	Where work is, there is life.
2091	Ma kahi o ka makani e pā ai, ma laila ka uahi e hina ai.	Where the wind blows, there the smoke falls.
	[Where the chief commands, the subjects go.]
2092	Mākālei, lāʻau piʻi ona ʻia e ka iʻa.	Mākālei, the stick that attracts and draws thefish.
	[Said of a handsome person who attracts the interest of others. Mākālei was a supernatural tree who attracted fish.]
2093	Makaliʻi ka malama, makaliʻi nā maka, makaliʻi nā nahele.	Makalii is the month in which people squint and plants grow stunted.
	[A play on different meanings of makaliʻi.]
2098	Makapaʻa ʻike ʻole i ka ʻope iʻa.	One-eyed person who does not see the bundle of fish.
	[Dried fish were rolled in ti leaves and hung up. When the leaves dried, they matched the color of the thatch of the house and often were not noticed at a glance.]
2100	Makaʻu ka hana hewa i ka uka o Puna.	Wrongdoing is feared in the upland of Puna.
	[Wrongdoing in the upland of Puna brings the wrath of Pele.]
2101	Makaʻu ke kanaka i ka lehua.	Man is afraid of the lehua.
	[When going to the mountains one is warned not to pluck lehua blossoms lest it rain. Only when one is going out of the upland region is it permissible to pluck flowers. So the mountaingoer is said to fear the lehua.]
2103	Make auaneʻi i ka moana a pae kupapaʻu i Lānaʻi.	May probahly die at sea and his corpse wash ashore on Lānaʻi.
	[Refers to a person on a very hazardous venture.]
2105	Makemake akula i ka uhu kāʻalo i ka maka.	There is a desire for the parrot-fish that passes the eyes.
	[Said when one desires a lass or lad who is passing by.]
2106	Make nō ke kalo a ola i ka naio.	The taro dies but lives again in the pinworm.
	[The matter may be thought dead, but it is likely to come alive again. Naio (pinworms) were sometimes found in poi and caused itching in the anal passage.]
2107	Make nō ke kalo a ola i ka palili.	The taro may die but lives on in the young plants that it produces.
	[One lives on in his children.]
2108	Make nō ʻo Pāmano i ka ʻiʻo ponoʻī.	It was a near relative who destroyed Pāmano.
	[Troubles often come from one’s nearest relatives. From the legend of Pāmano, a hero who met his death through his uncle, Waipū.]
2115	Makua keiki i ka poli.	The child in the heart has grown up to be a man.
	[Said of one who loved as a child and finds his love reawakened in manhood. First uttered by Lohiʻau, whose love reawakened upon meeting his old sweetheart, Peleʻula.]
2117	Mālama i ke kala ka iʻa hiʻu ʻoi.	Watch out for the kala, the fish with a sharp tail.
	[A warning to beware of a person who is well equipped to defend himself. The kala, a surgeonfish, has a spike near the caudal fin which it uses in defense.]
2119	Mālama o kole ka lae.	Watch out lest the forehead be skinned.
	[Pay heed what you do lest you get hurt.]
2120	Malama o kū i ke aʻu, ka iʻa nuku loa o ke kai.	Take heed that you are not jabbed by the swordfish, the long-nosed fish of the sea.
	[Do not annoy that fellow, or you will suffer the consequences.]
2125	Malia paha he iki unu, paʻa ka pōhaku nui ʻaʻole e kaʻa.	Perhaps it is the small stone that can keep the big rock from rolling down.
2126	Malō ka wai i ka lā.	The water dries up in the sun.
	[Joy withers in the presence of wrath.]
2127	Ma loko o ka hale, hoʻopuka ʻia ka pili, a ma waho o ka hale, he haku ia.	Inside of the house you may mention your relationship, but outside of the house your chief is your lord.
	[Those who served the chief in his home were usually loyal blood relatives. From childhood they were taught not to discuss the relationship with anyone outside of the household, and always to refer to their chief as Kuu haku (My lord), never by any relationship term. Only the chief could mention a relationship if he chose.]
2129	Maloʻo ka lani, wela ka honua.	When the sky is dry, the earth is parched.
2131	Ma luna mai nei au o ka waʻa kaulua, he ʻumi ihu.	I came on a double canoe with ten prows.
	[I walked. The “double canoes” are one’s two feet and the “ten prows” are his toes.]
2132	“Māmā Hilo?” “ʻAe, māmā Hilo i ka wai ʻole.”	“Is Hilo light?” “ Yes, Hilo is light for lack of water.”
	[A question asked of a runner, and his reply. It means that the way is clear, with no robbers or unpleasant experiences, and no rains to swell the streams and make traveling difficult.]
2133	"Māmaki" aku au, “hamaki” mai ʻoe. Pehea ka like?	I say “māmaki” and you say “hamaki.” How are they alike?
	[Once a Hawaiian had some tapa made of māmaki bark which he wished to trade with some white sailors. He did not speak English and they did not speak Hawaiian. He said, “He kapa māmaki kēia.” (“This is kapa made of māmaki.”) Although they did not know exactly what he said, they understood that his goods were for sale. They asked, “How much?” He thought they were asking what kind of tapa he had, so he answered, “Māmaki.” Again the sailors asked, “How much?” which sounded like “hamaki” to the Hawaiian. In exasperation he cried, “I say ʻmāmaki’ and you say ʻhamaki.’How are they alike?” This utterance came to apply to two people who absolutely cannot agree.]
2134	Māmā Kona i ka wai kau mai i ka maka o ka ʻōpua.	Kona is lightened in having water in the face of the clouds.
	[Kona is relieved, knowing that there will be no drought, when the clouds promise rain.]
2135	Mānā, i ka puʻe kalo hoʻoneʻeneʻe a ka wai.	Mānā, where the mounded taro moves in the water.
	[Refers to Mānā, Kauaʻi. In ancient days there were five patches at Kolo, Mānā, in which deep water mound-planting was done for taro. As the plants grew, the rootlets were allowed to spread undisturbed because they helped to hold the soil together. When the rainy season came, the whole area was flooded as far as Kalamaihiki, and it took weeks for the water to subside. The farmers built rafts of sticks and rushes, then dived into the water. They worked the bases of the taro mounds free and lifted them carefully, so as not to disturb the soil, to the rafts where they were secured. The weight of the mounds submerged the rafts but permitted the taro stalks to grow above water just as they did before the flood came. The rafts were tied together to form a large, floating field of taro.]
2138	Manene ka pepeiao.	The ears have an unpleasant sensation.
	[Said when someone uses vulgar and obscene language — the ears are offended.]
2141	Ma ʻō, ma ʻō ka uahi; mākole, mākole ma ʻaneʻi.	Yonder, yonder the smoke; here, over here, the infamed eyes.
	[Said of a person who takes a part against another and after winning, comes around to express friendship and sympathy.]
2144	Maui nō ka ʻoi.	Maui excels.
	[From the song of this title by the Reverend Samuel Kapū.]
2147	Mauna Kea, kuahiwi kū haʻo i ka mālie.	Mauna Kea, standing alone in the calm.
2152	Mehameha wale nō ʻo Puʻuloa, i ka hele a Kaʻahupāhau.	Puuloa hecame lonely when Kaʻahupāhau went away.
	[The home is lonely when a loved one has gone. Kaʻahupāhau, guardian shark of Puʻuloa (Pearl Harbor), was dearly loved by the people.]
2154	Me he makamaka lā ka ua no Kona, ke hele lā a kipa i Hanakahi.	The rain is like a friend from Kona — it goes and calls on Hanakahi.
	[These are two lines from an old chant used to express a friendly visit with one who dwells in a distant place.]
2155	Me he makani hulilua lā, huli ka manaʻo, hele ka noʻonoʻo.	Like the wind that blows one way and then blows another, so does the mind turn and the thoughts depart.
	[Said of one who makes a promise and then forgets all about it.]
2156	Miki ka ʻīlio kahu ʻole no ka hemahema.	Stray dogs will take what one neglects to care for.
	[When one is careless with his possessions, they may be stolen.]
2157	Mimiki ke kai, ahuwale ka papa leho.	When the sea draws out in the tidal wave, the rocks where the cowries hide are exposed.
	[Secrets will out on the day of wrath.]
2158	Minamina ka leo o ke aliʻi i ka hāʻule i ka pūweuweu.	A pity to allow the words of the chief to fall among the clumps of grass.
	[A reminder to heed the commands and wishes of one’s chief.]
2159	Moʻa aʻela nō kā ka ʻalae huapī.	The red-headed mudhen has finished cooking her own.
	[Said of a selfish person who does only for himself with no regard for others. A play on pī (stingy) in huapī. From the legend of Māui.]
2164	Moʻa nopu ka lā i ke kula o Hoʻolehua.	The sun scorches the plain of Hoʻolehua.
	[Refers to Hoʻolehua, Molokaʻi.]
2166	Moe i ka lau o ka lihilihi.	The sleep on the tip of the eyelashes.
	[A very light sleep.]
2167	Moe i ka moe kapu o Niolopua.	Asleep in the sacred sleep of Niolopua.
	[Dead. Niolopua is the god of sleep.]
2168	Moe i ka moe kau a hoʻoilo.	Asleep with the sleep that lasts through summers and winters.
	[Dead.]
2170	Moe kokolo ka uahi o Kula, he Hau.	The smoke of Kula traveled low and swift, borne by the Hau wind.
	[Said of one who is swift in movement. Also, in love and war much depends on swiftness and subtlety.]
2171	Moe kūpuna i ka mamo, a puka hou mai nō nā mamo.	Ancestors slept with descendants, and more descendants were born.
	[Said when a girl mates with a supernatural lover in a dream and later bears him a child. The lover might be a family ʻaumakua, hence the reference to an ancestor.]
2173	Moe loa ka wahine, nānā wale ke kāne.	When a wife oversleeps, the husband just looks about.
	[A lazy wife is no help to her husband.]
2174	Moe loa ke kāne, nānā wale ka wahine.	When the husband sleeps too much, the wife just looks about.
	[A lazy husband does not help his wife.]
2175	Moena hāunu ʻole o ka nahele.	Mat of the forest to which no strips are added in making.
	[Said of a bed made of fern, banana, or other leaves of the forest — one needs no strips of lauhala or other material to make a mat.]
2178	Mōhala i ka wai ka maka o ka pua.	Unfolded by the water are the faces of the flowers.
	[Flowers thrive where there is water, as thriving people are found where living conditions are good.]
2179	Mōhala ka pua, ua wehe kaiao.	The blossoms are opening, for dawn is breaking.
	[One looks forward with joy to a happy event.]
2182	Mō ka piko.	Cut is the umbilical cord.
	[A friendly relation between closely related persons has been severed. To dream of an injury to one’s piko is an omen of the death of a close relative.]
2184	Mokihana onaona o Maunahina, lei hoʻohihi a ka malihini.	The fragrant mokihana berries of Maunahina, lei in which visitors delight.
	[Maunahina is a mountain on Kauaʻi, where the mokihana berries grow best.]
2186	Moku i ka ʻohe a Kahaʻi.	Cut off by the bamboo knife of Kahaʻi.
	[Said of any complete severing. Kahaʻi was a chief who traveled afar. He is credited with introducing the first breadfruit plant to the islands.]
2187	Moku ka huelo o Kalahumoku lā!	Bitten off was the tail of Kalahumoku!
	[Said when one starts a fight and then gets beaten. Kalahumoku was a supernatural dog from Kahiki who became the friend of ʻAiwohikupua, chief of Kauaʻi. He was taken by the latter to Hawaiʻi to fight the lizard guardian of Paliuli and to destroy ʻAiwohikupua’s sisters, who resided there. The girls had been deserted by the chief when they did not win for him the woman he wanted to wed. The lizard won the battle and the dog returned to his friend with his ears chewed up and part of his tail bitten off.]
2188	Moku ka ihu iā Hio lā!	Bitten off is the nose by Hio!
	[Used by adults to frighten children into staying at home. Hio was an akua (ghost) who wandered about peering into the doors of homes and biting off the noses of those who annoyed him. He escaped when his companions were caught in a fishnet set by the super-natural hero Kamiki at Kuʻunaakeakua (Net-let-down-for-akua), Makalawena, Kona.]
2189	Moku ka pepeiao, na ke aliʻi ia puaʻa.	When the ear is cut, it is a sign that the pig belongs to the chief.
	[The ears of certain pigs were cut to show that they were the property of the chief.]
2191	Molokaʻi ʻāina o ka ʻehaʻeha.	Molokaʻi, island of distress.
	[This expression came about after the establishment of the leper colony there. It refers to the separation of loved ones, the ravages of the disease, and the sad life in the early days at Kalawao, when so much was lacking for the comfort of the patients.]
2196	Mū ka waha heahea ʻole.	Silent is the mouth of the inhospitable.
	[It is considered rude not to call a welcome (heahea) to anyone approaching one’s home.]
2197	Muʻu mōkākī ka lau lāʻau, he makani kā.	The leaves lie strewn about in a pelting gale.
	[The remnants of a violent burst of temper.]
1328	Ka iʻa hāʻawe i ka paʻakai.	The fish that carries salt on its back.
	[The mountain shrimp (ʻōpae kolo), a creature that does not die readily after being removed from the water. Once a stranger arrived at the house of a man noted for his stinginess. While the host loudly deplored his lack of any kind of meat to eat with the poi, a shrimp with a lump of salt on its back crawled out of a container in the corner. The selfish man had placed it there earlier, with the salt for seasoning, intending to eat it himself.]
1655	Ka wai kumu ʻole.	The water without source.
	[Kawaihāpai, Oʻahu. A drought once came there in ancient times and drove out everyone except two aged priests. Instead of going with the others, they remained to plead with their gods for relief. One day they saw a cloud approaching from the ocean. It passed over their house to the cliff behind. They heard a splash and when they ran to look, they found water. Because it was brought there by a cloud in answer to their prayers, the place was renamed Ka-wai-hāpai (The-carried-water) and the water supply was named Ka-wai-kumu-ʻole (Water-without-a-source).]
1907	Kūkulu ka ʻike i ka ʻōpua.	Knowledge is set up in the clouds.
	[Clouds are observed for signs and omens.]
2203	Nā aliʻi mai ka pō mai.	Chiefs from the night.
	[Chiefs whose ancestors were chiefs in remote antiquity and were recognized by the gods.]
2207	Nae iki ʻĪao i ka uhiwai.	Īao is barely breathing in the heavy mist.
	[Said of one who is in dire distress, with trouble pressing on all sides.]
2208	Nahā ka huewai a ua kahe ka wai.	The gourd water-bottle is broken and the water has run out.
	[The body is dead; life has fled.]
2209	Nahā ka mākāhā, lele ka ʻupena.	When the sluice gate breaks, the fishnets are lowered.
	[One’s loss may be another’s gain.]
2210	Nahā ke kanaka, ka hale o ke aloha.	Broken is man, the house of love.
	[One is grieved by the death of a beloved.]
2213	Nahā nā ʻōmaka wai a ka lihilihi.	Broken are the water-holders of the eyelashes.
	[Tears spill.]
2217	Nā hoa ʻaka o ke one hāuli o ka malama.	Laughing friends — when the sands look dark in the moonlight.
	[Said of friends who will laugh and play in the moonlight but who will not lend a hand when daylight and labor come.]
2223	Na kahi ka malo, na kahi e hume.	The loincloth of one, the other can wear.
	[A close relationship. As a general rule, Hawaiians would not wear the clothing of people other than blood relatives. In explaining genealogy to a young relative, this conveyed the idea that a relationship was near enough to warrant the wearing of each other’s clothing.]
2226	Na ka ʻīlio ka nānā pono.	Only dogs stare.
	[Said to a person who stares.]
2227	Nakaka ka puaʻa, nahā ka waʻa; aukahi ka puaʻa mānalo ka waʻa.	The pig cracks, the canoe breaks; perfect the pig, safe the canoe.
	[Whenever a new canoe was launched, a pig was baked as an offering to the gods. If the skin of the roasted pig cracked, misfortune would come to the canoe; but if it cooked to perfection the canoe would last a long time.]
2228	Na ka makua e komo i ka ʻāwelu o keiki, ʻaʻole na ke keiki e komo i ka ʻāwelu o ka makua.	Let the parent wear out his children s old clothes, but do not let the children wear their parent’s old clothes.
	[Some Hawaiians would wear the partly worn clothing of their children. However, wearing the old clothing of one’s parents was kapu.]
2229	Na kamaliʻi ka ʻū lua.	It is a child that grunts twice.
	[Said of a child too young to understand. When asked if he has eaten, he grunts “yes,” and when asked if he is hungry he again grunts “yes.”]
2230	Na ka mikimiki mua nō ka loaʻa.	The first on the spot is the one who receives.
	[The Hawaiian equivalent of “First come, first served.” Also expressed as Na ka ʻoiʻoi mua ka loaʻa.]
2231	Na ka mua, na ka muli.	Belonging to the older, belonging to the younger.
	[An explanation of the parentage of cousins.]
2232	Na ka puaʻa e ʻai; a na ka puaʻa ana paha e ʻai.	[It is] for the pigs to eat; and perhaps the pigs will taste [you].
	[A reminder to be hospitable to strangers. From the following story: A missionary and two Hawaiian companions arrived hungry and tired in Keonepoko, Puna, after walking a long distance. Seeing some natives removing cooked breadfruit from an imu, they asked if they could have some. “No,” said the natives, “it is for the pigs to eat.” So the visitors moved on. Not long after, leprosy broke out among the people of Puna. The first to contract it were taken to Oʻahu and later sent on to Kalaupapa. Others died at home and were buried. When the last ones fmally died, there was no one to bury them, and the pigs feasted on their bodies. Thus, justice was served.]
2233	Na ka pupuka ka lili.	Jealousy belongs to the ugly.
2236	Nā keiki huelo loloa o ka ʻĀina Pua.	The long-tailed sons of the Flowery Kingdom.
	[The Chinese, who once wore queues.]
2239	Na ke kanaka mahiʻai ka imu ō nui.	The well-filled imu belongs to the man who tills the soil.
2240	Nakeke ka ua i ka lau o ka niu.	Rain patters on the coconut leaves.
	[Said of idle talk.]
2244	Nā kūmau palapaʻa o Naʻalehu, ʻo ia mau nō ka pāpaʻa.	The thick-walled calabashes of Naʻalehu are always crusted [with dried poi].
	[A Kaʻū saying — the thick-headed natives of Naʻalehu are strict adherents to principles.]
2245	Nā kupa heʻe ʻĀhiu i ka laʻi o Kahana.	The native sons who surf in the ʻĀhiu wind in the peaceful land of Kahana.
	[Said in admiration of a native of Kahana, Oʻahu. In the days when Hiʻiaka traveled to Kahana as a woman, surfing was done there only by the chiefs. The ʻĀhiu is a well known wind of Kahana.]
2250	Nā lehua o Līhau i pehia e ka noe.	The lehua blossoms oj Līhau, weighted by the mist.
	[Līhau, a mountain of Maui, was noted for its beautiful lehua blossoms.]
2259	Nā maka o ka makani.	Eyes of the wind.
	[Clouds, which show the direction of the wind.]
2261	Nā mamo i ka halo o Kūa.	The descendants of the gill fins of Kūa.
	[The people of Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi, are related to Kūa, the great shark god and protector of that district, by descent from his human sister.]
2266	Nanā ka leo o ke kai o Hoʻohila.	Surly is the voice of the sea of Hoʻ ohila.
	[Said of one who speaks harshly.]
2267	Nānā ka maka; hana ka lima.	Observe with the eyes; work with the hands.
	[Just watching isn’t enough. Pitch in and help!]
2268	Nānā ka maka; hoʻolohe ka pepeiao; paʻa ka waha.	Observe with the eyes; listen with the ears; shut the mouth.
	[Thus one learns.]
2269	Nānā keʻe ka iʻa i ka maunu ʻekaʻeka.	The fish look askance at dirty bait.
2270	Nānā nō a ka lāʻau kū hoʻokahi.	Look for the plant that stands alone.
	[Often said by those seeking strong medicinal herbs. A plant that stood by itself was considered better for medicine than one that grew close to others of its kind.]
2271	Nānā nō a ka ʻulu i pakī kēpau.	Look for the gummy breadfruit.
	[Advice to a young girl — Look for a man who has substance, like gummy breadfruit, which is a sign of maturity.]
2272	Nani i ka hala ka ʻōiwi o Kahuku.	The body of Kahuku is beautifed by hala trees.
	[Refers to Kahuku, Oʻahu.]
2274	Nani ka ʻike a ka heʻe i nā wahi leho liʻiliʻi.	It is wonderful how the octopus notices the little cowries.
	[Said sarcastically of a man who looks at young girls with lust.]
2275	Nani ka ʻōiwi o ka lāʻau i ka luaiele ʻia e ka makani.	Beautiful is the body of the tree, even when swayed this way and that by the wind.
	[Even through adversities and dissipation some people remain handsome.]
2276	Nani ka waiho a Kohala i ka laʻi.	Beautiful lies Kohala in the calm.
	[An expression of admiration for Kohala, Hawaiʻi, or for a person with poise and charm — especially a native of that district.]
2282	Nā ʻOle ka pō, ʻo nā ʻOle ke ao, he ʻole ka loaʻa.	The nights are ʻOle, the days are ʻOle — nothing to be gotten.
	[The tide is high in the ʻOle period and no fish are caught.]
2287	Nāpelepele nā pali o Kalalau i ka wili a ka makani.	Weakened are the cliffs of Kalalau in being buffeted by the wind.
	[Said of one who is worn out.]
2288	Nā poʻe o ka pō.	People of the night.
	[An epithet applied to unseen gods who help their devotees.]
2293	Naueue ka hiʻu o ka iʻa lewa i ke kai.	The tails of thefish that move in the sea tremble.
	[Said of fish, such as the hīnālea, in the cold month Welehu. The tails of the hīnālea bend as they seek hollows in the corals for hiding.]
2295	Nau ke kuʻi, lohi ka lima.	When one grinds the teeth, the hand slows.
	[Anger makes one slow in working.]
2296	Naʻu ke poʻo o ka iʻa.	Keep the head of the fish for me.
	[Used to annoy a man on his way to fishing. It was believed that such a request would give him no catch at all.]
2297	Nā ʻulu hua i ka hapapa.	The breadfruit that bears on the ground.
	[Breadfruit trees of Niʻihau were grown in sinkholes. The trunks were not visible, and the branches seemed to spread along the ground. These trees are famed in chants of Niʻihau.]
2298	Nau nā kuʻi o ka niho o ka lā.	The teeth of the sun gnash.
	[Said of a very warm day in which the heat is almost unbearable.]
2301	Na wai hoʻi ka ʻole o ke akamai, he alanui i maʻa i ka hele ʻia e oʻu mau mākua?	Why shouldnʻt I know, when it is a road often traveled by my parents ?
	[Reply of Liholiho when someone praised his wisdom.]
2303	Nā waimaka o ka lani.	The tears of heaven.
	[Rain at someone’s death or during his funeral is declared to be the affectionate tears of the gods, who weep in sympathy with the mourners.]
2304	Nāwele ka maka o Hinauluʻōhiʻa.	Pale is the face of Hinauluʻōhiʻa.
	[Said of the pink rim around the blossom end of the white mountain apple. Refers to the goddess Hina.]
2306	Neʻe papa ka helu a ka lā i Punahoa.	The sun continued to scorch at Punahoa.
	[The fight didn’t end quickly.]
2307	Nei ka honua, he ōlaʻi ia.	When the earth trembles, it is an earthquake.
	[We know what it is by what it does.]
2308	Nele i ka mea poepoe, nele ka pilina mai.	Lacking the round object, no one stays around.
	[When one lacks round dollars to spend, companions disappear.]
2310	Niau kololani ka helena, hūnā nā maka i ke aouli.	Silently, quickly he departed, to hide his eyes in the sky.
	[Said of one who has died suddenly.]
2311	Nihoa i ka moku manu.	Nihoa, island of birds.
2313	Niʻihau i ka uhi paheʻe.	Niʻihau of the slippery yam.
	[The island of Niʻihau was noted for its fine yams. When grated raw for medicine, yams are very slippery and tenacious.]
2318	Noʻeau ka hana a ka ua; akamai ka ʻimina o ka noʻonoʻo.	Clever are the deeds of the rain; wise in seeking knowledge.
	[Said in admiration of a clever person.]
2320	No Hanamāʻulu ka ipu puehu.	The quickly emptied container belongs to Hanamāʻulu.
	[Said of the stingy people of Hanamāʻulu, Kauaʻi — no hospitality there. At one time, food containers would be hidden away and the people of Hanamāʻulu would apologize for having so little to offer their guests.]
2321	No Hilina paha, ke huikau ala ka ʻōlelo.	Perhaps he was born in Hilina — his speech is confused.
	[A play on hili (confusion). Hilina is the month of winds.]
2322	Noho i ka hohonu me he iʻa lā.	Remains in deep water, like a fish.
	[Said of one who won’t associate with others.]
2325	Noho ke koaʻe i ka lua.	The tropic bird remains in the hole.
	[Said of one who does not express his opinion.]
2326	Noho maialile ka ua o Hilo, ʻelua wale no māua.	Keep your silence, O rain of Hilo, there are only two of us.
	[Uttered by Kanuha in retort when rebuked by the Reverend Titus Coan for Sabbath-breaking: “Hold your silence, for there are only two of us in authority” — meaning Kanuha and Governor Kuakini. Rev. Coan was not to give orders when either was present. Now it is used to mean, “Keep quiet. You’re not the boss around here.”]
2328	Noho nō ke kanaka a ka lā mālie, kau ka ipu hōkeo a ka lawaiʻa, nānā ana i ka ʻōpua.	A person waits for a clear day, sets up the gourd that holds the fishermans paraphernalia, and observes the clouds.
	[To a fisherman, a clear day, his tools, and the signs and omens seen in the clouds are important.]
2329	Noho pū i ka uahi pōhina.	Sat together in the gray smoke.
	[Said of a teacher and pupils who sat about a smoky fire at night.]
2332	No kahi ka pilikia, pau a pau.	When one is in trouble, all [give aid].
2336	No ka noho ʻāina ka ʻāina.	The land belongs to the one dwelling on it.
	[Land was given to people by the chiefs. Should members of the family go elsewhere, the one who dwelled on the land was considered the owner. A returning family member was always welcome, but the one who tilled the soil was recognized as holding the ownership.]
2341	Nona ka malo, naʻu e hume; noʻu ka malo, nāna e hume.	His loincloth I could wear; my loincloth he could wear.
	[Said of very close kin.]
2342	Nona ka ʻūmiʻi lauwili i ka pākaʻawili.	His is the tie that is twisted and entangled into one that holds fast.
	[His ancestors have intermarried and re-intermarried to preserve the bloodline of his family. He is therefore of a very high and kapu rank.]
2343	No nehinei aʻe nei nō; he aha ka ʻike?	[He] just arrived yesterday; what does he hnow?
2346	Nui ka ʻai ma ke kuahiwi, puʻu nō ka ʻai, ʻiʻo no ka iʻa.	There is much food in the mountain; puʻu is food and ʻiʻo is meat.
	[This was said by the Reverend David Lyman, a missionary, in 1857 when his pupils went with him to the mountain and complained of having no food for the journey — there was an abundance of hāpuʻu and hōʻiʻo ferns in the mountains.]
2347	Nui ka hanu o Limahuli i nā lehua o Luluʻupali.	Heavily-sighed Limahuli falls over the lehua blossoms of Luluupali.
	[Said of a person in love who sighs over a sweetheart.]
2348	Nui kalakalai, manumanu ka loaʻa.	Too much whittling leaves only a little wood.
2353	Oʻahu, ka ʻōnohi o nā kai.	Oʻahu, gem of the seas.
	[Oʻahu is the principal island of the group.]
2356	ʻO ʻAwili ka nalu, he nalu kapu kai na ke akua.	ʻAwili is the surf, a surf reserved for the ceremonial bath of the goddess.
	[Refers to Pele. There were three noted surfs at Kalapana, Puna: Kalehua, for children and those just learning to surf; Hoʻeu, for experienced surfers; and ʻAwili, which none dared to ride. When the surf of ʻAwili was rolling dangerously high, all surfing and canoeing ceased, for that was a sign that the gods were riding.]
2357	ʻO ʻEwa, ʻāina kai ʻula i ka lepo.	ʻEwa, land of the sea reddened by earth.
	[ʻEwa was once noted for being dusty, and its sea was reddened by mud in time of rain.]
2361	ʻOhi aku ka pō a koe kēia.	The night has taken all but this one.
	[All are dead; this is the only survivor.]
2363	ʻOhi hāpuku ka iʻa o Kapaʻau.	Any kind of fish was gathered at Kapaʻau.
	[At time of famine no one was particular about the kind of fish he received.]
2364	ʻOhi hāpuku ka makapehu o Kaunu.	The hungry of Kaunu greedily gather.
	[Said of one who greedily takes anything, good or inferior. Also said of one who talks carelessly without regard for the feelings of others.]
2365	ʻOhi hāpuku ka wahie o Kapaʻau.	Anything was gathered up as fuel at Kapaʻau.
	[Said of one who takes anything and everything. At one time Kohala suffered a drought and food became scarce. The women did their best to raise food at ʻAinakea while the men traveled far in search of some means of relieving the famine. In order to cook their meager, inferior crops, the women used whatever they found for fuel — dried sugar-cane leaves, grasses, potatoes, and so forth.]
2366	ʻOhi ka manu o ke ao.	The bird of the day reaps its reward.
	[Said in praise of one’s industry whereby he has gained prosperity. “The bird of the day” refers to the industrious ʻuwaʻu that flies daily to the sea for its food.]
2367	ʻO Hikapoloa ka makuakāne, o Lanihūpō ka makuahine.	Hikapoloa was the father and Lanihūpō the mother.
	[Said of an utterly stupid person. A play on the names of the father (Stagger-in-the-dark) and the mother (Stupid chief).]
2368	ʻO Hikapoloa ka pō, he pō kiʻikiʻi, he pō naʻanaʻa.	Hikapoloa is the night — a leaning night, a stretching night.
	[A play on ka pō loa (the long night). Said when one waits wearily for the night to pass, when there is nothing to do to shorten the hours.]
2369	ʻO Hinaiaʻeleʻele ka malama, ʻāluka ka pala a ka ʻōhiʻa.	Hinaiaʻeleʻele is the month when the mountain apples open everywhere.
2370	ʻO Hinaiaʻeleʻele ka malama, ʻeleʻele ka umauma o ke kōlea.	Hinaiaʻeleʻele is the month in which the breast feathers of the plovers darken.
2371	ʻO Hinaiaʻeleʻele ke kāne, ʻo Pōʻeleʻi ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he keiki ʻakena a haʻanui.	Hinaiaʻeleʻele is the husband, Pōʻeleʻi (Supreme-dark-one) the wife; a child born to them is a boaster and an exaggerator.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Hinaiaʻeleʻele.]
2372	ʻOhi wale ka iʻa a Palapala.	Palapala merely takes the fish.
	[Said when a person who does nothing profits from the labor of others. Palapala was a lazy fellow who did no fishing himself but knew the ancient rule about fish caught in a net: when a net full of fish was drawn ashore, no one — child or adult — was rebuked when he picked out a fish for himself. Nobody minded that Palapala often took fish, but his boast ʻOhi wale ka iʻa a Palapala annoyed them.]
2374	ʻO Honoliʻi, huewai ʻolāʻolā i ka nuku.	Honoliʻi, where the water bottle gurgles at the mouth.
	[Said of those of Honoliʻi, Hilo, by Hiʻiaka. In ancient days, expert sorcerers there who prayed others to death muttered prayers that sounded like the gurgling of a water bottle.]
2375	ʻO Honuʻapo aku nō ia ʻo kahi o ka ʻahuʻawa.	That is Honuapo where the ʻahuʻawa grows.
	[A Kaʻū saying about disappointment. The ʻahuawa was much used as fiber for straining ʻawa. A play on hoka (to strain, to be disappointed).]
2376	ʻO huaʻole ka lā, ʻo nakaka ka lā, ʻo ʻōmilu ka lā, ʻo pōnalo ka lā.	Fruitless is the day, cracked is the day, puny is the day, blighted is the day.
	[Said of a day that brings no luck to the worker.]
2379	ʻOhuʻohu Halemano i ka lau lehua.	Bedecked is Halemano with lehua leaves.
	[An expression of admiration for a good-looking person.]
2387	ʻOi ka niho o ka lā i Kūmanomano.	Sharp are the teeth of the sun at Kūmanomano.
	[A very hot place is Kūmanomano. A play on manomano (much).]
2388	ʻOi kau ka lā, e hana i ola honua.	While the sun yet shines do all you can.
	[While there is earthly life (ola honua), do all you can.]
2389	ʻO Ikiiki ke kāne, ʻo Hoʻopaupaualio ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he keiki huhū koke.	Ikiiki is the husband, Hoʻopaupauaho (Cause-shortness-of-breath) is the wife; a child born to them is short of temper.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Ikiiki.]
2390	ʻO ʻIkuwā i pohā kōʻeleʻele, ʻikuwā ke kai, ʻikuwā ka hekili, ʻikuwā ka manu.	ʻIkuwā is the month when the dark storms arise, the sea roars, the thunder roars, the birds make a din.
2391	ʻO ʻIkuwā ke kāne, ʻo Paʻiakuli ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he leo nui.	ʻIkuwā is the husband, Paʻia-kuli (Deafening-noise) is the wife; a child born to them is loud of voice.
	[Said of a child born in the month of ʻIkuwā.]
2394	ʻO ka ʻaʻama holo pali pōhaku, e paʻa ana ia i ka ʻahele pulu niu.	The crab that runs about on a rocky cliff will surely be caught with a snare of coconut fibers.
	[He who goes where he tempts trouble is bound to suffer.]
2396	ʻO Kaʻaona ka pua i ka uahi o ka hoʻoilo, a ulu māhiehie.	In Kaʻaona [is used] the dart that has rested in the smoke during the rainy months until it acquires beauty.
	[Said of the month Kaʻaona, when the young people bring out their darts for games. These darts had reddened in the smoke of the fireplaces during the wet months. With rubbing and polishing they acquired a beautiful sheen.]
2397	ʻO Kaʻaōna ke kāne, ʻo Laʻioeoe ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he keiki leʻa i ke oli.	Kaʻaōna is the husband, Laʻi-oeoe (Calm-prolonged-sound) the wife; a child born to them is a pleasing chanter.
	[A child born in the month of Kaʻaōna is blessed with a pleasant voice for speaking and chanting.]
2398	ʻO ka ʻaui aku nō koe o ka lā.	The sun will soon go down.
	[Said of an aged person.]
2399	ʻO Kāʻelo ka malama, kāpule ke kōlea.	Kāʻelo is the month when the breasts of the plovers darken.
	[This is the month when the plovers are fat and ready to fly on their migration to the north.]
2400	ʻO Kāʻelo ka malama, pulu ke aho a ka lawaiʻa.	Kāʻelo is the month when the fisherman’s lines are wet.
	[Kāʻelo was a good time to do deep-sea fishing.]
2401	ʻO Kāʻelo ke kāne, Pulukāʻelo ka wahine, hānau mai keiki kāpulu.	Kāʻelo is the husband, Pulu-kāʻelo (Well-drenched) the wife; children born to them are filthy.
	[Said of a filthy person. A play on ʻelo (soak). The month of Kāʻelo is rainy and muddy.]
2402	ʻO ka hale e kū, ʻo ke kanaka e noho.	Where a house stands, there man dwells.
2403	ʻO ka hana ia a ka lawaiʻa iwi paoa, iho nō ka makau, piʻi nō ka iʻa.	That is the way of a fisherman with lucky bones — down goes his hook, up comes a fish.
	[Said of a lucky person. It was believed that certain people’s bones brought them luck in fishing. When they died their bones were sought for the making of fishhooks.]
2404	ʻO ka hāʻule nehe o ka lau lāʻau, he hāwanawana ia i ka poʻe ola.	The rustling of falling leaves is like a whisper to the living.
	[It is the living who appreciate such things.]
2405	ʻO ka hua o ke kōlea aia i Kahiki.	The egg of the plover is laid in a foreign land.
	[The plover’s egg was never seen in Hawaiʻi. Said of a subject that no one knows anything about, or of something far away and impossible to reach.]
2406	ʻO ka huhiā ʻino ka mea e ola ʻole ai.	Rage is a thing that does not produce life.
2407	ʻO ka iʻa i kū kona waha i ka makau ʻaʻole ia e ʻapo hou ia mea.	The fish whose mouth has heen pierced by a hook will never again take another.
	[Said of one who avoids trouble after once being hurt.]
2408	ʻŌkaʻi ka ʻeʻa, ʻōkaʻi huakaʻi ʻula.	A moving cloud of dust; a reddish procession.
	[A great cloud of dust moving along warns of the advance of warriors.]
2409	ʻO ka iki hāwaʻe ihola nō ia o Miloliʻi.	Here is the little sea urchin of Miloliʻi.
	[A boast. I am small but potent.]
2410	ʻO ka ʻīlio i paoa ka waha i ka hua moa ʻaʻole e pau ia hana iā ia.	A dog whose mouth likes the taste of eggs will not stop taking them.
	[Said of one who cannot be cured of a bad habit.]
2411	ʻO ka ʻīlio kahu nō ka ʻīlio hae.	The dog who has a master is the dog who barks the most.
	[Said of a person who resents any disparaging remarks about his chief.]
2412	ʻO ka lāʻau i hina, ʻaʻole ia e kū hou.	A fallen tree does not rise again.
	[Said of an old man who has lost his sexual potency.]
2413	ʻO ka lāʻau o ke kula e noho ana i ka ʻāina, ʻo ka lāʻau o ka ʻāina e nalowale aku ana.	The trees of the plains will dwell on the land; the trees of the native land will vanish.
	[A prophecy uttered by Kalaunuiohua. Trees from the plains of other lands will grow here and our native trees will become extinct.]
2414	ʻŌkala ka hulu o Hilo i ka wai.	The fur of Hilo bristles in the water.
	[Sexual passion is rising.]
2417	ʻO ka lā ko luna, o ka pāhoehoe ko lalo.	The sun above, the smooth lava below.
	[Said of a journey in which the traveler suffers the heat of the sun above and the reflected heat from the lava bed helow.]
2418	ʻO Kalani ka ʻio o Lelepā, ka ʻālapa piʻi moʻo o Kū.	The heavenly one is the hawk of Lelepā, the warrior descendant of Kū.
	[Retort of a kahu when he overheard someone criticize his chief, Kamehameha, who was then only a young warrior. He used the name Lele-pā to imply that his chief could fly over any barrier.]
2419	ʻO ka lani kēlā, ʻo ka lani kēia.	That one a chief this one a chief.
	[Said of two persons well matched for a contest.]
2420	ʻO ka liʻiliʻi pāʻā kōkea ia Kohala, e kole ai ko nuku.	It is the little white sugar stalk of Kohala that makes your mouth raw.
	[Said by Pupukea when Makakuikalani made fun of his small size. The fine, hair-like growth on stalks of sugar cane can cause irritation.]
2421	ʻO ka līlā maiʻa ia o ka ʻeʻa, ʻaʻole e pala i ke anahulu.	A tall banana in a mountain patch whose fruit does not open in ten days.
	[A boast of his own height by Makakuikalani, chief of Maui, when Pupukea of Hawaiʻi made fun of his being so tall and thin.]
2422	ʻO ka makani ke ala o ka ʻino.	Wind is the source of storms.
	[The wind drives the rain clouds that bring torrents and floods.]
2423	ʻO ka makapō wale nō ka mea hāpapa i ka pōuli.	ʻOnly the blind grope in darkness.
	[Said to one who gropes around instead of going directly to the object he is seeking.]
2424	ʻO ka makua ke koʻo o ka hale e paʻa ai.	The parent is the support that holds the household together.
2425	ʻO ka manu ma luna, ʻo ia ma lalo.	The birds above, he below.
	[Said in admiration of one who travels with great speed — he equals the birds that fly in the sky.]
2426	ʻO ka maoli maiʻa ʻono ia o ka ʻeʻa.	The tastiest banana of the patch.
	[The finest, most attractive lad of the community.]
2427	ʻO ka mea makaʻala ʻaʻohe lilo kona waiwai i ka ʻīlio.	He who watches does not lose his property to dogs.
	[ʻOne who watches his possessions will not lose them to thieves.]
2428	ʻO ka mea ua hala, ua hala ia.	What is gone is gone.
	[There is no use in recalling hurts of the past.]
2429	ʻO ka mea ukuhi kai ʻike i ka lepo o ka wai; o ka mea inu ʻaʻole ʻo ia i ʻike.	He who dips knows how dirty the water is, but he who drinks does not.
	[He who does the work knows what trouble it takes; he who receives does not.]
2430	ʻO ka mūheʻe ka iʻa holo lua.	The cuttlefish is the sea creature that travels two ways.
	[Said of a two-faced person.]
2431	ʻO ka ʻOle ia, mai ʻOlekukāhi a ʻOlekupau.	It is the ʻOle nights from ʻOlekukāhi to ʻOlekupau.
	[No. Absolutely not. A play on ʻole (nothing). ʻOlekukāhi, ʻOlekulua, ʻOlekukolu and ʻOlekupau are moon phases in the lunar month.]
2432	ʻO ka pā ʻai a ka iʻa, kuhi ka lima, leʻa ka hāʻawi.	With a pearl fishhook that the fish grasps, one can point with the hand and give with pleasure.
	[A good fishhook brings in enough food for the family and to give to relatives and friends.]
2433	ʻO ka papa heʻe nalu kēia, paheʻe i ka nalu haʻi o Makaiwa.	This is the surfboard that will glide on the rolling surf of Makaiwa.
	[A woman’s boast. Her beautiful body is like the surf board on which her mate “glides over the rolling surf.”]
2434	ʻO ka piʻi nō ia a Kōkī-o-Wailau.	Ascended to the topmost part of Wailau.
	[An expression of admiration for one who reaches the top in spite of difficulties. Kōkī-o-Wailau is a peak on Molokaʻi whose sides are steep and difficult to ascend.]
2435	ʻO ka poʻe e ʻai ana i ka loaʻa o ka ʻāina he lohe ʻōlelo wale aʻe nō i ka ua o Hawaiʻi.	Those who eat of the product of the land merely hear of the rains in Hawaiʻi.
	[Said of absentee royal landlords who reap the gain but know nothing of the difficulties in the land where the toilers work.]
2436	ʻO ka poʻe hulilau ʻole o hope.	Those with no large gourd calabashes in the back.
	[Those with no wives at home.]
2437	ʻO ka pono ke hana ʻia a iho mai nā lani.	Continue to do good until the heavens come down to you.
	[Blessings come to those who persist in doing good.]
2438	ʻO ka pono o kahi aliʻi o ka mikimiki me ka ʻeleu.	The thing to do at the court of the chief is to do work and do it effciently.
	[Those who serve their chiefs must do their work quickly and well.]
2441	ʻO kau aku, ʻo kā ia lā mai, pēlā ka nohona o ka ʻohana.	From you and from him — so lived the family.
	[The farmer gave to the fisherman, the fisherman to the farmer.]
2442	ʻO ka uhiwai nō kai ʻike i ka ʻino o ka wai.	ʻOnly the mists know the storm that caused the streams to swell.
2443	ʻO Kaulua ka malama, ʻolo ka ʻōpū mālolo a ka lawaiʻa.	Kaulua is the month when the bag nets of the fishermen sag with flying fish.
2444	ʻO Kaulua ke kāne, ʻo Lanihua ka wahine, hānau ke keiki he kua leho.	Kaulua is the husband, Lani-hua (Productive-heaven) the wife; born to them is a child with calloused shoulders.
	[Said of a person born in the month of Kaulua. He was likely to be a hard worker who carried large bundles on his back.]
2445	ʻO ka ʻulu iki mai kēia nāna e kaʻa i kahua loa.	This is the small maika stone that rolls over a long field.
	[I am a small person who can accomplish much. When Lonoikamakahiki visited Kamalalawalu, ruling chief of Maui, he took along his half-brother Pupukea to serve him. Makakuikalani, half-brother and personal attendant of Kamalalawalu, made fun of the small stature of Pupukea. This saying was Pupukea’s retort.]
2446	ʻO ka ʻulu o lalo he loaʻa i ka pinana, ʻo ka ʻulu o luna loa he loaʻa i ka lou.	A breadfruit that is low can he reached by climbing, but a breadfruit high above requires a stick to reach it.
	[A mate of low station is easy to fmd, but one of higher rank is less easily acquired.]
2447	ʻO ka wai kau nō ia o Keʻanae; ʻo ka ʻūlei hoʻowali ʻuala ia o Kula.	It is the pool on the height of Keanae; it is the ʻūlei digging stick for the potato [patch] of Kula.
	[A handsome young man of Kula and a beautiful young woman of Keʻanae, on Maui, were attracted to each other. She boasted of her own womanly perfection by referring to her body as the pool on the heights of Keʻanae. Not to be outdone, he looked down at himself and boasted of his manhood as the digging stick of Kula.]
2448	ʻO ke aka kā ʻoukou ʻo ka ʻiʻo kā mākou.	Yours the shadow; ours the flesh.
	[A phrase used in prayers dedicating a feast to the gods. The essence of the food was the gods’, and the meat was eaten by those present.]
2449	ʻO ke alelo ka hoe uli o ka ʻōlelo a ka waha.	The tongue is the steering paddle of the words uttered by the mouth.
	[Advice to heed the tongue lest it speak words that offend.]
2450	ʻO ke aliʻi ka mea ikaika, ʻaʻole ʻo ke kanaka.	It is the chief who is strong, not the commoner.
	[A commoner’s own work of planting and fishing is limited by his physical ability. A chief can command a multitude to carry out his projects.]
2451	ʻO ke aliʻi lilo i ka leʻaleʻa a mālama ʻole i ke kanaka me ke kapu akua, ʻaʻole ia he aliʻi e kū ai i ka moku.	The chief who is taken with pleasure-seeking and cares not for the welfare of the people or the observation of the kapu of the gods, is not the chief who will become a ruler.
	[Said by Kekūhaupiʻo to Kamehameha. Advice to young people that success comes not by seeking idle pleasure but by living up to one’s beliefs and caring for the welfare of others.]
2455	ʻO ke ao aku nō hoʻi koe, ʻaina ʻē ka hāuliuli.	It was almost day when the hāuliuli fish began to take the bait.
	[One was just about giving up hope when the person he was angling for showed some response.]
2457	ʻO ke ʻehu kakahiaka nō ka wā loaʻa.	The time to catch anything is in the early morning.
	[When you want to do something, don’t wait. Get at it as early as possible.]
2461	ʻO ke keiki he loaʻa i ka moe, ʻo ka pōkiʻi ʻaʻole.	One can produce a child by sleeping with a mate, but he cannot produce a younger brother or sister.
	[Great affection between brothers and sisters, and especially for younger siblings, was not rare in olden days. This saying is a reminder to treat younger ones with love and respect.]
2463	ʻO ke kū hoe akamai nō ia, he piʻipiʻi kai ʻole ma ka ʻaoʻao.	That is the way of a skilled paddler — the sea does not wash in on the sides.
	[Said of a deft lover.]
2464	ʻO ke kumu, o ka māna, hoʻopuka ʻia.	The teacher, the pupil — let it come forth.
	[A challenge from a pupil to the teacher who trained him in warfare or sports — “Now let the teacher and pupil vie against each other.”]
2465	ʻOki kilohana ka pali o Waialoha.	Straight and tall is the cliff of Waialoha.
	[Said in admiration of a tall, well-formed person.]
2466	ʻOki loa ka ihu kau ʻia e ka nalo.	It is worse to have a fly sit on the nose
	[A young woman from Kaʻū was teased about being carried ashore by a sailor who found it hard to resist kissing her. This was her laughing reply — there are worse things than being kissed.]
2468	ʻOki pau ka hana i ke one kani o Nohili.	Strange indeed are the activities at the sounding sands of Nohili.
	[Barking Sands beach of Nohili, Kauaʻi, was believed to be the haunt of ghosts. Said of a person whose behavior is peculiar.]
2469	ʻO ko Kona mau nō ia ʻo ka laʻi.	Calm is typical of Kona.
	[Said of a Kona person who is always poised and calm.]
2471	ʻO Kona i ka paka ʻona — ke haʻu iho ʻoe kūnewanewa.	Kona of the potent tohacco — a draw would make one stagger.
	[Kona is said to be a land of potent lovemaking.]
2472	ʻO Kuaʻana ka nalu; ʻo Paiahaʻa ka ʻāina.	Kuaʻana is the surf; Paiahaʻa the land.
	[Proud were the people of Kaʻū of the surf of Kuaʻana, where chiefs used to ride the waves to the shore of Paiaha’a.]
2473	ʻO Kula i ka hoe hewa.	Kula of the ignorant canoe-paddlers.
	[Said of Kula, Maui, whose people did not know how to paddle canoes because they were uplanders.]
2474	ʻO Kulu ka pō, o Welehu ka malama, he lā iʻa ʻole.	Kulu is the night and Welehu the month; no fish is to be found that day.
	[A play on kulu (drop). Welehu was said to be the month on which to lay the head on the pillow, for the sea was too rough for fishing. Hence an unlucky, unprofitable day.]
2478	Ola akula ka ʻāina kaha, ua pua ka lehua i kai.	Life has come to the kaha lands for the lehua blooms are seen at sea.
	[“Kaha lands” refers to Kekaha, Kona, Hawaiʻi. When the season for deep-sea fishing arrived, the canoes of the expert fishermen were seen going and coming.]
2480	Ola i ka ʻai uahi ʻole o ke kini o Mānā.	The inhahitants of Mānā live on food cooked without smoking.
	[Said of the people of Mānā, Kauaʻi, who in ancient days did very little poi-making, except in a place like Kolo, where taro was grown. The majority of the inhabitants were fishermen and gourd cultivators whose products were traded with other inhabitants of the island, even as far as Kalalau. Because all the taro cooking and poi-making was done elsewhere, the people of Mānā were said to live on “smokeless food.”]
2481	ʻOla i ka ʻōhulu.	There is subsistence in the sprouting tubers.
	[Said when there is a poor growth of sweet potatoes during an excessively warm summer. The broken pieces of potato sprouting among the weeds produces the few potatoes that feed the farmer and his family until a new crop is started.]
2482	ʻOla i ka wai a ka ʻōpua.	There is life in the water from the clouds.
	[Rain gives life.]
2484	Ola ka inoa.	The name lives.
	[Said when the name of a beloved, deceased relative is given to a child.]
2485	Ola ka makapehu.	The swollen-eyed ones are healed.
	[Said of those who are lacking food and then receive an abundance of it.]
2486	Ola ke awa o Kou i ka ua Waʻahila.	Life comes to the harbor of Kou because of the Waʻahila rain.
	[It is the rain of Nuʻuanu that gives water to Kou (now central Honolulu).]
2489	Ola nō i ka pua o ka ʻilima.	There is healing in the ʻilima blossoms.
	[The ʻilima blossom is one of the first medicines given to babies. It is a mild laxative. Hiʻiaka, goddess of medicine in Pele’s family, used ʻilima in some of her healings.]
2490	ʻOla nō ka lawaiʻa i kahi poʻo maunu.	A fisherman can subsist on his left-over bait.
	[Bait made from octopus heart was carefully prepared and kept in a clean container. When a fisherman had no luck in fishing, the bait was eaten with poi.]
2491	ʻOla nō ka mahiʻai i kahi kūʻōʻō.	A farmer can subsist on small, broken potatoes.
	[As long as there are potatoes, even small or broken ones, a farmer gets along.]
2492	ʻOla nō ka mea akua, make nō ka mea akua ʻole.	He who has a god lives; he who has none, dies.
	[A god was regarded as a helper and protector of his devotee.]
2493	ʻŌlapa ka hoe a ka lawaiʻa, he ʻino.	Diffcult to handle is the paddle of the fisherman in a storm.
	[Said of one struggling against a difficult situation. First uttered by Pele in a chant about the winds of Kauaʻi.]
2494	ʻŌlapa ke ahi o ka lewa.	The fire of the sky flashes.
	[Lightning.]
2495	ʻOla Waiʻanae i ka makani Kaiaulu.	Waiʻanae is made comfortahle by the Kaiaulu breeze.
	[Chanted by Hiʻiaka at Kaʻena, Oʻahu, after her return from Kauaʻi.]
2496	ʻŌlelo i ke aka ka hele hoʻokahi.	One who travels alone has but his shadow to talk to.
	[Said by Hiʻiaka as she was leaving Kīlauea on her quest for Lohiʻau.]
2497	ʻŌlelo ka waha, holehole ka lima.	The mouth talks, the hand strips.
	[Said of one who says friendly words yet does unfriendly deeds.]
2498	ʻŌlelo ke kupa o ka ʻāina ua mālie; ua au koaʻe.	The natives of the land declare that the weather is calm when the tropic bird travels afar.
2500	ʻOlo hewa ka pihe.	Shouted at the wrong time.
	[Bragged too soon.]
2503	Olowalu ka moa.	Roosters all crowing.
	[Much talk.]
2504	ʻO luna, ʻo lalo; ʻo kai,ʻo uka — ʻo ka hao pae ko ke aliʻi ia.	Above, below; seaward, inland — the iron that washes ashore belongs to the chief.
	[Said by Kamehameha. All iron that was found belonged to him.]
2505	ʻO luna, ʻo lalo; ʻo uka, ʻo kai; ʻo ka palaoa pae, no ke aliʻi ia.	Above, helow; the upland, the lowland; the whale that washes ashore — all belong to the chief.
	[The chief owned everything in the land he ruled. Ivory obtained from the teeth of whales that washed ashore was very valuable.]
2506	ʻO Mahoehope ke kāne, ʻo Lanihua ka wahine, hānau ke keiki he kōkua nui a waiū nunui.	Mahoehope is the husband, Lanihua (Productive-heavenly-one) is the wife; a child born to them is either thick-shouldered or large-busted.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Mahoehope. If a boy, he would be strong-shouldered and able to do much work; if a girl, she would be large of breast.]
2507	ʻO Mahoemua ke kāne, Leleipele ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he ʻōpulepule.	Mahoemua is the husband, Lele-i-pele (Leap-into-voIcano) the wife; a child born to them is reckless and irresponsible.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Mahoemua.]
2508	ʻŌmaka ka iʻa, hōʻā aku ka lamalama i ka moana.	If the fish is the ʻōmaka, light the torches at sea.
	[The ʻōmaka is not a fighting fish and is easy to catch. Therefore one need not be prepared too soon and can afford to take time.]
2509	ʻO Makaliʻi ke kāne, ʻo Hiʻipoi ka wahine, hānau ke keiki he maikaʻi.	Makaliʻi is the husband, Hiʻipoi (Cherished-one) the wife; a child born to them is well behaved.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Makaliʻi.]
2510	ʻO Māuli kēia o ka lā pau.	This is Māuli, the last day [of the lunar month].
	[Said when a task is near completion.]
2511	ʻO Muku ka lā, mumuku nā hana.	Muku is the day; incomplete are the tasks.
	[A warning not to begin a project on the day of Muku lest it be unsuccessful.]
2513	ʻO nā hōkū nō nā kiu o ka lani.	The stars are the spies of heaven.
	[The stars look down on everyone and everything.]
2514	ʻO nā hōkū o ka lani kai ʻike iā Pae. Aia a loaʻa ka pūnana o ke kōlea, loaʻa ʻo ia iā ʻoe.	Only the stars of heaven know where Pae is. When you find a plover’s nest, then you will find him.
	[Said of something so well hidden that it will not be found. Pae was a priest in the reign of ʻUmi. He was so lucky in fishing that the chief desired his bones for fishhooks after his death. When Pae died, his sons hid his bones so well that none of the chiefs and priests could find them. The sons would say, “When you find the nest of the plover, then will you find him.” But ʻUmi enlisted the help of a noted priest of Kauaʻi, who saw the ghost of Pae drinking from a spring in Waimanu Valley. Thus were the bones of Pae found and made into fishhooks for the chief. The sons of Pae were reminded that the chief was using their father’s bones for hooks by his constant cry, “O Pae, hold fast to our fish!”]
2515	ʻO nā hōkū o ka lani luna, ʻo Paʻaiea ko lalo.	The stars are above, Paʻaiea helow.
	[Refers to Kamehameha’s great fish-pond, Paʻaiea, in Kona, Hawaiʻi. Its great size led to this saying — the small islets that dotted its interior were compared to the stars that dot the sky. The pond was destroyed during a volcanic eruption.]
2516	ʻO Nana ka malama; momona ka pāpaʻi.	Nana is the month; the crabs are fat.
2517	ʻO Nana ke kāne, ʻo Nanailewa ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he keiki ʻaeʻa.	Nana is the hushand, Nana-i-lewa (Active-in-movement) the wife; a child born to them has wanderlust.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Nana.]
2518	ʻO nā ʻunihipili o Keaweʻolouha ua haʻalele i ka haka.	The deified relatives of Keaweʻolouha have deserted the person they possessed.
	[A play on Keawe-ʻolo-uha (Keawe-with-the-sagging-colon), a term applied to one who is too lazy to work. Those who depended on him soon deserted.]
2519	ʻOnea Kaupō, ua kā ka ʻai i ka lua.	Barren is Kaupō; the eating in the cavern has begun.
	[Fatal shark attacks were common at Kaupō at one time. As a result, the people moved elsewhere, after which a man-eating shark peered at Kaupō and said these words. The spot from which he watched was named Kiʻei (Peer). Later used to mean destitution.]
2520	ʻOni kalalea ke kū a ka lāʻau loa.	A tall tree stands above the others.
	[Said of a person of outstanding achievements.]
2522	ʻŌnohi ʻula i ka lani.	A red eyeball in the sky.
	[A fragment of rainbow.]
2527	ʻO ʻOlepau ka mahina; ʻo palaweka ka mahina; ʻo hina wale ka mahina; ʻo hāhā pōʻele ka mahina.	ʻOlepau is the moon phase; hazy is the light of the moon; quickly goes the light of the moon; one gropes in the dark.
	[Said of one who is vague or hazy in explaining his thoughts, or of one whose knowledge is vague.]
2530	ʻO Paiahaʻa ka ʻāina, ʻo Kuaʻana ka nalu.	Paiahaʻa was the land, Kuaʻana the surf.
	[Paiahaʻa was a beach near Kaumaea, Kaʻū, Hawai’i. Here the dust that clung to the skin at Kaumaea was washed off by the surf of Kuaʻana. The inner surf, Kaina (Little Brother), was the place for children to surf, and the outer surf, Kuaʻana (Big Brother), was for grown-ups.]
2533	ʻOpeʻope Kohala i ka makani.	Kohala is buffeted by the wind.
2535	ʻO Poʻo ke koʻa, ka ipu kai aloha a nā aliʻi.	Poo is the fishing ground, beloved meat dish of chiefis.
	[Said of Poʻo, a favorite fishing place of the chiefs of Oʻahu, located near Mokumanu. Nuʻuanu Pali is the landmark by which it was located.]
2540	ʻO uakeʻe nei i loko o Haʻaloʻu, ʻo ka pō nahunahu ihu.	The little bend in Haʻaloʻu (Bend-over), on the night that the nose is bitten.
	[This was said of Kahalaiʻa when he became angry with Kaʻahumanu. He was only a “little bend” whose wrath was no more important then a nip on the nose.]
2544	ʻO wahie ka ʻai, ʻo loli ka iʻa, ʻo muku ka imu.	Wood is the vegetable food, sea cucumber is the meat, and a small imu is the only imu.
	[Said of scarcity from oppression.]
2545	ʻO wai ka ʻoukou aliʻi i hānai ai?	What chief did you rear?
	[Those who had a part in the rearing of a young chief were proud of their position. Only kinsmen were given such places, but convention forbade discussing the relationship. When this is said in scorn it is the equivalent of “Who are you?”]
2546	O Waiōhinu aku ia kahi o ka maiʻa pala.	That is Waiōhinu, where ripe bananas are.
	[A Kaʻū saying meaning that one is in for bad luck. To see bananas while on a fishing or business trip was an omen of failure. From the story of twin brothers who were climbing a hill. The stronger brother climbed on while the weaker one sat and cried. The older looked down and said “Cry, baby, cry! Go to Waiōhinu to eat ripe bananas.”]
2547	ʻO Waipiʻo me Waimanu, no ʻoawa mahoe i ke alo o ka makani.	Waipiʻo and Waimanu, the twin valleys that face the wind.
	[These two are neighboring valleys on Hawaiʻi.]
2548	ʻO Wananalua ia ʻāina; ʻo Punahoa ka wai; ʻo Kaʻuiki ka puʻu.	Wananalua is the land; Punahoa is the pool; Kaʻuiki is the hill.
	[Noted places in Hāna.]
2549	ʻO Welehu ka malama, lehu nui ke poʻo i ka uahi o ka hoʻoilo.	Welehu is the month; sooty is the head in the smoke of winter.
	[Said of Welehu, the most rainy of all the wet months, when the fireplace is kept going to give warmth to the house.]
2550	ʻO Welehu ke kāne, ʻo Huhune ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he luluāʻina.	Welehu is the husband, Huhune (Tiny-specks) the wife; a child born to them is freckled.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Welehu.]
2551	ʻO Welo ke kāne, ʻo Mikikole ka wahine, hānau ke keiki, he keiki mākilo.	Welo is the hushand, Mikikole (Reach-before-the-meat-is-done) the wife; a child bom to them is a beggar.
	[Said of a child born in the month of Welo. Such a beggar does not ask for things, but the longing look in his eyes is a reason for invitation.]
2395	ʻO ka ʻai no ka ʻai, ʻo ka ʻiʻo kanaka ka iʻa.	Food is here to be eaten, with only human flesh for meat.
	[Said when there is nothing to eat with poi. There were once two boys of Kaʻū who won a riddling contest against a Kona man, the champion of the island of Hawaiʻi. In one riddle the boys claimed to be eating human flesh. The audience pondered this, since no meat was visible, and began to dispute the claim. Suddenly the boys popped wads of poi into their mouths and proceeded to lick their fingers — the “human flesh.”]
2553	Paʻa aku i ka lani o kā ke akua ia, a hāʻule mai i lalo o kā Laiana ia.	What is held up in heaven is Godʻs, and what falls below is Lyonsʻs.
	[A reply made by the Reverend Lorenzo Lyons (Makua Laiana) when he was charged with being careless in accepting people as members of his church. He loved and accepted them and did not adhere rigidly to certain rules before allowing them to become members.]
2554	Paʻa ʻia iho i ka hoe uli i ʻole e īkā i ke koʻa.	Hold the steering paddle steady to keep from striking the rock.
	[Hold on; donʻt let yourself get into trouble.]
2557	Paʻa kahi hope i ka malo.	The rear is covered with a malo.
	[Said of a boy about five or six years old. Prior to this age, a boy ate with the women in their eating house and wore no clothing, but when he was old enough to join the men in theirs, he wore a malo, just as they did.]
2558	Paʻa ka moku i ka helēuma.	The ship is held fast by the anchor.
	[Said of one who is married.]
2559	Paʻa ka waha, hana ka lima.	Shut the mouth; keep the hands busy.
	[Never mind the talking; start working.]
2561	Paʻa nō ka ʻaihue i ka ʻole.	A thief persists in denying his guilt.
	[A thief is also a liar.]
2562	Paʻapaʻaʻina ka malo i loko o ʻIkuwā.	The [flap of the] loincloth [flutters and] snaps in the month of ʻIkuwā.
	[ʻIkuwā is a month of rains, winds, and thunderstorms.]
2564	Pae ka waʻa i Kaʻena.	The canoe lands at Kaʻena.
	[Wrath. A play on ʻena (red-hot) in Kaʻena.]
2566	Pae maila ka waʻa i ka ʻāina.	The canoe has come ashore.
	[Hunger is satisfied; or, one has arrived hither.]
2567	Pāhala, ka ʻāina lepo haʻaheo i ka maka.	Pāhala, land [of those who are] proud of the dust in the faces.
	[The people of Pāhala, Kaʻū, like others of that district, are proud of their home, even though the wind-blown dust keeps their faces dirty.]
2569	Paheʻe loa akula i ka welowelo.	Slipped away — off to flutter in the breeze.
	[Said of one who missed by a wide margin, whose aim was very poor.]
2573	Paiʻea noho i ka māwae.	Paiʻea crab that hides in a fissure.
	[Said of a person who is too bashful to meet strangers.]
2574	Paʻihi ʻoe lā, lilo i ka wai, ʻaʻohe ʻike iho i ka hoa mua.	Well adorned are you, borne along by the water, no longer recognizing former friends.
	[Said of one who grows proud with prosperity and looks down on his friends of less prosperous days. There is a play on wai (water). When doubled — waiwai — it refers to prosperity.]
2575	Pā i ka leo.	Struck by the voice.
	[Told something that hurt the feelings.]
2577	Paʻipaʻi ka lima, ʻae ka waha.	The hand applauds, the mouth assents.
	[Said of one who offers verbal approval yet does nothing to help.]
2578	Pākahi ka nehu a Kapiʻioho.	The nehu of Kapiioho are divided, one to a person.
	[Kapiʻioho, ruler of Molokaʻi, had two ponds, Mauʻoni and Kanahā, built on his land at Kahului, Maui. The men who were brought from Molokaʻi and Oʻahu to build the ponds were fed on food brought over from Molokaʻi. The drain on that island was often so great that the men were reduced to eating nehu fish, freshwater ʻōpae and poi. The saying is used when poi is plentiful but fish is scarce and has to be carefully rationed.]
2579	Pā ka laki.	Bad luck.
	[A common expression Hawaiianized from the English.]
2580	Pā ka makani o ka Moaʻe, hele ka lepo o Kahoʻolawe i Māʻalaea.	When the Moaʻe wind blows, the dust of Kahoʻolawe goes toward Maalaea.
	[Refers to Māʻalaea, Maui.]
2584	Pakī kēpau, oʻo ka ʻulu.	When the gum appears on the skin, the breadfruit is matured.
	[An observation. Also said when a young person begins to think seriously of gaining a livelihood — he is maturing.]
2585	Pala ʻaluʻalu ka ʻai a kamaliʻi.	Mostly peel when matured are the crops of children.
	[Children, lacking the strength of adults, are not successful farmers.]
2586	Palahuli i lalo ka waha ʻai ai.	Turned down is the mouth he eats food with.
	[He has more problems than he knows what to do with.]
2587	Pala ka hala, momona ka hāʻukeʻuke.	When the pandanus fruit ripens, the hāʻukeʻuke sea urchin is fat.
2588	Pala ka hala, momona ka uhu.	When the pandanus fruit is ripe, the parrotfish is fat.
	[The sea urchin, a favorite food of the parrotfish, is fat during the season when the pandanus fruit is ripe. Feeding on fat sea urchin, the fish, too, hecome fat.]
2589	Pala ka hala, ʻula ka ʻāʻī.	When the hala ripens, the neck is brightened by them.
	[People are very fond of hala lei. From a name chant of Kualiʻi.]
2590	Palakahē ka ʻai o Makaʻukiu.	Spoiled rotten are the food crops of Makaʻukiu.
	[Said of anything that is rotting, or of destruction, or of death in battle.]
2591	Pala ka maiʻa.	The banana is ripe.
	[Nothing is gained. To dream of bananas is a sign that the following day will bring no luck. To talk of bananas while on a fishing trip is also bad luck.]
2596	Pā mai, pā mai ka makani o Hilo; waiho aku i ka ipu iki, hō mai i ka ipu nui.	Blow, blow, O winds of Hilo, put away the small containers and give us the large one.
	[Laʻamaomao, the god of wind, was said to have a wind container called Ipu-a-Laʻamaomao. When one desires more wind to make the surf roll high, or a kite sail aloft, he makes this appeal.]
2598	Paoa ka lawaiʻa i ka ʻōlelo ʻia o ka ʻawa.	Unlucky is fishing when ʻawa is discussed.
	[ʻAwa (kava) also means “bitterness.”]
2599	Pao ka lima, ʻae ka waha.	The hand reaches under, the mouth agrees.
	[Said of one who makes promises while accepting bribes.]
2603	Papapau kākou, he ʻaʻā ko ka hale.	We are all destroyed; only lava rocks will be found in the house.
	[Utter destruction, as by a lava flow.]
2600	Papahi i ka hae o ka lanakila.	Honor the flag of the victor.
	[Said in praise of a victorious person.]
2602	Papani ka uka o Kapela; puaʻi hānono wai ʻole o Kukaniloko; pakī hunahuna ʻole o Holoholokū; ʻaʻohe mea nāna e ʻaʻe paepae kapu o Līloa.	Close the upland of Kapela; no red water gushes from Kukaniloko; not a particle issues from Holoholokū; there is none to step over the sacred platform of Līloa.
	[The old chiefs and their sacredness are gone; the descendants are no longer laid to rest at Ka-pela-kapu-o-Kakaʻe at ʻīao; the descendants no longer point to Kukaniloko on Oʻahu and Holoholokū on Kauaʻi as the sacred birthplaces; there is no one to tread on the sacred places in Waipiʻo, Hawaiʻi, where Līloa once dwelt.]
2605	Pau ka ʻike, pau ka lohe.	See no more, hear no more.
	[To be in a coma or in a state of unconsciousness.]
2607	Pau ka pali, hala ka luʻuluʻu kaumaha.	The cliff is now passed and with it the burden of difficulty.
2608	Pau ka wai o ia pūnāwai, ke piʻi maila ka huʻahuʻa lepo.	The water is gone from that spring, for only muddy foam arises.
	[Said of a mudslinger. First uttered by the Reverend George B. Rowell on Kauaʻi.]
2610	Pau kōkō a Makaliʻi i ka ʻai ʻia e ka ʻiole.	The net of Makaliʻi was all chewed up by the rat.
	[A total loss.]
2611	Pau kuhihewa i ka nani o ʻAipō.	Gone are all the illusions of the beauty of ʻAipō.
	[Said of one who finds out for himself what a person, thing, or place is really like.]
2612	Pāuli hiwa ka lani o Hilo.	Black with rain clouds is the sky of Hilo.
	[Sometimes said in humor when a dark-skinned person is seen.]
2613	Pau ʻole ka ʻepa iā Hawaiʻi.	Endless is the strange behavior of those of Hawaii.
	[An expression of humor or annoyance used in old newspapers whenever Hawaiians criticized one another.]
2614	Pau ʻōlelo me ka luina, he kāpena ka hoa ʻōlelo.	No more talking to sailors, only conversing with the captain.
	[Said of a person who has become prosperous and no longer associates with former friends.]
2615	Pau ʻole nō ka ʻumeke i kekahi, pau ʻole nō ka lemu i ka hāleu.	When one does not clean the sides of the poi bowl properly he is not likely to wipe his backside clean after excreting.
2619	Pau Puna ua koʻele ka papa.	Puna is ravaged; the foundation crackles.
	[Said of anything that is entirely consumed. From a chant by Lohiʻau when Pele sent her sisters to overwhelm him with lava.]
2622	Peʻe kua o Kaʻulahaimalama; o Kekūhaupiʻo ka makua; hilinaʻi aʻe i ka pale kai, kālele moku aʻe ma hope.	Kaʻulahaimalama is secretive; Kekūhaupiʻo (Stands-leaning) is her father; she leans against the canoe side and rests against the back of the canoe.
	[Said of one who tries to conceal the true offender by pretending to know nothing.]
2624	Pēlā iho a hala aʻe ka ua ka mea makaʻu.	Wait until the thing that is feared, the rain, has gone its way.
	[Wait until this person whom we are afraid of or do not want with us has gone.]
2626	Pēpē i ka ua hoʻopoponi ʻili.	Bruised by the rain that bruises the skin.
	[Said of one whose feelings are hurt.]
2627	Pēpē i ka wai o Niuliʻi.	Crushed by the water of Niuliʻi.
	[Rendered helpless or made humble and obedient.]
2628	Pēpē ka nahele o Upeloa, nāwali i ka ua kakahiaka.	Crushed is the shruhhery of Upeloa, weakened by the morning rain.
	[An expression used in chants. Said of a person who is crushed by humiliation or woe, or of a craven person.]
2629	Pēpē ʻōmaka ʻoe, pā i ka paʻakai, uāniʻi.	You are a weak ʻōmaka — when touched with salt you stiffen.
	[The ʻōmaka is a small, soft fish. Said to a weakling who, with outside help, gains a little courage.]
2633	Piʻi aku a kau i ka nuʻu.	Ascend and stand on the nuʻu.
	[Ascend to a place of honor. The nuʻu is a very kapu place reserved for certain chiefs.]
2634	Piʻi ka ʻena.	The heat rises.
	[Said of one who is burning with wrath.]
2635	Piʻi ka ihu o ka naiʻa i ka makani.	The nose of the dolphin rises toward the wind.
	[Said of one who is haughty.]
2636	Piʻi ka lepo i ka makani puahiohio.	The dust rises on the whirlwind.
	[Said of a person who elevates himself with his bragging.]
2637	Piʻi ka ʻula a hanini i kumu pepeiao.	The red rises till it spills over the base of the ears.
	[Said of one who blushes violently or of one who is flushed with anger.]
2639	Piʻi mai nei i ka pali me he ʻaʻama lā.	Climbs the cliff like a black crab.
	[Said of one who goes beyond his limit.]
2640	Piʻi nō ka poho, kani kohā!	Up comes the palm — and bang!
	[A good smack. The pounder is moistened by a dampened hand before it is brought down on a mass of hard poi.]
2642	Pī ka ʻamo.	The anus breaks wind with small sounds.
	[Said of one who lives the life of a drudge. Such a person is said to be too busy to eat a proper meal and as a result has a gassy stomach.]
2643	Pī ka ihu, haʻu i ka makani.	The nose snorts as he puffs at the wind.
	[He is incoherent with anger.]
2644	Pili aʻe ana i ka lāʻau pili wale.	Leans against a leaning tree.
	[Said of one who depends too much on another for support, either materially or morally.]
2645	Pili aloha ʻo Kona, hoʻoipo i ka mālie.	Love remains close to Kona, who woos the calm.
	[Kona is a land beloved for its calm and pleasant weather.]
2646	Pili ka hanu; hāmau ka leo.	Suppress the breath; silence the voice.
	[Be as quiet as possible; utter no sound.]
2647	Pili ka hanu o Wailuku.	Wailuku holds its breath.
	[Said of one who is speechless or petrified with either fear or extreme cold. There is a play on luku (destruction). Refers to Wailuku, Maui.]
2653	Pili pono ka lā i Kamananui.	The sun is very close to Kamananui.
	[A play on Ka-mana-nui (The-great-power). When the person in power becomes angry, everyone around him feels uncomfortable, as in the scorching, blistering sun.]
2654	Pili pono ka lā i Papaʻenaʻena.	The sun concentrates its heat at Papaʻenaʻena.
	[Said of the heat of temper. A play on ʻenaena (red-hot).]
2655	Pili pū i ka paia.	Pressed hard against the wall.
	[Deep in trouble.]
2656	Piliwale ka iʻa o Piliwale.	The fish of Piliwale press together.
	[Said of one who attaches himself to another. Piliwale was a fishpond at Molokaʻi. When fresh sea water came in at the sluice gate the fish pressed together there. Once, a chief on Kauaʻi fled from the battlefield, followed by his pursuers. He found refuge in Maniniholo cave, but his pursuers discovered his place of concealment and entered. He fled, and, seeing a large rock, pressed himself against it with the hope that he would escape detection. But he was seen and killed. The rock against which he pressed himself was called Piliwale.]
2657	Pio ke kukui, pōʻele ka hale.	When the light goes out, the house is dark.
	[Said of one whose sight is gone — he dwells in darkness. Also said when life goes and the darkness of death possesses.]
2659	Pipī ka wahie, hoʻonui ka pulupulu.	If the firewood burns slowly, add more tinder.
	[Keep trying until you succeed.]
2660	Pipili i ka hana makamaka ʻole, hoʻokahi nō makamaka o ke kaunu a ka manaʻo.	Sticks to the work in which friends are ignored; only one friend is considered, the desire of the heart.
	[Said of one who is in love and pays no attention to anyone except the object of his affection.]
2661	Pipili mau ʻia e ka pīʻoeʻoe.	Always clung to by barnacles.
	[Said of one who is a constant attraction to the opposite sex.]
2662	Pipili no ka pīlali i ke kumu kukui.	The pīlali gum sticks to the kukui tree.
	[Said of one who remains close to a loved one all the time, as a child may cling to the grandparent he loves.]
2665	Pōʻele ka ʻāina o Puna.	The land of Puna is blackened [by lava flows].
2667	Pōhai ka manu ma luna, he iʻa ko lalo.	When the birds circle above, there are fish below.
	[Strong words are a sign of wrath. Fishermen at sea watch where the noio birds gather, for that is a sign that the aku fish are near.]
2668	Pōhai ka neki lewa i ka makani.	Surrounded by the reeds that sway in the breeze.
	[Said of one handsome and graceful of movement.]
2670	Pohā ka ʻauwae i ka ʻala.	A hard rock smacked the chin.
	[He got what was coming.]
2671	Pohā ka lae o ke kolohe.	Slapped was the brow of the mischief maker.
	[The rascal got his just deserts.]
2672	Pohā ke au ke piʻi nei ka lena.	The gall bladder has burst, the yellow color is spreading.
	[It is obvious now that ill will has been harbored.]
2678	Pohāpohā ka ihu o ka waʻa i ka ʻale o ka Mumuku.	The prow of the canoe is slapped by the billows in the Mumuku gale.
	[Said of a person buffeted by circumstances or of one who has received many blows by the fist.]
2679	Pō Hilo i ka ua Kanilehua.	Hilo is darkened by the Kanilehua rain.
	[Said of one who is weighted by sorrow and grief.]
2680	Pohō i ka mālama i ko haʻi keakea!	A waste of effort to take care of someone elseʻs semen!
	[Usually said in anger by one who cares for the children of another. Also expressed Pohō i ka mālama i ko haʻi kūkae!]
2682	Pohu ka nohona, ua lulu kohekohe.	All is calm, even the kohekohe grass is not moved by a breeze.
2683	Pōʻino nā lāʻau aʻa liʻiliʻi i ka ulu pū me ka puakala aʻa loloa.	Plants with fine roots are harmed when left to grow with the rough, long-rooted thorny ones.
	[Weak-willed persons are often overcome and influenced by the wicked.]
2684	"Pokeokeo, pokeokeo," wahi a ka pelehū.	“Gobble, gobble,” says the turkey.
	[Said of one who has received a sizeable sum or is financially secure. A play on pōkeokeo, which refers to the turkeyʻs gobble as well as to a substantial amount of money.]
2685	Pōkiʻi ka ua, ua i ka lehua.	The rain, like a younger brother, remains with the lehua.
	[Said of the rain that clings to the forest where ʻōhiʻa trees grow.]
2686	Pōkole ka naʻau.	The intestine is short.
	[Said of a short-tempered person.]
2687	Poliʻahu, ka wahine kapa hau anu o Mauna Kea.	Poliʻahu, the woman who wears the snow mantle of Mauna Kea.
	[Poliʻahu is the goddess of snows; her home is on Mauna Kea.]
2688	Pololei a ka waha o ke ʻahi.	Straight to the mouth of the ʻahi fish.
	[Directly to the point. Used in a fishermanʻs prayers to the gods to take the hook and bait directly to the mouth of the fish.]
2689	Pō nā maka i ka noe, i ka pahulu i ke ala loa.	The eyes are blinded by the mist that haunts the long trail.
	[Said of one who is deceived.]
2690	Poʻohū ka lae i ka ʻalā.	The forehead is swollen by the smooth waterworn stone.
	[The price is so high that it feels like a lump on the forehead. ʻAlā is often used to refer to money.]
2691	Poʻohū ka lae kahi i ka pōhue.	When the forehead lumps, rub it with a gourd.
	[Find the remedy for the problem.]
2693	Pua aʻela ka uahi o ka moe.	The smoke seen in the dream now rises.
	[The trouble of which we were forewarned is here.]
2694	Puaēa ka manu o Kaʻula i ke kai.	The bird of Kaʻula expires over the sea.
	[Said of utter destruction, as of birds that drop dead while flying over the sea.]
2695	Pua ka lehua.	The lehua is in bloom.
	[Said by the people of Kawaihae when the aku fish appear in schools. It was considered unlucky to speak openly of going fishing.]
2696	Pua ka neneleau, momona ka wana.	When the neneleau blooms, the sea urchin is fat.
	[The neneleau blooms about the time when the hala fruit ripens. These were signs for uplanders that the sea urchins were ready to be gathered.]
2697	Pua ka uahi he ahi ko lalo.	Where smoke rises there is fire below.
	[Where there are strong words the fire of wrath lies beneath.]
2698	Pua ka uahi o kāʻeʻaʻeʻa moku o Hina.	Up rose the smoke of the experts of the island of Hina.
	[Said of the quickness of the athletes of Molokaʻi — they were so fast that they smoked.]
2699	Pua ka uahi o ko a uka, manaʻo ke ola o ko a kai.	When the smoke [from the fires] of the upland dwellers rises, the shore dwellers think of life.
	[Shore dwellers depended on the uplanders for poi.]
2700	Pua ka uahi o Manuokekula.	The smoke of Manuokekula rose.
	[Said when one goes off with all speed. Manuokekula was a steamer in olden days; smoke was seen from her stack as she departed.]
2701	Pua ka wiliwili nanahu ka manō; pua ka wahine uʻi nanahu ke kānāwai.	When the wiliwili tree blooms, the sharks bite; when a pretty woman blossoms, the law bites.
	[A beautiful woman attracts young men — sharks — who become fierce rivals over her. The law prevents the rivalry from getting out of hand — it can “bite.” It is said that when the wiliwili trees are in bloom the sharks bite, because it is their mating season.]
2702	Pua ke kō, kū ka heʻe.	When the sugar cane tassels, the octopus season is here.
	[The sugar cane tassels in late October or early November.]
2703	Pua ke kō, neʻe i ka heʻe hōlua.	When the sugar cane tassels, move to the sledding course.
	[The tops of sugar cane were used as a slippery bedding for the sled to slide on.]
2704	Pua lehua i ka lawaiʻa.	A lehua blossom in fishing.
	[An expert in catching fish.]
2705	Pūʻali kalo i ka wai ʻole.	Taro, for lack of water, grows misshapen.
	[For lack of care one may become ill.]
2707	Pua mai nei hoʻi ka lehua.	The lehua is blossoming.
	[The faces are red from drinking beer.]
2708	Puanaiea ke kanaka ke hele i ka liʻulā.	A person who goes after a mirage will only wear himself out.
2709	Pūanuanu ka hale noho ʻole ʻia e ke kanaka.	Cold is an uninhabited house.
	[Said of an empty house, which lacks the warmth of love, or of the body after life is gone.]
2711	Puehu ka hulu o ka manu.	The feathers of the bird are scattered.
	[The person has gone off with haste.]
2712	Puehu ka lehu i nā maka o ka mea luhi.	Ashes fly into the eyes of the toiler.
	[One must endure the unpleasant in order to gain the pleasant, just as the cook at a fireplace gets ashes into his eyes when he blows on the fire.]
2713	Puehu liʻiliʻi ka lehu o kapuahi.	The ashes of the fireplace are scattered in every direction.
	[Said of an angry person whose temper makes everybody scatter.]
2716	Pūhā hewa ka honu i ka lā makani.	The turtle breathes at the wrong moment on a windy day.
	[Said of a person who says the wrong thing at the wrong time and suffers the result.]
2717	Pūhā ka honu, ua awakea.	When the turtle comes up to breathe, it is daylight.
	[Said when a person yawns. Sleeping time is over; work begins.]
2718	Puhalu ka ihu, nānā i ke kāʻao.	When the scent reaches the nose, one sees the overripe hala fruit [fallen to ihe ground].
	[One only notices the many good things a person does when it is too late to show appreciation.]
2722	Puhipuhi lāʻau a kahuna, ka maunu loaʻa a ka pupuka.	By blowing the medicine given by a kahuna, can the ugly gain his desire.
	[Said of one who resorted to the prayers and ceremonies of a kahuna hana aloha to gain the love of his desired one. The person consulting the kahuna ate pilimai and manulele sugar cane after the kahuna had dedicated them to Makanikeoe, the love god. Then he blew in the direction of the desired person. The god, who also had a wind form, bore the mana along, and when it touched the one desired he or she became very much in love with the sender. When used with evil intent — for revenge or to humiliate — the sender is spoken of as an ugly person who has no charm of his own, hence he must resort to sorcery.]
2723	Puʻipuʻi a ka lawaiʻa.	Stout fishing lad.
	[Said of an energetic fisherman. ʻUmi was so called because of his skill in fishing.]
2724	Pūʻiwa i ka lāʻau pākuʻikuʻi a ka lawaiʻa.	Frightened by the splashing stick of the fisherman.
	[Said of those who are suddenly frightened and flee in panic, like fish driven into the net by the stick that beats the water.]
2725	Puka ka lā, puka pū me ka hana, i ʻike ʻia ka lālā maloʻo me ka lālā maka.	When day arrives, work time arrives too, for it is then that dry branches can be distinguished from green ones.
2726	Puka ka maka i waho, loaʻa ka hale kipa aku, kipa mai.	A [new] face appears out [of the mother], someday to be a host as all visit back and forth.
	[Said of the baby of a relative or friend — it will someday host visiting relatives.]
2727	Pūkākā nā lehua o Mānā, ʻauwana wale iho nō i ka ʻauwai pakī.	Scattered are the warriors of Mānā, who go wandering along the ditch that holds little water.
	[A boast after winning a battle.]
2730	Puka ma ka ʻapua.	Escaped through the handle.
	[Said of one who barely escapes. Luhia, who was part lizard and part human, used to go outside of the houses of his neighbors to see what they were eating. When he found that they were to have ʻoʻopu fish cooked in ti leaves, he would wait until the flsh were ready to be eaten, then he would cry, “Escape through the handle, my brothers!” The place where the ti leaf bundle was tied would break open, and out would scamper lizards instead of ʻoʻopu fish, to the terror of those who were about to eat. The lizards would then run back to the streams and become ʻoʻopu fish again.]
2737	Pulu ʻelo i ka ua Kanilehua.	Drenched in the Kanilehua rain.
	[Drenched by the rain or thoroughly drunk.]
2738	Pulu ʻelo i ka ua o ka hoʻoilo.	Drenched by winter s rain.
	[Filled with grief.]
2739	Pulu ihola i ka wai a ka nāulu.	Drenched by the water from the rain clouds.
	[Drunk.]
2740	Pulu i ka wai lohi o Maleka.	Soaked by the sparkling water of America.
	[Drunk.]
2741	Pulu i ka wai naoa a ke kēhau.	Wet by the icy cold dew.
	[Drunk.]
2743	Pumehana ka hale i ka noho ʻia e ka makua.	Warm is the home in which a parent lives.
2744	Puna, ʻāina ʻawa lau o ka manu.	Puna, land of the leafed ʻawa planted by the birds.
2745	Puna, kai nehe i ka ulu hala.	Puna, where the sea murmurs to the hala grove.
2746	Punaluʻu, i ke kai kau haʻa a ka malihini.	Punaluu, where the sea dances for the visitors.
	[Punaluʻu, Kaʻū, Hawaiʻi, is said to be the place where the sea dances to delight visitors.]
2749	Puna paia ʻala i ka hala.	Puna, with walls fragrant with pandanus blossoms.
	[Puna, Hawaiʻi, is a place of hala and lehua forests. In olden days the people would stick the bracts of hala into the thatching of their houses to bring some of the fragrance indoors.]
2751	Pupuhi ka heʻe o kai uli.	The octopus of the deep spews its ink [into the water].
	[Said of one who goes off in secret or on an errand that rouses unsatisfied curiosity in others. The octopus escapes from its foes by spewing its ink and darkening the water.]
2752	Pupuhi ka iʻa o Ukoʻa.	The fish of Ukoʻa is gone.
	[Ukoʻa is a famous pond in Waialua, Oʻahu. Said of one who takes flight or of something quickly and secretly taken.]
2753	Pupuhi ka ʻulu o Keʻei; ua koe ka ʻaʻaiole.	The breadfruit of Keʻei are gone; only those blown down by the wind are left.
	[Said when something mysteriously vanishes. A konohiki of Keʻei in Kona, Hawaiʻi, was placed in charge of a fine breadfruit grove. In spite of his watchfulness, the fruit were stolen as soon as they matured. Secretly he asked all of his relatives to help him watch for the culprit. However, some were related to the thief as well, who learned about the watch and evaded capture. Long after, a slip of the tongue revealed the thief.]
2754	Pupuhi ka umu, moʻa pala ka ʻai.	When the umu smokes, the food is underdone.
	[Not enough steam remains inside to cook the food. Said of one who does a lot of enthusiastic talking but canʻt knuckle down to business.]
2759	Pupu ke kai i ka ʻalalauwā.	The sea is so thick with ʻalalauwā fish that it is difficult to make a passage.
	[Said of a situation where it is difficult to make progress.]
2762	Pūpū wahi kūʻōʻō ka mahiʻai o uka, ola nō ia kini he mahiʻai na ka ʻōiwi.	When the upland farmer gathers small, broken sweet potatoes there is life for many, though he only farms for himself.
	[A farmer shares with beach dwellers.]
2763	Puʻua i ka hala o Kekaha.	Choked on the hala fruit of Kekaha.
	[Pregnant.]
2764	Puʻu auaneʻi ka lae i ka ua o Kawaupuʻu.	The forehead may he given a lump hy the rain of Kawaupuu.
	[One is likely to get into trouble.]
2765	Puʻupuʻu lei pali i ka ʻāʻī.	An imperfect lei, beautifed by wearing.
	[Even an imperfect lei looks beautiful when worn around the neck — as beautiful as flowers and greenery on the slope of a hill.]
2768	Ua ahu ka imu, e lāwalu ka iʻa.	The oven is ready, let the fish wrapped in ti leaves be cooked.
	[All preparations have been made; now let us proceed with the work.]
2774	Ua ʻawa ka luna o Uwēkahuna.	Bitterly cold are the heights of Uwēkahuna.
	[Said of the wrath of a chief. From a chant by Lohiʻau when he saw the wrath of Pele as she sought to destroy him.]
2775	Ua ʻeha ka ʻili i ka maka o ka ihe.	The skin has been hurt by the point of the spear.
	[Said of a warrior who has been wounded in war. This was said with pride and affection, for it meant that he had been faithful to his chief.]
2776	Ua ʻelepaio ʻia ka hana.	The work has [been spoiled by an] ʻelepaio.
	[Said of any task that has to stop before completion. The ʻelepaio is always the first of the birds to awaken and call, thus telling the supernatural workers of the night, such as the menehune, that day approaches. Any incomplete work is then deserted.]
2777	Ua ʻelepaio ʻia ka waʻa.	The ʻelepaio has [marked] the canoe [log].
	[There is an indication of failure. Canoe makers of old watched the movements of the ʻelepaio bird whenever a koa tree was hewed down to be made into a canoe. Should the bird peck at the wood, it was useless to work on that log, for it would not prove seaworthy.]
2778	Ua hala ka hoʻoilo, ua mālie.	Winter is gone; all is calm.
	[Trouble is gone; peace now abides.]
2779	Ua hala ka ʻino, ua kau ka mālie.	The storm has passed; calmness is here.
2780	Ua hala ka wawā i Hāʻupu.	The loud talking has gone to Haupu.
	[The gossip is now widespread.]
2782	Ua heʻe i ka ua o ka Hoʻoilo.	Routed by the wintery rain.
	[Said of one who fled from an unpleasant situation.]
2785	Ua hiki ʻole ka ihu o ka puaʻa ke ʻeku a peu.	The snout of the hog can no longer root and prod.
	[Said of a man who has lost his sexual potency.]
2787	Ua hoʻi ka noio ʻau kai i uka, ke ʻino nei ka moana.	The seafaring noio bird returns to land, for a storm rages at sea.
	[A weather sign.]
2788	Ua hoʻi ka ʻōpua i Awalua.	The cloud has returned to Awalua.
	[Said of one who has gone home.]
2789	Ua hoʻi ka ʻōpū o ka honua.	Returned to the womb of the earth.
	[Dead.]
2790	Ua hoʻomakua ka lāʻau.	The plant has become a tree.
	[Said of a habit that might once have been easily overcome but has now gained a good stronghold.]
2791	Ua hopu hewa i ka uouoa.	Accidentally caught an uouoa fish.
	[A play on uō (to howl). Said of one who has gotten himself into something distressing.]
2792	Ua ʻia kāua e ka ua; hikikiʻi kāua i kānana!	We are rained upon by the rain; let it pour as it wills!
	[Two men were traveling in the mountains on Kaua’i when it began to rain. The first man found a small dry place under an overhanging rock. The second man’s place leaked, and so he cried out these words. Hearing this, the first man was lured away from his dry rock and ran toward his companion, who sneaked under the dry place and rested. The first man now stood shivering in the rain. This saying is used when someone is foolish enough to give up what he has.]
2793	Ua Ikapoka, ua hala ka nani o ka Ikelaʻela.	It is Ichabod, for the glory of Israel has departed.
	[It is too late to do anything about it. Also expressed simply Ua Ikapoka.]
2794	Ua ʻike nō kā he hewa ke wikiwiki lā ka waha i ka mihi.	He knows it is wrong so the mouth hastens to repent.
	[Said of one who is caught in wrong-doing and quickly begs pardon to avoid due punishment.]
2795	Ua ʻike paha i ka makapaʻa.	Perhaps he saw a one-eyed person.
	[Said of a person who meets with bad luck. It is considered unlucky to meet a blind person on one’s way.]
2797	Ua kaʻa niniau i ka wili wai.	Swirled about by the eddying waters.
	[Dizzy from being madly in love. Also, intoxicated.]
2800	Ua ka ua i Papakōlea, ihea ʻoe?	When it rained in Papakōlea, where were you ?
	[The reply of a sweet-potato grower on Papakōlea to one who asks for some of his crop. If one answered that he had been there when the rain fell to soak the earth for planting, and had not planted, then he was lazy and would be given no potatoes.]
2801	Ua ka ua, kahe ka wai.	The rain rains, the water flows.
2802	Ua ka ua, ola ka nohona o ka ʻāina kula.	The rain pours, life comes to the plains.
2803	Ua kau i ka hano hāweo.	Reached the peak of honors.
	[Said of one who has attained a high position. Used in hula chants and songs.]
2804	Ua kau ka mauli lele i ka muku.	Life is placed where it can take only a brief flight.
	[Said of a hopeless situation in which there is only a brief respite, then disaster or death.]
2808	Ua laʻi ka makani Hoʻolua.	The Hoʻolua gale has calmed.
	[One’s wrath has ceased. Also, the trouble is now passed.]
2809	Ua laʻi ka nohona i ke alo pali.	There is tranquility before the face of the cliff.
	[Perfect peace.]
2814	Ua lehulehu a manomano ka ʻikena a ka Hawaiʻi.	Great and numerous is the knowledge of the Hawaiians.
2815	Ua lele ka manu i Kahiki.	The bird has flown to Kahiki.
	[Said of a person who has gone somewhere and cannot be found.]
2818	Ua lilo me ka iʻa o ka lauwiliwili.	Gone off with a fish called lauwiliwili.
	[A play on lauwili (confusing). Said of one who is confused or befuddled.]
2820	Ua loaʻa akula ka iʻa o ka ʻūʻū.	The ʻūʻū fish is now caught.
	[A play on ʻū (to sigh or grieve) in the name of the fish. One now has cause to grieve.]
2821	Ua loaʻa i ka heu o ka pānini.	Caught by the fuzz of the cactus fruit.
	[Has something to be irritated about.]
2824	Ua lupeʻa ʻia i ka wai ʻona.	Fully possessed by liquor.
	[Dead drunk.]
2827	Ua maloʻo ka pua hue.	The gourd blossom has withered.
	[Said of a person withered with age.]
2828	Ua maloʻo ka wai.	The water is dried up.
	[Said of inhospitality.]
2829	Ua mau ke ea o ka ʻāina i ka pono.	The life of the land is preserved in righteousness.
2830	Ua moʻa ka maiʻa, he keiki māmā ka Hina.	The bananas are cooked, [and remember that] Hina has a swift son.
	[Let’s finish this before we are caught. This saying comes from the legend of Māui and the mudhens. For a long time he tried to catch them in order to learn the secret of making fire. One day he overheard one of them saying these words. He caught them before they could hide and forced them to yield the secret of fire.]
2832	Ua nā ka lua o ka inaina.	The pit of wrath is satisfied.
	[Said when one has had enough to eat.]
2837	Ua ola nō i ka pane a ke aloha.	There is life in a kindly reply.
	[Though one may have no gift to offer to a friend, a kind word or a friendly greeting is just as important.]
2839	Ua paʻa ka houpo.	The diaphragm is made firm.
	[Hunger is gone and the stomach is filled.]
2840	Ua paʻa ka ʻīlio i ka ʻōhao.	The dog is tied by the neck.
	[All is safe.]
2842	Ua pae ka waʻa i Nānāwale.	The canoe landed at Nānāwale.
	[Said of disappointment. To dream of a canoe is a sign of bad luck. A play on nānā-wale (merely look [around at nothing]).]
2843	Ua paʻi a paʻi ma ka hana.	Equals in working.
2845	Ua pale ka pono.	Success was warded off.
	[Said of one who has failed.]
2846	Ua pau koʻu lihi hoihoi i ka nani o Poka ʻAilana.	I havent the slightest interest in the beauty of Ford Island.
	[Said when one has lost interest. This is a line from a chant.]
2848	Ua piʻi paha i ka ʻulu o Maunawili.	Gone up, perhaps, to fetch the breadfruit of Maunawili.
	[A play on wili (twist, turn about). Said of one who is confused.]
2849	Ua pili ka manu i ke kēpau.	The bird was caught by the gum.
	[The one desired has been snared.]
2851	Ua poʻeleʻele, e nalowale ai ka ʻili o kānaka.	[It is] so dark that the skin of people vanishes.
2855	Ua wela ka lā, ke ʻoni nei kukuna o ka hāʻukeʻuke.	The sun is too warm, for the spikes of the hāʻukeʻuke are moving.
	[Anger is growing, and those near the angry one are moving out of the way. The hauke’uke is a sea urchin.]
2856	Ua wela ka nuku o Nuʻuanu i ka hole ʻia e ke āhole.	Heated is the Nuuanu gap, by the āhole fish that go to and fro.
	[A vulgar expression referring to sexual intercourse.]
2858	Uhi mai ka lani pō.	Darkness from the sky spreads out.
	[Ignorance grows.]
2859	Uhiuhi lau māmane ka wai o Kapāpala.	Covered with māmane leaves is the water of Kapāpala.
	[The stream in Kapāpala, Kaʻū, often becomes very muddy. The people used to place māmane branches in the water to help the mud settle so that some drinking water could be obtained. This saying applies to a person who tries to cover up the wrongdoings of another.]
2860	ʻUʻina ka wai o Nāmolokama.	The water of Nāmolokama falls with a rumble.
	[Nāmolokama Falls, Kauaʻi, is famous in chants and songs.]
2862	Uʻi nō ke kanaka; maikaʻi nō ka ʻōlelo.	Handsome is the man; good are his words.
	[Said of one who is both good-looking and courteous.]
2863	ʻUkuliʻi ka pua, onaona i ka mauʻu.	Tiny is the flower, yet it scents the grasses around it.
	[Said of a small person who gives happiness to others.]
2865	Uliuli kai holo ka manō.	Where the sea is dark, sharks swim.
	[Sharks are found in the deep sea. Also applied to men out seeking the society of the opposite sex.]
2866	Uliuli kai pali o Kahikinui, kokolo mai ka ʻohu he ʻino.	Dark are the sea cliffs of Kahikinui; when the mists creep, it is a sign of a storm.
	[Trouble is approaching. This is taken from a chant in the legend of Pāmano, who saw his own death approaching.]
2867	Ulu ka hoi.	The hoi vine grows.
	[There is interest in what is going on. A play on hoihoi (interest).]
2870	Ulu o ka lā.	Growth of the sun.
	[Said of the light of sunrise just as the sun’s rim touches the horizon.]
2873	ʻUme i ka ihu.	Pulls on the nose.
	[Said of one who weeps with disappointment. With the flowing of tears, the nose runs.]
2875	ʻUmia ka hanu.	Hold the breath.
	[Be patient. Don’t give up too easily.]
2876	ʻUmia ka hanu! Hoʻokahi ka umauma ke kīpoʻohiwi i ke kīpoʻohiwi.	Hold the breath! Walk abreast, shoulder to shoulder.
	[Be of one accord, as in exerting every effort to lift a heavy weight to the shoulder and to keep together in carrying it along.]
2877	ʻUmi ka hanu i ka houpo.	Hold back the breath in the chest.
	[Bear with utmost patience.]
2878	“Unele! Unele!” wahi a ka nēnē.	“Honk! Honk!” says the goose.
	[A play on nele (a lack, poverty), this saying implies a going without, a lack of success, chagrin, and so forth.]
2881	ʻUo ʻia i ka mānai hoʻokahi.	Strung [like flowers] on the same lei needle.
	[Married.]
2884	ʻUʻuku ka hana, ʻuʻuku ka loaʻa.	Little work, little gain.
2885	ʻUʻuku nō ka ʻuwiki, pipī nō ka ʻā ana.	When the wick is small it gives a tiny light.
	[When one does little work, he should expect little gain.]
2887	Uē ka hoʻi ka naonao iā ʻoe!	So the ants will cry for you!
	[A sarcastic remark meaning, “You think you are so important that even the ants will cry for you.”]
2888	Uē ka lani, ola ka honua.	When the sky weeps, the earth lives.
	[When it rains the earth revives.]
2890	Uē ʻo Kānepūniu i ka wela a ka lā.	Kānepūniu complains of the heat of the sun.
	[Said when someone complains of the heat. From a chant by Hiʻiaka, who saw Kāne-pūniu (Kāne-of-the-coconut), a supernatural tree at Wai’anae, O’ahu, on a very warm day.]
2892	ʻUī ka niho o ka ʻiole.	The rat gnashes the teeth.
	[The culprit has been caught and put where he can do nothing more than gnash his teeth.]
2894	Wae aku i ka lani.	Let the selecting be done in heaven.
	[Take life as it comes.]
2895	Wae ʻia aʻela ma ka liko, koe no ka lāʻele.	Only the leafbuds are selected and the coarse leaves left behind.
	[Only the select few were invited.]
2897	Waha lama ʻoe, puʻu mai ka waha i waho.	You are rum-mouthed; the mouth protrudes.
	[Said to one who talks as foolishly as a drunkard.]
2899	Wāhi ka niu.	Break open the coconut.
	[The breaking open of a young fresh coconut for the gods was a sign of piety in ancient times.]
2902	Waialua, ʻāina kū pālua i ka laʻi.	Waialua, land that stands doubly becalmed.
	[Said in admiration for Waialua, O’ahu, where the weather was usually pleasant and the life of the people tranquil.]
2904	Waiehu, mai ka pali o Kapulehua a ka pali o ʻAʻalaloa.	Waiehu, from the cliff of Kapulehua to the cliff of ʻAʻalaloa.
	[The boundaries of the district of Waiehu, Maui.]
2906	Waiho i Kaea ka iwi o kamahele.	Left in Kaea, the bones of the traveler.
	[The two sisters Kihalaninui and Kapapakuʻialiʻi went to Hawai’i to seek Konakaimehalaʻi, the husband of the former. They took with them a small daughter of Kihalaninui and a wooden image named Pili. They landed at Pololū in Kohala and went to Kahuwā, where the child died. There the child and the image were laid away together. īn lamenting, Kapapakuʻialiʻi cried these words. This saying is now applied to anyone who dies away from his homeland.]
2908	Waiho kāhela i ka laʻi a ahiahi ehuehu mai.	There he lies in the calm, but when evening comes he will he full of animation.
	[He is quiet now, but by and by you’ll find him full of life.]
2911	Waikapū i ka makani kokololio.	Waikapū of the gusty wind.
	[Refers to Waikapū, Maui.]
2912	Wailuku i ka malu he kuawa.	Wailuku in the shelter of the valleys.
	[Wailuku, Maui, reposes in the shelter of the clouds and the valley.]
2913	Waimea, i ka ua Kīpuʻupuʻu.	Waimea, land of the Kīpuupuu rain.
	[Waimea, Hawai’i, is famed in old mele for its cold Kīpuʻupuʻu rain.]
2920	Wawā ka menehune i Puʻukapele ma Kauaʻi, puoho ka manu o ka loko o Kawainui ma Oʻahu.	The shouts of the menehune on Puukapele on Kauai startled the birds of Kawainui Pond on Oʻahu.
	[The menehune were once so numerous on Kaua’i that their shouting could be heard on O’ahu. Said of too much boisterous talking.]
2923	Wehe i ka mākāhā i komo ka iʻa.	Open the sluice gate that the fish may enter.
	[This was uttered by Kaleopuʻupuʻu, priest of Kahekili, after the dedication of the heiau of Kaluli, at Pu’uohala on the north side of Wailuku, Maui. A second invasion from Kalaniʻōpuʻu of Hawaiʻi was expected, and the priest declared that they were now ready to trap the invaders, like fish inside a pond. The saying refers to the application of strategy to trap the enemy.]
2924	Wehe ka piko lā, e ka hoahānau.	Undone is the navel string, O kinsman.
	[A family relation is severed. Said by Keopuolani to Kekuaokalani when she attempted to quell a rebellion, meaning that the tie of kinship between the two cousins, Liholiho and Kekuaokalani, was being severed by the latter’s refusal to be reconciled.]
2925	Wehe ke akule i ka hohonu.	The akule fish takes off to the deep.
	[Said of one who removes himself from the scene of trouble.]
2927	Wehe pau i ka hohonu.	Took off to the depths.
	[Said of one who goes and forgets to return, like fish going off to the deep sea.]
2928	Wehe pau ka pāpale!	Away went the hat!
	[He put on his hat and offhe went.]
2929	Wela ka hao!	(Strike while) the iron is hot!
	[Hurray! This expression, first used by the workers at Honolulu Iron Works, is translated from the English saying.]
2931	Welawela ke kai o ka moa.	Hot is the broth of the chicken.
	[Said of a person who is potent in love. He is like hot chicken broth — very tasty, but not to be gulped too quickly. There is always a desire for more.]
2932	Welehu ka malama, liko ka ʻōhiʻa.	Welehu is the month [when] the ʻōhiʻa trees are putting forth leaf buds.
2935	Welo ka huelo kū.	The standing tails sway.
	[Said of young vines that appear in the month of Welo and have not yet spread. Owls sometimes mistake them for rats and pounce on them.]
2936	Welo ke aloha i ka ʻōnohi.	Love flutters to and fro before the eyes.
	[Said of a longing to see a loved one whose image is constantly in mind.]
2938	Wī ka niho o ke kolohe.	The mischief-maker now grinds his teeth.
	[Now the rascal is put where he can do no more harm — all he can do is grind his teeth.]
2940	Wili ka puahiohio, piʻi ka lepo i luna.	The whirlwind twists, and up goes the dust.
	[With wrath, out come words that are unpleasant to hear.]

A E H I K L M N O P R S U W num